Wells Fargo
WFC
#50
Rank
โ‚ฌ244.95 B
Marketcap
78,03ย โ‚ฌ
Share price
-1.21%
Change (1 day)
3.05%
Change (1 year)

Wells Fargo - 10-Q quarterly report FY


Text size:
Table of Contents

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-Q
QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF
THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the quarterly period ended September 30, 2009
Commission file number 001-2979
WELLS FARGO & COMPANY
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
   
Delaware No. 41-0449260
(State of incorporation) (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
420 Montgomery Street, San Francisco, California 94163
(Address of principal executive offices) (Zip Code)
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: 1-866-249-3302
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.
   
Yes þ
 No o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).
   
Yes þ
 No o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
     
Large accelerated filer
 þ Accelerated filer o
 
    
Non-accelerated filer
 o (Do not check if a smaller reporting company) Smaller reporting company o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).
   
Yes o
 No þ
Indicate the number of shares outstanding of each of the issuer’s classes of common stock, as of the latest practicable date.
     
  Shares Outstanding
  October 30, 2009
Common stock, $1-2/3 par value
  4,685,063,588 


 

FORM 10-Q
CROSS-REFERENCE INDEX
       
  
PART I     
Item 1. 
Financial Statements
 Page 
    62 
    63 
    64 
    66 
      
    67 
    72 
    73 
    74 
    83 
    87 
    88 
    100 
    102 
    104 
    107 
    115 
    129 
    131 
    132 
    133 
    136 
    144 
  
 
    
Item 2.     
    2 
    3 
    15 
    17 
    25 
    29 
    32 
    54 
    145 
    147 
  
 
    
Item 3. 
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
  48 
  
 
    
Item 4.   61 
  
 
    
PART II     
  
 
    
Item 1.   148 
  
 
    
Item 1A.   148 
  
 
    
Item 2.   148 
  
 
    
Item 6.   148 
  
 
    
Signature  148 
  
 
    
Exhibit Index  149 
  
 EX-12.(a)
 EX-12.(b)
 EX-31.(a)
 EX-31.(b)
 EX-32.(a)
 EX-32.(b)
 EX-101 INSTANCE DOCUMENT
 EX-101 SCHEMA DOCUMENT
 EX-101 CALCULATION LINKBASE DOCUMENT
 EX-101 LABELS LINKBASE DOCUMENT
 EX-101 PRESENTATION LINKBASE DOCUMENT
 EX-101 DEFINITION LINKBASE DOCUMENT

1


Table of Contents

PART I – FINANCIAL INFORMATION
FINANCIAL REVIEW
SUMMARY FINANCIAL DATA (1)(2)
                     
  
  Quarter ended  Nine months ended 
  Sept. 30, June 30, Sept. 30, Sept. 30, Sept. 30,
($ in millions, except per share amounts) 2009  2009  2008  2009  2008 
  
 
                    
For the Period
                    
Wells Fargo net income
 $3,235   3,172   1,637   9,452   5,389 
Wells Fargo net income applicable to common stock
  2,637   2,575   1,637   7,596   5,389 
Diluted earnings per common share
  0.56   0.57   0.49   1.69   1.62 
 
Profitability ratios (annualized):
                    
Wells Fargo net income to average assets (ROA)
  1.03%  1.00   1.06   1.00   1.21 
Net income to average assets
  1.06   1.02   1.07   1.02   1.22 
Wells Fargo net income applicable to common stock to average Wells Fargo common stockholders’ equity (ROE)
  12.04   13.70   13.63   13.29   15.02 
Net income to average total equity
  10.57   11.56   13.66   11.32   15.06 
 
Efficiency ratio (3)
  52.0   56.4   53.0   54.9   51.8 
 
Total revenue
 $22,466   22,507   10,377   65,990   32,400 
Pre-tax pre-provision profit (PTPP) (4)
  10,782   9,810   4,876   29,791   15,612 
 
Dividends declared per common share
  0.05   0.05   0.34   0.44   0.96 
 
Average common shares outstanding
  4,678.3   4,483.1   3,316.4   4,471.2   3,309.6 
Diluted average common shares outstanding
  4,706.4   4,501.6   3,331.0   4,485.3   3,323.4 
 
Average loans
 $810,191   833,945   404,203   833,076   393,262 
Average assets
  1,246,051   1,274,926   614,194   1,270,071   594,717 
Average core deposits (5)
  759,319   765,697   320,074   759,668   318,582 
Average retail core deposits (6)
  584,414   596,648   234,140   590,499   230,935 
 
Net interest margin
  4.36%  4.30   4.79   4.27   4.80 
 
At Period End
                    
Securities available for sale
 $183,814   206,795   86,882   183,814   86,882 
Loans
  799,952   821,614   411,049   799,952   411,049 
Allowance for loan losses
  24,028   23,035   7,865   24,028   7,865 
Goodwill
  24,052   24,619   13,520   24,052   13,520 
Assets
  1,228,625   1,284,176   622,361   1,228,625   622,361 
Core deposits (5)
  747,913   761,122   334,076   747,913   334,076 
Wells Fargo stockholders’ equity
  122,150   114,623   46,957   122,150   46,957 
Total equity
  128,924   121,382   47,259   128,924   47,259 
Tier 1 capital (7)
  108,785   102,721   45,182   108,785   45,182 
Total capital (7)
  150,079   144,984   60,525   150,079   60,525 
 
Capital ratios:
                    
Wells Fargo common stockholders’ equity to assets
  7.41%  6.51   7.54   7.41   7.54 
Total equity to assets
  10.49   9.45   7.59   10.49   7.59 
Average Wells Fargo common stockholders’ equity to average assets
  6.98   5.92   7.78   6.02   8.06 
Average total equity to average assets
  9.99   8.85   7.83   8.98   8.11 
Risk-based capital (7)
                    
Tier 1 capital
  10.63   9.80   8.59   10.63   8.59 
Total capital
  14.66   13.84   11.51   14.66   11.51 
Tier 1 leverage (7)
  9.03   8.32   7.54   9.03   7.54 
 
Book value per common share
 $19.46   17.91   14.14   19.46   14.14 
 
Team members (active, full-time equivalent)
  265,100   269,900   159,000   265,100   159,000 
 
Common stock price:
                    
High
 $29.56   28.45   44.68   30.47   44.68 
Low
  22.08   13.65   20.46   7.80   20.46 
Period end
  28.18   24.26   37.53   28.18   37.53 
  
(1) Wells Fargo & Company (Wells Fargo) acquired Wachovia Corporation (Wachovia) on December 31, 2008. Because the acquisition was completed on December 31, 2008, Wachovia’s results are included in the income statement, average balances and related metrics beginning in 2009. Wachovia’s assets and liabilities are included in the consolidated balance sheet beginning on December 31, 2008.
 
(2) On January 1, 2009, we adopted new accounting guidance on noncontrolling interests on a retrospective basis for disclosure and, accordingly, prior period information reflects the adoption. The guidance requires that noncontrolling interests be reported as a component of total equity.
 
(3) The efficiency ratio is noninterest expense divided by total revenue (net interest income and noninterest income).
 
(4) Pre-tax pre-provision profit (PTPP) is total revenue less noninterest expense. Management believes that PTPP is a useful financial measure because it enables investors and others to assess the Company’s ability to generate capital to cover credit losses through a credit cycle.
 
(5) Core deposits are noninterest-bearing deposits, interest-bearing checking, savings certificates, market rate and other savings, and certain foreign deposits (Eurodollar sweep balances).
 
(6) Retail core deposits are total core deposits excluding Wholesale Banking core deposits and retail mortgage escrow deposits.
 
(7) See Note 18 (Regulatory and Agency Capital Requirements) to Financial Statements in this Report for additional information.

2


Table of Contents

This Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2009, including the Financial Review and the Financial Statements and related Notes, has forward-looking statements, which may include forecasts of our financial results and condition, expectations for our operations and business, and our assumptions for those forecasts and expectations. Do not unduly rely on forward-looking statements. Actual results might differ materially from our forecasts and expectations due to several factors. Some of these factors are described in the Financial Review and in the Financial Statements and related Notes. For a discussion of other factors, refer to the “Risk Factors” section in this Report, our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2009 (First Quarter 2009 Form 10-Q), our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2009 (Second Quarter 2009 Form 10-Q), and to the “Risk Factors” and “Regulation and Supervision” sections of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008 (2008 Form 10-K), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) and available on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. See page 145-146 for the Glossary of Acronyms for terms used throughout the Financial Review section of this Form 10-Q and page 147 for the Codification Cross Reference for cross references from accounting standards under the recently adopted Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Accounting Standards Codification (Codification) to pre-Codification accounting standards.
OVERVIEW
Wells Fargo & Company is a $1.2 trillion diversified financial services company providing banking, insurance, trust and investments, mortgage banking, investment banking, retail banking, brokerage and consumer finance through banking stores, the internet and other distribution channels to individuals, businesses and institutions in all 50 states, the District of Columbia (D.C.) and in other countries. We ranked fourth in assets and third in the market value of our common stock among our peers at September 30, 2009. When we refer to “Wells Fargo,” “the Company,” “we,” “our” or “us” in this Report, we mean Wells Fargo & Company and Subsidiaries (consolidated). When we refer to the “Parent,” we mean Wells Fargo & Company. When we refer to “legacy Wells Fargo,” we mean Wells Fargo excluding Wachovia Corporation (Wachovia).
Our vision is to satisfy all our customers’ financial needs, help them succeed financially, be recognized as the premier financial services company in our markets and be one of America’s great companies. Our primary strategy to achieve this vision is to increase the number of products our customers buy from us and to give them all of the financial products that fulfill their needs. Our cross-sell strategy, diversified business model and the breadth of our geographic reach help facilitate growth in both strong and weak economic cycles, as we can grow by expanding the number of products our current customers have with us, gain new customers in our extended markets, and increase market share in many businesses. We continued to earn more of our customers’ business in 2009 in both our retail and commercial banking businesses and in our equally customer-centric securities brokerage and investment banking businesses.
On December 31, 2008, Wells Fargo acquired Wachovia. Because the acquisition was completed at the end of 2008, Wachovia’s results are included in the income statement, average balances and related metrics beginning in 2009. Wachovia’s assets and liabilities are included, at fair value, in the consolidated balance sheet beginning on December 31, 2008, but not in 2008 averages.
On January 1, 2009, we adopted new FASB guidance on noncontrolling interests on a retrospective basis for disclosure and, accordingly, prior period information reflects the adoption. The guidance requires that noncontrolling interests be reported as a component of total equity. In addition, our consolidated income statement must disclose amounts attributable to both Wells Fargo interests and the noncontrolling interests.

3


Table of Contents

Wells Fargo net income was a record $3.2 billion in third quarter 2009, with net income applicable to common stock of $2.6 billion. Diluted earnings per common share were $0.56, after a $1.0 billion build of the allowance for credit losses ($0.13 per common share) and merger-related and restructuring expenses of $249 million ($0.03 per common share).
We generated record earnings and built capital at a record rate in third quarter 2009 despite cyclically elevated credit costs. Our fundamental diversified business model continued to generate strong revenue in the current environment. Our cross-sell at legacy Wells Fargo set records for the 10th consecutive year — an average of 5.90 products for retail banking households and an average of 6.4 products for wholesale and commercial customers. One of every four of our legacy Wells Fargo retail banking households has eight or more products and our average middle-market commercial banking customer has almost eight products. We believe there is potentially significant opportunity for growth as we increase the Wachovia retail bank household cross-sell. Business banking household cross-sell offers another potential opportunity for growth, with a cross-sell of 3.72 products at legacy Wells Fargo. Our goal is eight products per customer, which is approximately half of our estimate of potential demand.
Wells Fargo remains one of the largest providers of credit to the U.S. economy. We have extended more than $547 billion of new credit to creditworthy customers through third quarter 2009, including $169 billion in new loan commitments and originations this quarter. Average checking and savings deposits grew 11% (annualized) to $629.6 billion in third quarter 2009 from $613.3 billion in second quarter 2009 as we continued to gain new customers and deepen our relationships with existing customers.
We have stated in the past that to consistently grow over the long term, successful companies must invest in their core businesses and maintain strong balance sheets. In third quarter 2009, we opened 15 retail banking stores throughout the combined company for a retail network total of 6,653 stores. The first state community bank conversion (Colorado) of Wachovia stores to the Wells Fargo platform is scheduled for November, with the conversion of our remaining overlapping markets scheduled to occur in 2010.
The Wachovia integration remains on track and on schedule, with business and revenue synergies exceeding our expectations. Cross-sell revenues are already being realized. We are on track to realize annual run-rate savings of $5 billion upon completion of the Wachovia integration expected in 2011. We currently expect cumulative merger integration costs of approximately $5.5 billion, down from our previous $7.9 billion estimate. The revised estimate reflects lower owned real estate write-downs and lower employee-related expenses than anticipated at the time of the merger.
We continued taking actions during the quarter to further strengthen our balance sheet, including building the allowance for credit losses to $24.5 billion, reducing previously identified non-strategic and liquidating loan portfolios to $152.7 billion, and reducing the value of our debt and equity investment portfolios through $396 million of other-than-temporary impairment (OTTI) write-downs. Also, the value of our mortgage servicing rights (MSRs) as a percentage of loans serviced for others dropped to 83 basis points, in line with lower mortgage rates and the influence of new Federal mortgage modification programs on servicing costs and expected consumer refinancings. We significantly built capital in third quarter 2009, primarily driven by record retained earnings and other sources of internal capital generation. Tier 1 common equity increased to $53 billion, 5.18% of risk-weighted assets. Tier 1 leverage and Tier 1 capital ratios increased to 9.03% and 10.63%, respectively. While the Supervisory Capital Assessment Program (SCAP) will not be completed until after the end of the third quarter, we have already generated $20 billion from market and internal sources toward the $13.7 billion capital buffer required by the Federal Reserve, exceeding the requirement by $6 billion. See the “Capital Management” section in this Report for more information.

4


Table of Contents

We have seen signs of stability in our credit portfolio, as growth in credit losses slowed during third quarter 2009. We expect credit losses to remain elevated in the near term, but, assuming no further economic deterioration, current projections show credit losses peaking in the first half of 2010 in our consumer portfolios and later in 2010 in our commercial and commercial real estate portfolios. Our credit reserves as of September 30, 2009, reflected an improvement in consumer loss emergence, with all of the third quarter 2009 reserve build covering either higher commercial loss emergence or consumer troubled debt restructurings (TDRs).
We believe it is important to maintain a well controlled operating environment as we integrate the Wachovia businesses and grow the combined company. We manage our credit risk by setting what we believe are sound credit policies for underwriting new business, while monitoring and reviewing the performance of our loan portfolio. We manage the interest rate and market risks inherent in our asset and liability balances within prudent ranges, while ensuring adequate liquidity and funding. We maintain strong capital levels to facilitate future growth.
Wachovia Merger
On December 31, 2008, Wells Fargo acquired Wachovia, one of the nation’s largest diversified financial services companies. Wachovia’s assets and liabilities were included in the December 31, 2008, consolidated balance sheet at their respective fair values on the acquisition date. Because the acquisition was completed on December 31, 2008, Wachovia’s results of operations were not included in our 2008 income statement. Beginning in 2009, our consolidated results and associated metrics, as well as our consolidated average balances, include Wachovia. The Wachovia acquisition was material to us, and the inclusion of results from Wachovia’s businesses in our 2009 financial statements is a material factor in the changes in our results compared with prior year periods.
Because the transaction closed on the last day of the annual reporting period, certain fair value purchase accounting adjustments were based on preliminary data as of an interim period with estimates through year end. We have validated and, where necessary, refined our December 31, 2008, fair value estimates and other purchase accounting adjustments. The impact of these refinements was recorded as an adjustment to goodwill in the first nine months of 2009. Based on the purchase price of $23.1 billion and the $12.9 billion fair value of net assets acquired, inclusive of refinements identified during the first nine months of 2009, the transaction resulted in goodwill of $10.2 billion.
The more significant fair value adjustments in our purchase accounting for the Wachovia acquisition were to loans. As of December 31, 2008, certain of the loans acquired from Wachovia had evidence of credit deterioration since origination, and it was probable that we would not collect all contractually required principal and interest payments. Such loans identified at the time of the acquisition were accounted for using the measurement provisions for purchased credit-impaired (PCI) loans, which are contained in the Receivables topic (FASB ASC 310) of the Codification. PCI loans were recorded at fair value at the date of acquisition, and any related allowance for loan losses cannot be carried over.
PCI loans were written down to an amount estimated to be collectible. Accordingly, such loans are not classified as nonaccrual, even though they may be contractually past due, because we expect to fully collect the new carrying values of such loans (that is, the new cost basis arising out of our purchase accounting). PCI loans are also not included in the disclosure of loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing interest even though a portion of them are 90 days or more contractually past due.
Certain credit-related ratios of the Company, including the growth rate in nonperforming assets since December 31, 2008, may not be directly comparable with periods prior to the merger or with credit-related ratios of other financial institutions. As noted above, PCI loans were reclassified from nonaccrual

5


Table of Contents

loans to accrual status. In addition, we believe our purchase accounting has resulted in some anomalies in our nonaccrual loan growth rate. For example, the percentage increase in nonaccrual loans may be higher than historical trends due in part to the minimal amount of nonaccrual loans from Wachovia at the beginning of 2009. For further detail on the merger see the “Loan Portfolio” section and Note 2 (Business Combinations) to Financial Statements in this Report.
Summary Results
Wells Fargo net income in third quarter 2009 was $3.2 billion ($0.56 per share), compared with $1.6 billion ($0.49 per share) in third quarter 2008. Net income for the first nine months of 2009 was $9.5 billion ($1.69 per share), compared with $5.4 billion ($1.62 per share) for the first nine months of 2008. Wells Fargo return on average total assets (ROA) was 1.03% and return on average common Wells Fargo stockholders’ equity (ROE) was 12.04% in third quarter 2009, compared with 1.06% and 13.63%, respectively, in third quarter 2008. ROA was 1.00% and ROE was 13.29% for the first nine months of 2009, and 1.21% and 15.02%, respectively, for the first nine months of 2008.
Revenue, the sum of net interest income and noninterest income, of $22.5 billion in third quarter 2009 was flat compared with second quarter 2009. Year-to-date revenue was $66.0 billion, more than double legacy Wells Fargo’s revenue for the comparable period last year. The breadth and depth of our business model resulted in strong and balanced growth from a year ago in loans, deposits and fee-based products. While mortgage origination and hedging results contributed to our performance, collectively all of our other businesses have also grown pre-tax pre-provision profit (PTPP) each quarter this year reflecting the breadth of our diversified business model, record levels of sales and cross-sell, the realization of revenue synergies from the combination with Wachovia, and further improvements in our net interest margin to 4.36% and efficiency ratio to 52.0%.
We continued to maintain a strong balance sheet. Our allowance for credit losses was $24.5 billion at September 30, 2009, compared with $21.7 billion at December 31, 2008, and we believe was adequate for losses inherent in the loan portfolio at September 30, 2009, including both performing and nonperforming loans. We continued to reduce the higher risk assets on our balance sheet, with non-strategic and liquidating loan portfolios (home equity loans originated through third party channels and indirect auto at legacy Wells Fargo, Pick-a-Pay at Wachovia) down by $14.2 billion from December 31, 2008. We recorded $1.4 billion of OTTI write-downs on debt and equity securities available for sale in the first nine months of 2009.
Our financial results included the following:
Net interest income on a taxable-equivalent basis was $11.9 billion in third quarter 2009, up from $6.4 billion in third quarter 2008. While the net margin improved to 4.36%, average earning assets were down $23.7 billion from second quarter 2009, reflecting soft loan demand and reductions in non-strategic and liquidating assets. While average securities available for sale were up $7.3 billion, this largely reflected the averaging effect in the quarter of mortgage-backed securities (MBS) purchased late in the second quarter at yields more than 1% above the current market. During third quarter 2009, $23 billion of our lowest-yielding MBS were sold to reduce exposure to higher long-term interest rates. The net interest margin reflected the benefit of continued growth in checking and savings deposits, which represented about 83% of our core deposits in third quarter 2009.
Noninterest income reached $10.8 billion in third quarter 2009, up from $4.0 billion a year ago, largely driven by the Wachovia acquisition, as well as continued success in satisfying customers’ financial needs and the combined company’s expanded breadth of products and services. Noninterest income included:
 Mortgage banking noninterest income of $3.1 billion in third quarter 2009;

6


Table of Contents

  $1.1 billion in revenue from mortgage loan originations/sales activities on $96 billion of new originations;
 
  Mortgage applications of $123 billion, with an unclosed application pipeline of $62 billion at quarter end; and
 
  $1.5 billion combined market-related valuation changes to MSRs and economic hedges (consisting of a $2.1 billion decrease in the fair value of the MSRs more than offset by a $3.6 billion economic hedge gain in the quarter), largely due to hedge-carry income reflecting the current low short-term interest rate environment (the low short-term interest rate environment is expected to continue into fourth quarter 2009); MSRs as a percentage of loans serviced for others reduced to 0.83%; average servicing portfolio note rate was only 5.72%.
 Trust and investment fees of $2.5 billion primarily reflecting an increase in client assets, bond origination fees, and higher brokerage revenue as we continued to build our retail securities brokerage business; client assets in Wealth, Brokerage and Retirement were up 8% from second quarter 2009 driven largely by the strong equity market recovery;
 
 Card fees of $946 million reflecting seasonally higher purchase volumes and higher customer penetration rates;
 
 Service charges on deposit accounts of $1.5 billion driven by continued strong checking account growth; and
 
 Net losses on debt and equity securities totaling $11 million, including $396 million of OTTI write-downs and $120 million of realized gains on the sale of MBS in the third quarter. After having purchased over $34 billion of agency MBS in the second quarter of 2009 at yields more than 1% above the current market, we sold $23 billion of our lowest-yielding MBS after long-term interest rates declined in the third quarter.
Due to the general decline in long-term yields and narrowing of credit spreads in third quarter 2009, net unrealized gains on securities available for sale increased to $6.6 billion at September 30, 2009, from net unrealized losses of $400 million at June 30, 2009.
Noninterest expense was $11.7 billion in third quarter 2009, up from $5.5 billion in third quarter 2008, predominantly attributable to the Wachovia acquisition. Noninterest expense in third quarter 2009 reflected $200 million of Wachovia merger-related costs and $49 million of non-Wachovia-related integration costs. Noninterest expense also included $100 million of additional insurance reserve at our captive mortgage reinsurance operation. Noninterest expense in third quarter 2009 declined from $12.7 billion in second quarter 2009, which included $565 million of Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) deposit insurance assessments. The balance of the decline from second quarter 2009 was due to merger consolidation savings and ongoing expense management initiatives. As we reduce expenses through consolidation and other expense initiatives, we continue to reinvest in our businesses for long-term revenue growth. During 2009, we opened 41 retail banking stores, including 15 in the third quarter, and converted 1,274 ATMs toEnvelope-FreeSM webATM machines. We have also continued to increase the level and productivity of our sales force in community banking, commercial banking and wealth management. We continued to manage to a variable expense base in the mortgage company. Part-time staff was reduced in third quarter as application volume declined, and increased again in September and early in the fourth quarter as the volume of applications increased. Our efficiency ratio improved to 52.0% in third quarter 2009 from 56.4% in second quarter 2009.
Net charge-offs in third quarter 2009 were $5.1 billion (2.50% of average total loans outstanding, annualized), compared with $4.4 billion (2.11%) in second quarter 2009 and $2.0 billion (1.96%) in third quarter 2008. While losses were up in the quarter, the increase in terms of both dollars and percentages moderated from prior quarter growth. Net charge-offs of $5.1 billion in third quarter 2009 included $1.5 billion of commercial and commercial real estate loans (1.78%) and $3.6 billion in consumer loans (3.13%). Legacy Wells Fargo net charge-offs were $3.4 billion in third quarter 2009, flat compared with

7


Table of Contents

second quarter 2009, and Wachovia net charge-offs totaled $1.7 billion (including $225 million related to PCI loans), compared with $984 million in second quarter 2009. Wachovia’s PCI loans were written down to fair value at December 31, 2008, and, accordingly, charge-offs on that portfolio only occur if the portfolio deteriorates more than was expected at the date of acquisition.
Commercial and commercial real estate charge-offs were up 28% in third quarter 2009 from second quarter 2009. The increase in commercial and commercial real estate losses in third quarter 2009 was entirely in the Wachovia portfolio, in part reflecting the fact that charge-offs are just now coming through Wachovia’s portfolio after having eliminated nonaccruals through purchase accounting at the end of 2008. The overall loss rate in third quarter 2009 for Wachovia’s commercial and commercial real estate portfolio was roughly comparable to Wells Fargo’s commercial portfolio, which we believe was underwritten to conservative credit standards. In fact, legacy Wells Fargo’s commercial and commercial real estate losses declined $35 million, or 4%, from second quarter 2009.
Consumer losses were up 12% in third quarter 2009, with virtually all of the increase in Wachovia’s consumer portfolios. Over 40% of the increase in Wachovia consumer loan losses came from the non-impaired Pick-a-Pay portfolio, in large part reflecting the lagging effect of purchase accounting.
The provision for credit losses was $6.1 billion and $15.8 billion in the third quarter and first nine months of 2009, respectively, compared with $2.5 billion and $7.5 billion, respectively, in the same periods a year ago. The provision in the third quarter and first nine months of 2009 included $1.0 billion and $3.0 billion, respectively, of net build to the allowance for credit losses due to higher credit losses inherent in the loan portfolio. The allowance for credit losses, which consists of the allowance for loan losses and the reserve for unfunded credit commitments, was $24.5 billion (3.07% of total loans) at September 30, 2009, compared with $21.7 billion (2.51%) at December 31, 2008.
Total nonaccrual loans were $20.9 billion (2.61% of total loans) at September 30, 2009, compared with $15.8 billion (1.92%) at June 30, 2009. Nonaccrual loans exclude PCI loans acquired from Wachovia since these loans were written down in purchase accounting as of December 31, 2008, to an amount expected to be collectible. The increase in nonaccrual loans represented increases in both the commercial and consumer portfolios, with $3.7 billion related to Wachovia in third quarter 2009. The increase in nonaccrual loans was concentrated in portfolios secured by real estate or with borrowers dependent on the housing industry. Total nonperforming assets (NPAs) were $23.5 billion (2.93% of total loans) at September 30, 2009, compared with $18.3 billion (2.23%) at June 30, 2009.
While commercial and commercial real estate nonaccrual loans were up in third quarter 2009, the dollar amount of the increase declined in third quarter 2009 and the rate of growth slowed considerably. Legacy Wells Fargo’s commercial and commercial real estate nonaccrual loans increased $777 million. Wachovia’s commercial and commercial real estate nonaccrual loans increased $1.9 billion. The growth rate in consumer nonaccrual loans slowed in third quarter 2009. Legacy Wells Fargo’s consumer nonaccrual loans increased $606 million, reflecting the more moderate deterioration we have experienced in consumer loans. Wachovia’s Pick-a-Pay portfolio represented the largest portion of consumer nonaccrual loans. While up $1.2 billion in third quarter 2009 from second quarter 2009, the increase in nonaccrual loans in the non-impaired Pick-a-Pay portfolio reflected the inflows to nonaccruals expected in the first few quarters after purchase accounting write-downs. Due to our active loss mitigation efforts on Pick-a-Pay loans, some of our modifications on the non-PCI portfolio are classified as TDRs causing our NPA levels to remain elevated until the loans can demonstrate performance. To the extent these nonperforming loans return to accrual status, NPA growth may moderate.

8


Table of Contents

We continued to build capital in third quarter 2009 and the Company and each of its subsidiary banks continued to remain well-capitalized. Our total risk-based capital (RBC) ratio at September 30, 2009, was 14.66% and our Tier 1 RBC ratio was 10.63%, exceeding the minimum regulatory guidelines of 8% and 4%, respectively, for bank holding companies. Our total RBC ratio was 11.83% and our Tier 1 RBC ratio was 7.84% at December 31, 2008. Tier 1 RBC and Tier 1 common equity ratios increased to 10.63% and 5.18%, respectively, at September 30, 2009, up from 9.80% and 4.49%, respectively, at June 30, 2009. Our Tier 1 leverage ratio was 9.03% at September 30, 2009, and 14.52% at December 31, 2008, exceeding the minimum regulatory guideline of 3% for bank holding companies.
As previously disclosed, the Federal Reserve asked us to generate a $13.7 billion regulatory capital buffer by November 9, 2009, based on their revenue assumptions in the adverse case economic scenario. Through September 30, 2009, we generated $20 billion toward the $13.7 billion regulatory capital buffer under SCAP, exceeding the requirement by $6 billion. We accomplished this through an $8.6 billion equity raise in second quarter 2009 and by internally generated capital, which has been tracking above the Company’s internal SCAP estimates and 35% above the supervisory adverse economic scenario estimate. See the “Capital Management” section in this Report for more information.

9


Table of Contents

Current Accounting Developments
Effective July 1, 2009, the FASB established the Codification as the source of authoritative generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) for companies to use in the preparation of financial statements. SEC rules and interpretive releases are also authoritative GAAP for SEC registrants. The guidance contained in the Codification supersedes all existing non-SEC accounting and reporting standards. We adopted the Codification, as required, in third quarter 2009. As a result, references to accounting literature contained in our financial statement disclosures have been updated to reflect the new Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) structure. References to superseded authoritative literature are shown parenthetically below, and cross-references to pre-Codification accounting standards are included on page 147.
In first quarter 2009, we adopted new guidance related to the following Codification topics:
 FASB ASC 815-10, Derivatives and Hedging (FAS 161, Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities — an amendment of FASB Statement No. 133);
 
 FASB ASC 810-10, Consolidation (FAS 160, Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements — an amendment of ARB No. 51);
 
 FASB ASC 805-10, Business Combinations (FAS 141R (revised 2007), Business Combinations);
 
 FASB ASC 820-10, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (FASB Staff Position (FSP) FAS 157-4, Determining Fair Value When the Volume and Level of Activity for the Asset or Liability Have Significantly Decreased and Identifying Transactions That Are Not Orderly);
 
 FASB ASC 320-10, Investments — Debt and Equity Securities (FSP FAS 115-2 and FAS 124-2,Recognition and Presentation of Other-Than-Temporary Impairments); and
 
 FASB ASC 260-10, Earnings Per Share (FSP Emerging Issues Task Force (EITF) 03-6-1,Determining Whether Instruments Granted in Share-Based Payment Transactions Are Participating Securities).
In second quarter 2009, we adopted new guidance related to the following Codification topics:
 FASB ASC 825-10, Financial Instruments (FSP FAS 107-1 and APB Opinion 28-1, Interim Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments); and
 
 FASB ASC 855-10, Subsequent Events (FAS 165, Subsequent Events).
In third quarter 2009, we adopted new guidance related to the following Codification topic:
 FASB ASC 105-10, Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (FAS 168, The FASB Accounting Standards Codification and the Hierarchy of Generally Accepted Accounting Principles — a replacement of FASB Statement No. 162).
In addition, the following accounting pronouncements were issued by the FASB, but are not yet effective:
 FAS 166, Accounting for Transfers of Financial Assets — an amendment of FASB Statement No. 140;
 
 FAS 167, Amendments to FASB Interpretation No. 46(R);
 
 FASB ASC 715-20, Compensation — Retirement Benefits (FSP FAS 132(R)-1, Employers’ Disclosures about Postretirement Benefit Plan Assets);
 
 Accounting Standards Update (ASU or Update) 2009-12, Investments in Certain Entities That Calculate Net Asset Value per Share (or Its Equivalent); and
 
 ASU 2009-5, Measuring Liabilities at Fair Value.

10


Table of Contents

Information about these pronouncements is described in more detail below.
FASB ASC 815-10 (FAS 161) changes the disclosure requirements for derivative instruments and hedging activities. It requires enhanced disclosures about how and why an entity uses derivatives, how derivatives and related hedged items are accounted for, and how derivatives and hedged items affect an entity’s financial position, performance and cash flows. We adopted this pronouncement for first quarter 2009 reporting. See Note 11 (Derivatives) to Financial Statements in this Report for complete disclosures on derivatives and hedging activities. This standard does not affect our consolidated financial results since it amends only the disclosure requirements for derivative instruments and hedged items.
FASB ASC 810-10 (FAS 160) requires that noncontrolling interests (previously referred to as minority interests) be reported as a component of equity in the balance sheet. Prior to our adoption of this standard, noncontrolling interests were classified outside of equity. This new guidance also changes the way a noncontrolling interest is presented in the income statement such that a parent’s consolidated income statement includes amounts attributable to both the parent’s interest and the noncontrolling interest. When a subsidiary is deconsolidated, a parent is required to recognize a gain or loss with any remaining interest initially recorded at fair value. Other changes in ownership interest where the parent continues to have a majority ownership interest in the subsidiary are accounted for as capital transactions. This new guidance was effective on January 1, 2009, with prospective application to all noncontrolling interests including those that arose prior to adoption. Retrospective adoption was required for disclosure of noncontrolling interests held as of the adoption date.
We hold a controlling interest in a joint venture with Prudential Financial, Inc. (Prudential). For more information on the Prudential joint venture, see the “Capital Management” section in this Report. On January 1, 2009, we reclassified Prudential’s noncontrolling interest to equity. Under the terms of the original agreement under which the joint venture was established between Wachovia and Prudential, each party has certain rights such that changes in our ownership interest can occur. On December 4, 2008, Prudential publicly announced its intention to exercise its option to put its noncontrolling interest to us at the end of the lookback period, as defined (January 1, 2010). As a result of issuance of new accounting requirements for noncontrolling interests, related interpretive guidance, and Prudential’s stated intention, on January 1, 2009, we increased the carrying value of Prudential’s noncontrolling interest in the joint venture to the estimated maximum redemption amount, with the offset recorded to additional paid-in capital.
FASB ASC 805-10 (FAS 141R) requires an acquirer in a business combination to recognize the assets acquired (including loan receivables), the liabilities assumed, and any noncontrolling interest in the acquiree at the acquisition date at their fair values as of that date, with limited exceptions. The acquirer is not permitted to recognize a separate valuation allowance as of the acquisition date for loans and other assets acquired in a business combination. The revised statement requires acquisition-related costs to be expensed separately from the acquisition. It also requires restructuring costs that the acquirer expected but was not obligated to incur to be expensed separately from the business combination. This standard was applicable prospectively to business combinations completed on or after January 1, 2009.
FASB ASC 820-10 (FSP FAS 157-4) addresses measuring fair value in situations where markets are inactive and transactions are not orderly. The guidance acknowledges that in these circumstances quoted prices may not be determinative of fair value; however, even if there has been a significant decrease in the volume and level of activity for an asset or liability and regardless of the valuation technique(s) used, the objective of a fair value measurement has not changed. Prior to issuance of this pronouncement, many companies, including Wells Fargo, interpreted accounting guidance on fair value measurements to emphasize that fair value must be measured based on the most recently available quoted market prices, even for markets that have experienced a significant decline in the volume and level of activity relative to

11


Table of Contents

normal conditions and therefore could have increased frequency of transactions that are not orderly. Under the provisions of this standard, price quotes for assets or liabilities in inactive markets may require adjustment due to uncertainty as to whether the underlying transactions are orderly.
For inactive markets, there is little information, if any, to evaluate if individual transactions are orderly. Accordingly, we are required to estimate, based upon all available facts and circumstances, the degree to which orderly transactions are occurring. The Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures topic in the Codification does not prescribe a specific method for adjusting transaction or quoted prices; however, it does provide guidance for determining how much weight to give transaction or quoted prices. Price quotes based upon transactions that are not orderly are not considered to be determinative of fair value and should be given little, if any, weight in measuring fair value. Price quotes based upon transactions that are orderly shall be considered in determining fair value, with the weight given based upon the facts and circumstances. If sufficient information is not available to determine if price quotes are based upon orderly transactions, less weight should be given to the price quote relative to other transactions that are known to be orderly.
The new measurement provisions of FASB ASC 820-10 were effective for second quarter 2009; however, as permitted under the pronouncement, we early adopted in first quarter 2009. Adoption of this pronouncement resulted in an increase in the valuation of securities available for sale in first quarter 2009 of $4.5 billion ($2.8 billion after tax), which was included in other comprehensive income (OCI), and trading assets of $18 million, which was reflected in earnings. See the “Critical Accounting Policies” section in this Report for more information.
FASB ASC 320-10 (FSP FAS 115-2 and FAS 124-2) states that an OTTI write-down of debt securities, where fair value is below amortized cost, is triggered in circumstances where (1) an entity has the intent to sell a security, (2) it is more likely than not that the entity will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis, or (3) the entity does not expect to recover the entire amortized cost basis of the security. If an entity intends to sell a security or if it is more likely than not the entity will be required to sell the security before recovery, an OTTI write-down is recognized in earnings equal to the entire difference between the security’s amortized cost basis and its fair value. If an entity does not intend to sell the security or it is more likely than not that it will not be required to sell the security before recovery, the OTTI write-down is separated into an amount representing the credit loss, which is recognized in earnings, and the amount related to all other factors, which is recognized in OCI. The new accounting requirements for recording OTTI on debt securities were effective for second quarter 2009; however, as permitted under the pronouncement, we early adopted on January 1, 2009, and increased the beginning balance of retained earnings by $85 million ($53 million after tax) with a corresponding adjustment to cumulative OCI for OTTI recorded in previous periods on securities in our portfolio at January 1, 2009, that would not have been required had this accounting guidance been effective for those periods.
FASB ASC 260-10 (FSP EITF 03-6-1) requires that unvested share-based payment awards that have nonforfeitable rights to dividends or dividend equivalents be treated as participating securities and, therefore, included in the computation of earnings per share under the two-class method described in the Earnings per Share topic in the Codification. This pronouncement was effective on January 1, 2009, with retrospective adoption required. The adoption of this standard did not have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements.
FASB ASC 825-10 (FSP FAS 107-1 and APB 28-1) states that entities must disclose the fair value of financial instruments in interim reporting periods as well as in annual financial statements. Entities must also disclose the methods and assumptions used to estimate fair value as well as any changes in methods and assumptions that occurred during the reporting period. We adopted this pronouncement in second

12


Table of Contents

quarter 2009. See Note 12 (Fair Values of Assets and Liabilities) to Financial Statements in this Report for additional information. Because the new provisions in FASB ASC 825-10 amend only the disclosure requirements related to the fair value of financial instruments, the adoption of this pronouncement does not affect our consolidated financial statements.
FASB ASC 855-10 (FAS 165) describes two types of subsequent events that previously were addressed in the auditing literature, one that requires post-period end adjustment to the financial statements being issued, and one that requires footnote disclosure only. Companies are also required to disclose the date through which management has evaluated subsequent events, which for public entities is the date that financial statements are issued. The requirements for disclosing subsequent events were effective in second quarter 2009 with prospective application. See Note 1 (Summary of Significant Accounting Policies) to Financial Statements in this Report for our discussion of subsequent events. Our adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.
FAS 166 modifies certain guidance contained in FASB ASC 860, Transfers and Servicing. This standard eliminates the concept of qualifying special purpose entities (QSPEs) and provides additional criteria transferors must use to evaluate transfers of financial assets. To determine if a transfer is to be accounted for as a sale, the transferor must assess whether it and all of the entities included in its consolidated financial statements have surrendered control of the assets. A transferor must consider all arrangements or agreements made or contemplated at the time of transfer before reaching a conclusion on whether control has been relinquished. FAS 166 addresses situations in which a portion of a financial asset is transferred. In such instances the transfer can only be accounted for as a sale when the transferred portion is considered to be a participating interest. FAS 166 also requires that any assets or liabilities retained from a transfer accounted for as a sale be initially recognized at fair value. This standard is effective for us as of January 1, 2010, with adoption applied prospectively for transfers that occur on and after the effective date.
FAS 167 amends several key consolidation provisions related to variable interest entities (VIEs), which are included in FASB ASC 810, Consolidation. First, the scope of FAS 167 includes entities that are currently designated as QSPEs. Second, FAS 167 changes the approach companies use to identify the VIEs for which they are deemed to be the primary beneficiary and are required to consolidate. Under existing rules, the primary beneficiary is the entity that absorbs the majority of a VIE’s losses and receives the majority of the VIE’s returns. The guidance in FAS 167 identifies a VIE’s primary beneficiary as the entity that has the power to direct the VIE’s significant activities, and has an obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits that could be potentially significant to the VIE. Third, FAS 167 requires companies to continually reassess whether they are the primary beneficiary of a VIE. Existing rules only require companies to reconsider primary beneficiary conclusions when certain triggering events have occurred. FAS 167 is effective for us as of January 1, 2010, and applies to all current QSPEs and VIEs, and VIEs created after the effective date.
Application of FAS 166 and FAS 167 will result in the January 1, 2010, consolidation of certain QSPEs and VIEs that are not currently included in our consolidated financial statements. We have performed a preliminary analysis of these accounting standards with respect to QSPE and VIE structures currently applicable to us. Our preliminary estimate includes entities in which we have the power to direct significant activities through our servicing and advisory activities as well as variable interests that expose us to benefits or risks that could potentially be significant.

13


Table of Contents

ESTIMATED IMPACT OF APPLICATION OF FAS 166 AND FAS 167
         
  
  Incremental  Incremental 
  GAAP  risk-weighted 
(in billions) assets  assets 
  
Residential mortgage loans — nonconforming (1) (2)
 $28   18 
Other consumer loans
  6   3 
Commercial paper conduit
  6    
Investment funds
  8   4 
  
Total
 $48   25 
  
 
  
(1) Represents certain of our residential mortgage loans that are not guaranteed by government-sponsored entities (“nonconforming”). With the concurrence of our independent auditors, we have concluded that conforming residential mortgage loans involved in securitizations are not subject to consolidation under FAS 166 and FAS 167.
 
(2) We are actively exploring the sale of certain interests we hold in securitized residential mortgage loans, which would reduce the amount of residential mortgage loans subject to consolidation under FAS 167. There is no assurance that we will be able to execute such sales prior to adoption of these accounting standards, although it is our intent to do so.
FAS 166 and FAS 167 are principles based and limited interpretive guidance is currently available. We will continue to evaluate QSPE and VIE structures applicable to us, monitor interpretive guidance, and work with our external auditors and other appropriate interested parties to properly implement these standards. In addition, we are evaluating the impact of potential fair value option elections. Accordingly, the amount of assets that actually become consolidated on our financial statements upon implementation of these standards on January 1, 2010, may differ from our preliminary analysis presented in the previous table. The cumulative effect of adopting these statements will be recorded as an adjustment to retained earnings at January 1, 2010.
FASB ASC 715-20 (FSP FAS 132 (R)-1) requires new disclosures that are applicable to the plan assets of our Cash Balance Plan and other postretirement benefit plans. The objectives of the new disclosures are to provide an understanding of how investment allocation decisions are made, the major categories of plan assets, the inputs and valuation techniques used to measure fair value, the effect of fair value measurements using significant unobservable inputs on the changes in plan assets and significant concentrations of risk within plan assets. The new disclosures on postretirement benefits will be required prospectively for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2009.
ASU 2009-12 provides guidance for determining the fair value of certain alternative investments, which include hedge funds, private equity funds, and real estate funds. When alternative investments do not have readily determinable fair values, companies are permitted to use unadjusted net asset values or an equivalent measure to estimate fair value. This provision is only allowable for investments in entities that calculate net asset value (NAV) per share or its equivalent in accordance with Codification Topic 946, Financial Services — Investment Companies.The guidance also requires a company to consider its ability to redeem an investment at NAV when determining the appropriate classification of the related fair value measurement within the fair value hierarchy. ASU 2009-12 is effective for us in fourth quarter 2009 with prospective application. We are currently evaluating the impact ASU 2009-12 may have on our financial statements.

14


Table of Contents

ASU 2009-5 describes the valuation techniques companies should use to measure the fair value of liabilities for which there is limited observable market data. If a quoted price in an active market is not available for an identical liability, an entity should use one of the following approaches: (1) the quoted price of the identical liability when traded as an asset, (2) quoted prices for similar liabilities or similar liabilities when traded as an asset, or (3) another valuation technique that is consistent with the principles of FASB ASC 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures. When measuring the fair value of liabilities, this Update reiterates that companies should apply valuation techniques that maximize the use of relevant observable inputs, which is consistent with existing accounting provisions for fair value measurement. In addition, this Update clarifies when an entity should adjust quoted prices of identical or similar assets that are used to estimate the fair value of liabilities. For example, an entity should not include separate adjustments for contractual restrictions that prevent the transfer of the liability because the restriction would be factored into other inputs used in the fair value measurement of the liability. However, separate adjustments are needed in situations where the unit of account for the asset is not the same as for the liability. This guidance is effective for us in fourth quarter 2009 with adoption applied prospectively. We are currently evaluating the impact ASU 2009-5 may have on our financial statements.
CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Our significant accounting policies are fundamental to understanding our results of operations and financial condition because they require that we use estimates and assumptions that may affect the value of our assets or liabilities, and our financial results. Six of these policies are critical because they require management to make difficult, subjective and complex judgments about matters that are inherently uncertain and because it is likely that materially different amounts would be reported under different conditions or using different assumptions. These policies govern:
 the allowance for credit losses;
 
 PCI loans;
 
 the valuation of residential mortgage servicing rights (MSRs);
 
 the fair valuation of financial instruments;
 
 pension accounting; and
 
 income taxes.
With respect to pension accounting, on April 28, 2009, the Board of Directors (the Board) approved amendments to freeze the benefits earned under the Wells Fargo qualified and supplemental cash balance plans and Wachovia’s cash balance pension plan, and to merge Wachovia’s plan into the Wells Fargo Cash Balance Plan. These actions became effective on July 1, 2009. This is expected to reduce pension cost in future periods. See Note 14 (Employee Benefits) to Financial Statements in this Report for additional information.
Management has reviewed and approved these critical accounting policies and has discussed these policies with the Audit and Examination Committee of the Board. These policies are described in the “Financial Review — Critical Accounting Policies” section and Note 1 (Summary of Significant Accounting Policies) to Financial Statements in our 2008 Form 10-K. Due to the adoption of new accounting provisions contained in FASB ASC 820-10, which affects the measurement of fair value of certain assets, principally securities and trading assets, we have updated the policy on the fair value of financial instruments, as described below.

15


Table of Contents

FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
We use fair value measurements to record fair value adjustments to certain financial instruments and to develop fair value disclosures. See our 2008 Form 10-K for the complete critical accounting policy related to fair value of financial instruments.
In connection with the adoption of new fair value measurement guidance included in FASB ASC 820,Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures, we developed policies and procedures to determine when the level and volume of activity for our assets and liabilities requiring fair value measurements have declined significantly relative to normal conditions. For items that use price quotes, such as certain security classes within securities available for sale, the degree of market inactivity and distressed transactions is estimated to determine the appropriate adjustment to the price quotes from an external broker or pricing service. The methodology we use to adjust the quotes generally involves weighting the price quotes and results of internal pricing techniques, such as the net present value of future expected cash flows (with observable inputs, where available) discounted at a rate of return market participants require to arrive at the fair value. The more active and orderly markets for particular security classes are determined to be, the more weighting we assign to price quotes. The less active and orderly markets are determined to be, the less weighting we assign to price quotes.
In the determination of the classification of financial instruments in Level 2 or Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy, we consider all available information, including observable market data, indications of market liquidity and orderliness, and our understanding of the valuation techniques and significant inputs used. For securities in inactive markets, we use a predetermined percentage to evaluate the impact of fair value adjustments derived from weighting both external and internal indications of value to determine if the instrument is classified as Level 2 or Level 3. Based upon the specific facts and circumstances of each instrument or instrument category, judgments are made regarding the significance of the Level 3 inputs to the instruments’ fair value measurement in its entirety. If Level 3 inputs are considered significant, the instrument is classified as Level 3.
Approximately 23% of total assets ($285.6 billion) at September 30, 2009, and 19% of total assets ($247.5 billion) at December 31, 2008, consisted of financial instruments recorded at fair value on a recurring basis. Assets for which fair values were measured using significant Level 3 inputs (before derivative netting adjustments) represented approximately 19% of these financial instruments (4% of total assets) at September 30, 2009, and approximately 22% (4% of total assets) at December 31, 2008. The fair value of the remaining assets was measured using valuation methodologies involving market-based or market-derived information, collectively Level 1 and 2 measurements.
Approximately 2% of total liabilities ($23.5 billion) at September 30, 2009, and 2% ($18.8 billion) at December 31, 2008, consisted of financial instruments recorded at fair value on a recurring basis. Liabilities valued using Level 3 measurements (before derivative netting adjustments) were $7.9 billion at September 30, 2009, and $9.3 billion at December 31, 2008.

16


Table of Contents

EARNINGS PERFORMANCE
NET INTEREST INCOME
Net interest income is the interest earned on debt securities, loans (including yield-related loan fees) and other interest-earning assets minus the interest paid for deposits, short-term borrowings and long-term debt. The net interest margin is the average yield on earning assets minus the average interest rate paid for deposits and our other sources of funding. Net interest income and the net interest margin are presented on a taxable-equivalent basis to consistently reflect income from taxable and tax-exempt loans and securities based on a 35% federal statutory tax rate.
Net interest income on a taxable-equivalent basis was $11.9 billion in third quarter 2009 and $6.4 billion in third quarter 2008. While the net margin improved to 4.36%, average earning assets were down $23.7 billion from second quarter 2009, reflecting soft loan demand and reductions in non-strategic and liquidating assets. While average securities available for sale were up $7.3 billion, this largely reflected the averaging effect in the quarter of MBS purchased late in the second quarter at yields more than 1% above the current market. During third quarter 2009, $23 billion of our lowest-yielding MBS were sold to reduce exposure to higher long-term interest rates. Net interest income also reflected the benefit of growth in checking and savings deposits.
Average earning assets increased to $1.1 trillion in third quarter 2009 from $533.2 billion in third quarter 2008. Average loans increased to $810.2 billion in third quarter 2009 from $404.2 billion a year ago. Average mortgages held for sale (MHFS) increased to $40.6 billion in third quarter 2009 from $25.0 billion a year ago. Average debt securities available for sale increased to $186.3 billion in third quarter 2009 from $92.9 billion a year ago.
Core deposits are a low-cost source of funding and thus an important contributor to net interest income and the net interest margin. Core deposits include noninterest-bearing deposits, interest-bearing checking, savings certificates, market rate and other savings, and certain foreign deposits (Eurodollar sweep balances). Average core deposits rose to $759.3 billion in third quarter 2009 from $320.1 billion in third quarter 2008, with over half of the increase from Wachovia, and funded 94% and 79% of average loans in third quarter 2009 and 2008, respectively. Checking and savings deposits, typically the lowest cost deposits, now represent about 83% of our core deposits, one of the highest percentages in the industry. Total average retail core deposits, which exclude Wholesale Banking core deposits and retail mortgage escrow deposits, grew to $584.4 billion for third quarter 2009 from $234.1 billion a year ago. Average mortgage escrow deposits were $28.7 billion in third quarter 2009, compared with $21.2 billion a year ago. Average certificates of deposits increased to $129.7 billion in third quarter 2009 from $37.2 billion a year ago and average checking and savings deposits increased to $629.6 billion from $282.9 billion a year ago. Total average interest-bearing deposits increased to $633.4 billion in third quarter 2009 from $266.4 billion a year ago.
The following table presents the individual components of net interest income and the net interest margin.

17


Table of Contents

AVERAGE BALANCES, YIELDS AND RATES PAID (TAXABLE-EQUIVALENT BASIS) (1)(2)
                         
  
  Quarter ended September 30,
  2009  2008 
          Interest          Interest 
  Average  Yields/  income/  Average  Yields/  income/ 
(in millions) balance  rates  expense  balance  rates  expense 
  

Earning assets
                        
Federal funds sold, securities purchased under resale agreements and other short-term investments
 $16,356   0.66% $27   3,463   2.09% $18 
Trading assets
  20,518   4.29   221   4,838   3.72   46 
Debt securities available for sale (3):
                        
Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies
  2,545   3.79   24   1,141   3.99   11 
Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions
  12,818   6.28   204   7,211   6.65   124 
Mortgage-backed securities:
                        
Federal agencies
  94,457   5.34   1,221   50,528   5.83   731 
Residential and commercial
  43,214   9.56   1,089   21,358   5.82   346 
                   
Total mortgage-backed securities
  137,671   6.75   2,310   71,886   5.83   1,077 
Other debt securities (4)
  33,294   7.00   568   12,622   7.17   248 
                   
Total debt securities available for sale (4)
  186,328   6.72   3,106   92,860   6.06   1,460 
Mortgages held for sale (5)
  40,604   5.16   524   24,990   6.31   394 
Loans held for sale (5)
  4,975   2.67   34   677   6.95   12 
Loans:
                        
Commercial and commercial real estate:
                        
Commercial
  175,642   4.34   1,919   100,688   5.92   1,496 
Real estate mortgage
  103,450   3.39   883   43,616   5.60   615 
Real estate construction
  32,649   3.02   249   19,715   4.82   238 
Lease financing
  14,360   9.14   328   7,250   5.48   100 
                   
Total commercial and commercial real estate
  326,101   4.12   3,379   171,269   5.69   2,449 
                   
Consumer:
                        
Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage
  235,051   5.35   3,154   76,197   6.64   1,265 
Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage
  105,779   4.62   1,229   75,379   6.36   1,206 
Credit card
  23,448   11.65   683   19,948   12.19   609 
Other revolving credit and installment
  90,199   6.48   1,473   54,104   8.64   1,175 
                   
Total consumer
  454,477   5.73   6,539   225,628   7.52   4,255 
                   
Foreign
  29,613   3.61   270   7,306   10.28   188 
                   
Total loans (5)
  810,191   5.00   10,188   404,203   6.79   6,892 
Other
  6,088   3.29   49   2,126   4.64   24 
                   
Total earning assets
 $1,085,060   5.20% $14,149   533,157   6.57% $8,846 
                   
Funding sources
                        
Deposits:
                        
Interest-bearing checking
 $59,467   0.15% $21   5,483   0.87% $12 
Market rate and other savings
  369,120   0.34   317   166,710   1.18   495 
Savings certificates
  129,698   1.35   442   37,192   2.57   240 
Other time deposits
  18,248   1.93   89   7,930   2.59   53 
Deposits in foreign offices
  56,820   0.25   36   49,054   1.78   219 
                   
Total interest-bearing deposits
  633,353   0.57   905   266,369   1.52   1,019 
Short-term borrowings
  39,828   0.35   36   83,458   2.35   492 
Long-term debt
  222,580   2.33   1,301   103,745   3.43   892 
Other liabilities
  5,620   3.30   46          
                   
Total interest-bearing liabilities
  901,381   1.01   2,288   453,572   2.11   2,403 
Portion of noninterest-bearing funding sources
  183,679         79,585       
                   
Total funding sources
 $1,085,060   0.84   2,288   533,157   1.78   2,403 
 
                    
 
                        
Net interest margin and net interest income on a taxable-equivalent basis (6)
      4.36% $11,861       4.79% $6,443 
 
                    

Noninterest-earning assets
                        
Cash and due from banks
 $18,084           11,024         
Goodwill
  24,435           13,531         
Other
  118,472           56,482         
                    
Total noninterest-earning assets
 $160,991           81,037         
                    
 
                        
Noninterest-bearing funding sources
                        
Deposits
 $172,588           87,095         
Other liabilities
  47,646           25,452         
Total equity
  124,436           48,075         
Noninterest-bearing funding sources used to fund earning assets
  (183,679)          (79,585        
                    
Net noninterest-bearing funding sources
 $160,991           81,037         
                    
Total assets
 $1,246,051           614,194         
                    
  
(1) Our average prime rate was 3.25% and 5.00% for the quarters ended September 30, 2009 and 2008, respectively, and 3.25% and 5.43% for the first nine months of 2009 and 2008, respectively. The average three-month London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) was 0.41% and 2.91% for the quarters ended September 30, 2009 and 2008, respectively, and 0.83% and 2.98% for the first nine months of 2009 and 2008, respectively.
 
(2) Interest rates and amounts include the effects of hedge and risk management activities associated with the respective asset and liability categories.
 
(3) Yields are based on amortized cost balances computed on a settlement date basis.
 
(4) Includes certain preferred securities.
 
(5) Nonaccrual loans and related income are included in their respective loan categories.
 
(6) Includes taxable-equivalent adjustments primarily related to tax-exempt income on certain loans and securities. The federal statutory tax rate was 35% for the periods presented.

18


Table of Contents

                         
  
  Nine months ended September 30, 
  2009  2008 
          Interest          Interest 
  Average  Yields/  income/  Average  Yields/  income/ 
(in millions) balance  rates  expense  balance  rates  expense 
  

Earning assets
                        
Federal funds sold, securities purchased under resale agreements and other short-term investments
 $20,411   0.73% $111   3,734   2.59% $72 
Trading assets
  20,389   4.64   709   4,960   3.57   133 
Debt securities available for sale (3):
                        
Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies
  2,514   2.61   48   1,055   3.88   30 
Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions
  12,409   6.39   623   6,848   6.88   362 
Mortgage-backed securities:
                        
Federal agencies
  87,916   5.45   3,492   42,448   5.93   1,854 
Residential and commercial
  41,070   9.05   3,150   21,589   5.92   1,010 
 
                    
Total mortgage-backed securities
  128,986   6.72   6,642   64,037   5.92   2,864 
Other debt securities (4)
  31,437   7.01   1,691   12,351   6.78   670 
 
                    
Total debt securities available for sale (4)
  175,346   6.69   9,004   84,291   6.11   3,926 
Mortgages held for sale (5)
  38,315   5.16   1,484   26,417   6.11   1,211 
Loans held for sale (5)
  6,693   3.01   151   686   6.66   34 
Loans:
                        
Commercial and commercial real estate:
                        
Commercial
  186,610   4.10   5,725   95,697   6.29   4,509 
Real estate mortgage
  104,003   3.44   2,677   40,351   5.91   1,788 
Real estate construction
  33,660   2.92   734   19,288   5.29   763 
Lease financing
  14,968   9.04   1,015   7,055   5.63   298 
 
                    
Total commercial and commercial real estate
  339,241   4.00   10,151   162,391   6.05   7,358 
 
                    
Consumer:
                        
Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage
  240,409   5.51   9,926   74,064   6.77   3,761 
Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage
  108,094   4.81   3,894   75,220   6.78   3,820 
Credit card
  23,236   12.16   2,118   19,256   12.11   1,749 
Other revolving credit and installment
  91,240   6.60   4,502   54,949   8.84   3,637 
 
                    
Total consumer
  462,979   5.90   20,440   223,489   7.74   12,967 
 
                    
Foreign
  30,856   4.02   929   7,382   10.72   592 
 
                    
Total loans (5)
  833,076   5.05   31,520   393,262   7.10   20,917 
Other
  6,102   3.02   137   1,995   4.55   68 
 
                    
Total earning assets
 $1,100,332   5.21% $43,116   515,345   6.81% $26,361 
 
                    
Funding sources
                        
Deposits:
                        
Interest-bearing checking
 $73,195   0.14% $77   5,399   1.31% $53 
Market rate and other savings
  339,081   0.42   1,072   162,792   1.45   1,765 
Savings certificates
  150,607   1.14   1,280   38,907   3.23   940 
Other time deposits
  21,794   1.97   321   6,163   2.87   133 
Deposits in foreign offices
  50,907   0.29   111   49,192   2.13   785 
 
                    
Total interest-bearing deposits
  635,584   0.60   2,861   262,453   1.87   3,676 
Short-term borrowings
  58,447   0.50   217   67,714   2.51   1,274 
Long-term debt
  238,909   2.55   4,568   101,668   3.71   2,825 
Other liabilities
  4,675   3.50   122          
 
                    
Total interest-bearing liabilities
  937,615   1.11   7,768   431,835   2.40   7,775 
Portion of noninterest-bearing funding sources
  162,717         83,510       
 
                    
Total funding sources
 $1,100,332   0.94   7,768   515,345   2.01   7,775 
 
                    
 
Net interest margin and net interest income on a taxable-equivalent basis (6)
      4.27% $35,348       4.80% $18,586 
 
                    
 
                        
Noninterest-earning assets
                        
Cash and due from banks
 $19,218           11,182         
Goodwill
  23,964           13,289         
Other
  126,557           54,901         
 
                      
Total noninterest-earning assets
 $169,739           79,372         
 
                      
 
                        
Noninterest-bearing funding sources
                        
Deposits
 $169,187           86,676         
Other liabilities
  49,249           27,973         
Total equity
  114,020           48,233         
Noninterest-bearing funding sources used to fund earning assets
  (162,717)          (83,510)        
 
                      
Net noninterest-bearing funding sources
 $169,739           79,372         
 
                      
Total assets
 $1,270,071           594,717         
 
                      
  

19


Table of Contents

NONINTEREST INCOME
                 
  
  Quarter ended Sept. 30, Nine months ended Sept. 30,
(in millions) 2009  2008  2009  2008 
  
Service charges on deposit accounts
 $1,478   839   4,320   2,387 
 
Trust and investment fees:
                
Trust, investment and IRA fees
  989   549   2,550   1,674 
Commissions and all other fees
  1,513   189   4,580   589 
  
Total trust and investment fees
  2,502   738   7,130   2,263 
  
 
                
Card fees
  946   601   2,722   1,747 
Other fees:
                
Cash network fees
  60   48   176   143 
Charges and fees on loans
  453   266   1,326   765 
All other fees
  437   238   1,312   654 
  
Total other fees
  950   552   2,814   1,562 
  
 
                
Mortgage banking:
                
Servicing income, net
  1,873   525   3,469   1,019 
Net gains on mortgage loan origination/sales activities
  1,125   276   4,910   1,419 
All other
  69   91   238   282 
  
Total mortgage banking
  3,067   892   8,617   2,720 
  
 
                
Insurance
  468   439   1,644   1,493 
Net gains from trading activities
  622   65   2,158   684 
Net gains (losses) on debt securities available for sale
  (40)  84   (237)  316 
Net gains (losses) from equity investments
  29   (509)  (88)  (149)
Operating leases
  224   102   522   365 
All other
  536   193   1,564   593 
  
 
                
Total
 $10,782   3,996   31,166   13,981 
  
  
We recently announced policy changes that will help customers limit overdraft and returned item fees. We currently estimate that these changes will reduce our 2010 fee revenue by approximately $300 million (after tax), although the actual impact could vary due to a variety of factors including implementation timing and customer behavior in response to the policy changes.
We earn trust, investment and IRA (Individual Retirement Account) fees from managing and administering assets, including mutual funds, corporate trust, personal trust, employee benefit trust and agency assets. At September 30, 2009, these assets totaled $1.8 trillion, including $529 billion from Wachovia, up from $1.2 trillion at September 30, 2008. Trust, investment and IRA fees are primarily based on a tiered scale relative to the market value of the assets under management or administration. These fees increased to $989 million in third quarter 2009 from $549 million a year ago.
We receive commissions and other fees for providing services to full-service and discount brokerage customers. These fees increased to $1.5 billion in third quarter 2009 from $189 million a year ago. These fees include transactional commissions, which are based on the number of transactions executed at the customer’s direction, and asset-based fees, which are based on the market value of the customer’s assets. At September 30, 2009, client assets totaled $1.1 trillion, including $951 billion from Wachovia, compared with $123 billion at September 30, 2008. Commissions and other fees also include fees from investment banking activities including equity and bond underwriting.
Card fees increased to $946 million in third quarter 2009 from $601 million a year ago, predominantly due to $315 million in card fees from the Wachovia portfolio.
Mortgage banking noninterest income was $3.1 billion in third quarter 2009, compared with $892 million a year ago. Net gains on mortgage loan origination/sales activities of $1.1 billion in third quarter 2009 were up from $276 million a year ago. Business performance remained strong in third quarter 2009,

20


Table of Contents

reflecting a higher level of refinance activity due to the low interest rate environment, with residential real estate originations of $96 billion in third quarter 2009 compared with $51 billion a year ago. The 1-4 family first mortgage unclosed pipeline was $62 billion at September 30, 2009, $71 billion at December 31, 2008, and $41 billion at September 30, 2008. For additional detail, see the “Asset/Liability and Market Risk Management — Mortgage Banking Interest Rate and Market Risk,” section and Note 8 (Mortgage Banking Activities) and Note 12 (Fair Values of Assets and Liabilities) to Financial Statements in this Report.
Net gains on mortgage loan origination/sales activities include charges to increase the mortgage repurchase reserve. Mortgage loans are repurchased based on standard representations and warranties. A $146 million increase in the repurchase reserve was recorded in the third quarter 2009, due to higher defaults, anticipated higher repurchase demands and overall deterioration in the market. If the current difficult economic cycle worsens, the residential mortgage business could continue to have increased default rates and investor repurchase requests, lower repurchase request appeals success rates and higher loss severity on repurchases, causing future increases in the repurchase reserve.
Within mortgage banking noninterest income, servicing income includes both changes in the fair value of MSRs during the period as well as changes in the value of derivatives (economic hedges) used to hedge the MSRs. Net servicing income in third quarter 2009 included a $1.5 billion combined market-related valuation gain on MSRs and economic hedges recorded in earnings (consisting of a $2.1 billion decrease in the fair value of the MSRs offset by $3.6 billion hedge gain) and in third quarter 2008 included a $75 million gain ($546 million decrease in the fair value of MSRs offset by $621 million hedge gain). The net gain in the current quarter was largely due to hedge-carry income, which reflected the current low short-term interest rate environment. The low short-term interest rate environment is expected to continue into fourth quarter 2009. Our portfolio of loans serviced for others was $1.88 trillion at September 30, 2009, and $1.86 trillion at December 31, 2008. At September 30, 2009, the ratio of MSRs to related loans serviced for others was 0.83%.
Income from trading activities was $622 million and $2.2 billion in the third quarter and first nine months of 2009, respectively, up from $65 million and $684 million, respectively, a year ago.
Net investment losses (debt and equity) totaled $11 million and $325 million in the third quarter and first nine months of 2009, respectively, and included OTTI write-downs of $396 million and $1.4 billion, respectively. Net investment losses of $425 million for third quarter 2008 and gains of $167 million for the first nine months of 2008 included OTTI write-downs of $893 million and $1.1 billion, respectively.
Net losses on debt securities available for sale were $40 million and $237 million in the third quarter and first nine months of 2009, compared with net gains of $84 million and $316 million, respectively, a year ago. Net gains from equity investments were $29 million in third quarter 2009, compared with losses of $509 million a year ago. Net losses from equity investments were $88 million in the first nine months of 2009 and $149 million in the first nine months of 2008, which included the $334 million gain from our ownership interest in Visa, which completed its initial public offering in March 2008.

21


Table of Contents

NONINTEREST EXPENSE
                 
  
  Quarter ended Sept. 30, Nine months ended Sept. 30,
(in millions) 2009  2008  2009  2008 
 
Salaries
 $3,428   2,078   10,252   6,092 
Commission and incentive compensation
  2,051   555   5,935   2,005 
Employee benefits
  1,034   486   3,545   1,666 
Equipment
  563   302   1,825   955 
Net occupancy
  778   402   2,357   1,201 
Core deposit and other intangibles
  642   47   1,935   139 
FDIC and other deposit assessments
  228   37   1,547   63 
Outside professional services
  489   206   1,350   589 
Insurance
  208   144   734   511 
Postage, stationery and supplies
  211   136   701   415 
Outside data processing
  251   122   745   353 
Travel and entertainment
  151   113   387   330 
Foreclosed assets
  243   99   678   298 
Contract services
  254   88   726   300 
Operating leases
  52   90   183   308 
Advertising and promotion
  160   96   396   285 
Telecommunications
  142   78   464   238 
Operating losses
  117   63   448   46 
All other
  682   359   1,991   994 
  
Total
 $11,684   5,501   36,199   16,788 
  
  
The increase in noninterest expense to $11.7 billion in third quarter 2009 from a year ago was predominantly due to the acquisition of Wachovia, which resulted in an expanded geographic platform and capabilities in businesses such as retail brokerage, asset management and investment banking, which, like mortgage banking, typically include higher revenue-based incentive expense than the more traditional banking businesses. Noninterest expense included $249 million and $699 million of merger-related costs for the third quarter and first nine months of 2009, respectively. FDIC and other deposit assessments, which include additional assessments related to the FDIC Transaction Account Guarantee Program in 2009, were $228 million in third quarter 2009 and $1.5 billion for the first nine months of 2009, including a second quarter 2009 FDIC special assessment of $565 million. See the “Liquidity and Funding” section in this Report for additional information. Pension cost in the third quarter and first nine months of 2009 reflected actions related to the freezing of the Wells Fargo and Wachovia pension plans that lowered pension cost by approximately $187 million for third quarter 2009, and $312 million for the first nine months of 2009. These actions are expected to reduce pension cost in fourth quarter 2009 by approximately $188 million. See Note 14 (Employee Benefits) to Financial Statements in this Report for additional information. Noninterest expense included $100 million and $306 million of additional insurance reserve at our captive mortgage reinsurance operation for the third quarter and first nine months of 2009, respectively.
INCOME TAX EXPENSE
Our effective income tax rate was 29.5% in third quarter 2009, down from 30.8% in third quarter 2008, and 31.7% for the first nine months of 2009, down from 32.9% for the first nine months of 2008. The decrease was primarily due to higher tax-exempt income, tax credits, tax settlements, and statute expirations partially offset by increased tax expense (with a comparable increase in interest income) associated with the purchase accounting for leveraged leases.
Effective January 1, 2009, we adopted new accounting guidance that changes the way noncontrolling interests are presented in the income statement such that the consolidated income statement includes amounts from both Wells Fargo interests and the noncontrolling interests. As a result, our effective tax

22


Table of Contents

rate is calculated by dividing income tax expense by income before income tax expense less the net income from noncontrolling interests.
OPERATING SEGMENT RESULTS
Wells Fargo defines its operating segments by product type and customer segment. As a result of the combination of Wells Fargo and Wachovia, in first quarter 2009 management realigned its business segments into the following three lines of business: Community Banking; Wholesale Banking; and Wealth, Brokerage and Retirement. Our management accounting process measures the performance of the operating segments based on our management structure and is not necessarily comparable with similar information for other financial services companies. We revised prior period information to reflect the first quarter 2009 realignment of our operating segments; however, because the acquisition was completed on December 31, 2008, Wachovia’s results are not included in the income statement or in average balances for periods prior to 2009. The Wachovia acquisition was material to us, and the inclusion of results from Wachovia’s businesses in our 2009 financial statements is a material factor in the changes in our results compared with prior year periods. For a more complete description of our operating segments, including additional financial information and the underlying management accounting process, see Note 16 (Operating Segments) to Financial Statements in this Report.
Community Banking offers a complete line of diversified financial products and services for consumers and small businesses including investment, insurance and trust services in 39 states and D.C., and mortgage and home equity loans in all 50 states and D.C. Wachovia added expanded product capability as well as expanded channels to better serve our customers. In addition, Community Banking includes Wells Fargo Financial.
Community Banking net income increased to $2.7 billion in third quarter 2009 from $2.0 billion in second quarter 2009, and $1.5 billion a year ago. Net income increased to $6.5 billion for the first nine months of 2009, up from $4.2 billion a year ago. The year-over-year growth in net income for Community Banking was largely due to the addition of Wachovia businesses, as well as double-digit growth in legacy Wells Fargo, driven by strong balance sheet growth and mortgage banking income. Revenue increased to $15.1 billion in the current quarter from $14.8 billion in second quarter 2009 and $8.5 billion a year ago. Revenue was $43.9 billion in the first nine months of 2009, up from $25.6 billion a year ago. Net interest income was $8.7 billion in third quarter 2009, flat from second quarter 2009 and up from $5.3 billion a year ago. Average loans of $534.7 billion in third quarter 2009 were down slightly from $540.7 billion in second quarter 2009, and up from $287.1 billion a year ago. Average core deposits of $530.3 billion in third quarter 2009, were down slightly from $543.9 billion in second quarter 2009 and up from $252.8 billion a year ago. The year-over-year increase in core deposits was due to the Wachovia acquisition, as well as double-digit growth in legacy Wells Fargo. Noninterest income increased to $6.4 billion in third quarter 2009 from $6.0 billion in second quarter 2009, driven by continued strength in mortgage banking and strong growth in deposit service charges and card fees, and from $3.2 billion a year ago. Noninterest expense of $6.8 billion in third quarter 2009, was down from $7.7 billion in second quarter 2009, driven by higher second quarter 2009 FDIC deposit insurance assessments as well as expense reductions due to Wachovia merger-related cost saves, and up from $4.0 billion a year ago. The provision for credit losses increased $308 million to $4.6 billion in third quarter 2009, including a $236 million credit reserve build, from $4.3 billion in second quarter 2009, which included a $479 million credit reserve build, and $2.2 billion a year ago.
Wholesale Banking provides financial solutions to businesses across the United States with annual sales generally in excess of $10 million and to financial institutions globally. Products include middle market banking, corporate banking, commercial real estate, treasury management, asset-based lending, insurance brokerage, foreign exchange, correspondent banking, trade services, specialized lending, equipment

23


Table of Contents

finance, corporate trust, investment banking, capital markets, and asset management. Wachovia added expanded product capabilities across the segment, including investment banking, mergers and acquisitions, equity trading, equity structured products, fixed-income sales and trading, and equity and fixed income research.
Wholesale Banking net income of $598 million in third quarter 2009 was down from $1.1 billion in second quarter 2009 and up from $103 million a year ago. Net income increased to $2.8 billion for the first nine months of 2009, up from $1.2 billion a year ago. The year-over-year growth in net income for Wholesale Banking was largely due to the addition of Wachovia businesses. Revenue increased to $4.9 billion and $15.1 billion in the third quarter and first nine months of 2009, respectively, from $1.7 billion and $6.3 billion for the same periods a year ago. Revenue decreased $322 million from $5.2 billion in second quarter 2009, primarily due to strength in investment banking and capital markets revenue in second quarter 2009, as well as insurance revenue seasonality. Net interest income was $2.5 billion in third quarter 2009, flat from second quarter 2009 and up from $1.1 billion a year ago. The year-over-year growth in average assets was largely due to the addition of the Wachovia businesses. Average loans were $247.0 billion in third quarter 2009, down from $263.5 billion in second quarter 2009, and up from $116.3 billion a year ago. Average core deposits increased to $146.9 billion in third quarter 2009 from $138.1 billion in second quarter 2009 and $64.4 billion a year ago. Noninterest income was $2.4 billion in third quarter 2009, down from $2.8 billion in second quarter 2009 and up from $631 million a year ago. Noninterest expense was $2.6 billion in third quarter 2009, down from $2.8 billion in second quarter 2009 and up from $1.3 billion a year ago. The provision for credit losses increased $623 million to $1.4 billion in third quarter 2009, including a $627 million build to reserves for the wholesale portfolio, up from $738 million in second quarter 2009, which included a $162 million credit reserve build, and $294 million a year ago.
Wealth, Brokerage and Retirement provides a full range of financial advisory services to clients. Wealth Management provides affluent and high-net-worth clients with a complete range of wealth management solutions including financial planning, private banking, credit, investment management, trust and estate services, business succession planning and charitable services along with bank-based brokerage services through Wells Fargo Advisors and Wells Fargo Investments, LLC. Family Wealth provides family-office services to ultra-high-net-worth clients and is one of the largest multi-family financial office practices in the United States. Retail Brokerage’s financial advisors serve customers’ advisory, brokerage and financial needs as part of one of the largest full-service brokerage firms in the United States. Retirement provides retirement services for individual investors and is a national leader in 401(k) and pension record keeping. The addition of Wachovia in first quarter 2009 added the following businesses to this operating segment: Wachovia Securities (retail brokerage), Wachovia Wealth Management, including its family wealth business and Wachovia’s retirement and reinsurance business.
Wealth, Brokerage and Retirement net income was $244 million in third quarter 2009, down from $363 million in second quarter 2009, and up from $112 million a year ago. Net income increased to $866 million for the first nine months of 2009, up from $316 million a year ago. The year-over-year growth in net income and average assets for the segment was due to the addition of Wachovia businesses. Revenue of $3.0 billion was flat from second quarter 2009 as the strong equity market recovery led to increases in client assets across the brokerage, wealth and retirement businesses, driving solid revenue growth, partially offset by lower realized gains on sales of securities available for sale in the brokerage business. Revenue increased to $3.0 billion and $8.6 billion in the third quarter and first nine months of 2009, respectively, from $681 million and $2.0 billion for the same periods a year ago. Net interest income was $743 million in third quarter 2009 and $764 million in second quarter 2009, up from $223 million a year ago. Average loans were $45.4 billion in third quarter 2009, flat from second quarter 2009 and up from $15.9 billion a year ago. The year-over-year growth in average loans was largely due to the addition of the Wachovia businesses. Noninterest income of $2.2 billion in third quarter 2009 was

24


Table of Contents

flat from second quarter 2009 and up from $458 million a year ago. Noninterest expense of $2.3 billion in third quarter 2009 was flat from second quarter 2009 and up from $498 million a year ago. The provision for credit losses was $234 million in third quarter 2009, up from $115 million from second quarter 2009, largely reflecting a credit reserve build of $137 million due to higher loss rates, and up from $3 million a year ago.
BALANCE SHEET ANALYSIS
SECURITIES AVAILABLE FOR SALE
Securities available for sale consist of both debt and marketable equity securities. We hold debt securities available for sale primarily for liquidity, interest rate risk management and long-term yield enhancement. Accordingly, this portfolio consists primarily of very liquid, high-quality federal agency debt and privately issued mortgage-backed securities. At September 30, 2009, we held $177.9 billion of debt securities available for sale, with net unrealized gains of $5.8 billion, compared with $145.4 billion at December 31, 2008, with net unrealized losses of $9.8 billion. We also held $5.9 billion of marketable equity securities available for sale at September 30, 2009, with net unrealized gains of $806 million, compared with $6.1 billion at December 31, 2008, with net unrealized losses of $160 million. Following application of purchase accounting to the Wachovia portfolio, the net unrealized losses in cumulative OCI, a component of common equity, at December 31, 2008, related entirely to the legacy Wells Fargo portfolio.
At September 30, 2009, the net unrealized gains on securities available for sale were $6.6 billion, up from net unrealized losses of $9.9 billion at December 31, 2008, due to general decline in long-term yields and narrowing of credit spreads.
We analyze securities for OTTI on a quarterly basis, or more often if a potential loss-triggering event occurs. The initial indication of OTTI for both debt and equity securities is a decline in the market value below the amount recorded for an investment, and the severity and duration of the decline. In determining whether an impairment is other than temporary, we consider the length of time and the extent to which the market value has been below cost, recent events specific to the issuer, including investment downgrades by rating agencies and economic conditions within its industry, and whether it is more likely than not that we will be required to sell the security before a recovery in value.
For marketable equity securities, in addition to the above factors, we also consider the issuer’s financial condition, capital strength and near-term prospects. For debt securities and for certain perpetual preferred securities that are treated as debt securities for the purpose of OTTI analysis, we also consider the cause of the price decline (general level of interest rates and industry- and issuer-specific factors), the issuer’s financial condition, near-term prospects and current ability to make future payments in a timely manner, the issuer’s ability to service debt, any change in agency ratings at evaluation date from acquisition date and any likely imminent action. For asset-backed securities, we consider the credit performance of the underlying collateral, including delinquency rates, cumulative losses to date, and any remaining credit enhancement compared to expected credit losses of the security.
For debt securities, we recognize OTTI in accordance with new provisions in FASB ASC 320,Investments — Debt and Equity Securities. We early adopted this new accounting guidance for recognizing OTTI on debt securities on January 1, 2009. Under this guidance, we separate the amount of the OTTI into the amount that is credit related (credit loss component) and the amount due to all other factors. The credit loss component is recognized in earnings and is the difference between a security’s amortized cost basis and the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the security’s effective interest rate. The amount due to all other factors is recognized in OCI.

25


Table of Contents

Of the third quarter 2009 OTTI write-downs of $396 million, $273 million related to debt securities and $123 million to equity securities. Of the OTTI write-downs of $1,375 million in the first nine months of 2009, $850 million related to debt securities and $525 million related to equity securities.
At September 30, 2009, we had approximately $7 billion of securities, primarily municipal bonds that are guaranteed against loss by bond insurers. These securities are primarily investment grade and were generally underwritten consistent with our own investment standards prior to the determination to purchase, without relying on the bond insurer’s guarantee. These securities will continue to be monitored as part of our ongoing impairment analysis of our securities available for sale, but are expected to perform, even if the rating agencies reduce the credit ratings of the bond insurers.
The weighted-average expected maturity of debt securities available for sale was 4.9 years at September 30, 2009. Since 75% of this portfolio is mortgage-backed securities, the expected remaining maturity may differ from contractual maturity because borrowers may have the right to prepay obligations before the underlying mortgages mature. The estimated effect of a 200 basis point increase or decrease in interest rates on the fair value and the expected remaining maturity of the mortgage-backed securities available for sale is shown below.
MORTGAGE-BACKED SECURITIES
             
  
          Expected 
  Fair  Net unrealized  remaining 
(in billions) value  gain (loss)  maturity 
  
 
            
At September 30, 2009
 $132.9   3.6   3.7 
 
            
At September 30, 2009, assuming a 200 basis point:
            
Increase in interest rates
  123.4   (5.9)  5.2 
Decrease in interest rates
  139.0   9.7   2.7 
  
See Note 4 (Securities Available for Sale) to Financial Statements in this Report for securities available for sale by security type.

26


Table of Contents

LOAN PORTFOLIO
                         
  
  September 30, 2009  December 31, 2008 
      All          All    
  PCI  other      PCI  other    
(in millions) loans  loans  Total  loans  loans  Total 
  
 
                        
Commercial and commercial real estate:
                        
Commercial
 $2,407   167,203   169,610   4,580   197,889   202,469 
Real estate mortgage
  5,950   97,492   103,442   7,762   95,346   103,108 
Real estate construction
  4,250   27,469   31,719   4,503   30,173   34,676 
Lease financing
     14,115   14,115      15,829   15,829 
  
Total commercial and commercial real estate
  12,607   306,279   318,886   16,845   339,237   356,082 
  
Consumer:
                        
Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage
  39,538   193,084   232,622   39,214   208,680   247,894 
Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage
  425   104,113   104,538   728   109,436   110,164 
Credit card
     23,597   23,597      23,555   23,555 
Other revolving credit and installment
     90,027   90,027   151   93,102   93,253 
  
Total consumer
  39,963   410,821   450,784   40,093   434,773   474,866 
  
Foreign
  1,768   28,514   30,282   1,859   32,023   33,882 
  
Total loans
 $54,338   745,614   799,952   58,797   806,033   864,830 
  
  
A discussion of average loan balances is included in “Earnings Performance — Net Interest Income” on page 17 and a comparative schedule of average loan balances is included in the table on pages 18 and 19.
In the first nine months of 2009, we refined certain of our preliminary purchase accounting adjustments based on additional information as of December 31, 2008. This additional information resulted in a net increase to the unpaid principal balance of purchased credit-impaired (PCI) loans of $2.5 billion, consisting of a $1.7 billion decrease in commercial and commercial real estate loans and a $4.2 billion increase in consumer loans ($2.7 billion of which related to Pick-a-Pay loans).
The refinements resulted in a net increase to the nonaccretable difference of $3.8 billion, due to the addition of more loans as discussed above and refinement of the nonaccretable estimates, and a net increase to the accretable yield, which is a premium, of $1.9 billion. Of the net increase in the nonaccretable difference, $300 million related to commercial and commercial real estate loans, and $3.5 billion to consumer loans ($2.2 billion of which related to Pick-a-Pay loans). Of the net increase in the accretable yield, which reflects changes in the amount and timing of estimated cash flows, the discount related to commercial and commercial real estate loans increased by $191 million, and the premium related to consumer loans increased by $2.1 billion ($2.0 billion of which related to Pick-a-Pay loans). The effect on goodwill of these adjustments amounted to a net increase in goodwill of $1.9 billion (pre tax).

27


Table of Contents

The nonaccretable difference was established in purchase accounting for PCI loans to absorb losses. The nonaccretable difference can change when it is no longer needed to absorb future expected losses, or when losses that otherwise would be recorded as charge-offs are absorbed. Amounts absorbed by the nonaccretable difference do not affect the income statement or the allowance for credit losses.
CHANGES IN NONACCRETABLE DIFFERENCE FOR PCI LOANS
The following table shows the changes in the nonaccretable difference related to principal cash flows.
                 
  
          Commercial,    
      Other  CRE and    
(in millions) Pick-a-Pay  consumer  foreign  Total 
 
Balance at December 31, 2008, with refinements
 $(26,485)  (4,082)  (10,378)  (40,945)
Release of nonaccretable difference due to:
                
Loans resolved by payment in full
        194   194 
Loans resolved by sales to third parties
     85   28   113 
Loans with improving cash flows reclassified to accretable yield
        21   21 
Use of nonaccretable difference due to:
                
Losses from loan resolutions and write-downs (1)
  8,320   1,796   3,552   13,668 
  
Balance at September 30, 2009
 $(18,165)  (2,201)  (6,583)  (26,949)
  
  
 
(1) Use of nonaccretable difference through June 30, 2009, was $8.5 billion (including $5.1 billion for Pick-a-Pay loans); revised from second quarter to include all losses due to resolution of loans and write-downs.
For further detail on PCI loans, see Note 1 (Summary of Significant Accounting Policies — Loans) to Financial Statements in the 2008 Form 10-K and Note 5 (Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses) to Financial Statements in this Report.

28


Table of Contents

DEPOSITS
         
  
  Sept. 30, Dec. 31,
(in millions) 2009  2008 
 
Noninterest-bearing
 $165,260   150,837 
Interest-bearing checking
  60,214   72,828 
Market rate and other savings
  371,298   306,255 
Savings certificates
  119,012   182,043 
Foreign deposits (1)
  32,129   33,469 
  
Core deposits
  747,913   745,432 
Other time deposits
  16,691   28,498 
Other foreign deposits
  32,144   7,472 
  
Total deposits
 $796,748   781,402 
  
  
(1) Reflects Eurodollar sweep balances included in core deposits.
Deposits at September 30, 2009, totaled $796.7 billion, up from $781.4 billion at December 31, 2008. Comparative detail of average deposit balances is provided on pages 18 and 19 of this Report. Total core deposits were $747.9 billion at September 30, 2009, up $2.5 billion from December 31, 2008. High-rate certificates of deposit (CDs) of $38 billion at Wachovia matured in third quarter 2009 and were replaced by $22 billion in checking, savings or lower-cost CDs. We continued to gain new deposit customers and deepen our relationship with existing customers.
OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS
In the ordinary course of business, we engage in financial transactions that are not recorded in the balance sheet, or may be recorded in the balance sheet in amounts that are different from the full contract or notional amount of the transaction. These transactions are designed to (1) meet the financial needs of customers, (2) manage our credit, market or liquidity risks, (3) diversify our funding sources, and/or (4) optimize capital. These are described below as off-balance sheet transactions with unconsolidated entities, and as guarantees and certain contingent arrangements. See discussion of FAS 166 and FAS 167 in the “Current Accounting Developments” section in this Report.
OFF-BALANCE SHEET TRANSACTIONS WITH UNCONSOLIDATED ENTITIES
In the normal course of business, we enter into various types of on- and off-balance sheet transactions with special purpose entities (SPEs), which are corporations, trusts or partnerships that are established for a limited purpose. Historically, the majority of SPEs were formed in connection with securitization transactions. In a securitization transaction, assets from our balance sheet are transferred to an SPE, which then issues to investors various forms of interests in those assets and may also enter into derivative transactions. In a securitization transaction, we typically receive cash and/or other interests in an SPE as proceeds for the assets we transfer. Also, in certain transactions, we may retain the right to service the transferred receivables and to repurchase those receivables from the SPE if the outstanding balance of the receivables falls to a level where the cost exceeds the benefits of servicing such receivables.

29


Table of Contents

In connection with our securitization activities, we have various forms of ongoing involvement with SPEs, which may include:
 underwriting securities issued by SPEs and subsequently making markets in those securities;
 providing liquidity to support short-term obligations of SPEs issued to third party investors;
 providing credit enhancement to securities issued by SPEs or market value guarantees of assets held by SPEs through the use of letters of credit, financial guarantees, credit default swaps and total return swaps;
 entering into other derivative contracts with SPEs;
 holding senior or subordinated interests in SPEs;
 acting as servicer or investment manager for SPEs; and
 providing administrative or trustee services to SPEs.
The SPEs we use are QSPEs, which are not consolidated if the criteria described below are met, or VIEs. To qualify as a QSPE, an entity must be passive and must adhere to significant limitations on the types of assets and derivative instruments it may own and the extent of activities and decision making in which it may engage. For example, a QSPE’s activities are generally limited to purchasing assets, passing along the cash flows of those assets to its investors, servicing its assets and, in certain transactions, issuing liabilities. Among other restrictions on a QSPE’s activities, a QSPE may not actively manage its assets through discretionary sales or modifications.
A VIE is an entity that has either a total equity investment that is insufficient to permit the entity to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support or whose equity investors lack the characteristics of a controlling financial interest. A VIE is consolidated by its primary beneficiary, which is the entity that, through its variable interests, absorbs the majority of a VIE’s variability. A variable interest is a contractual, ownership or other interest that changes with fluctuations in the fair value of the VIE’s net assets.

30


Table of Contents

The following table presents our significant continuing involvement with QSPEs and unconsolidated VIEs.
QUALIFYING SPECIAL PURPOSE ENTITIES AND UNCONSOLIDATED VARIABLE INTEREST ENTITIES
                         
  
  September 30, 2009  December 31, 2008 
  Total      Maximum  Total      Maximum 
  entity  Carrying  exposure  entity  Carrying  exposure 
(in millions) assets  value  to loss  assets  value  to loss 
  

QSPEs
                        
Residential mortgage loan securitizations (1):
                        
Conforming (2) and GNMA
 $1,116,937   21,245   23,494   1,008,824   21,496   22,569 
Other/nonconforming
  280,304   9,291   9,593   313,447   9,483   9,909 
Commercial mortgage securitizations
  384,716   2,835   6,341   355,267   3,060   6,376 
Student loan securitizations
  2,675   167   167   2,765   133   133 
Auto loan securitizations
  2,723   157   157   4,133   115   115 
Other
  8,854   8   44   11,877   71   1,576 
  
Total QSPEs
 $1,796,209   33,703   39,796   1,696,313   34,358   40,678 
  

Unconsolidated VIEs
                        
Collateralized debt obligations (1)
 $58,280   14,200   17,543   54,294   15,133   20,443 
Wachovia administered ABCP (3) conduit
  6,536      6,667   10,767      15,824 
Asset-based finance structures
  18,366   10,444   11,026   11,614   9,096   9,482 
Tax credit structures
  27,636   3,837   4,506   22,882   3,850   4,926 
Collateralized loan obligations
  22,531   3,668   4,154   23,339   3,326   3,881 
Investment funds
  87,132   2,089   2,697   105,808   3,543   3,690 
Credit-linked note structures
  1,846   1,116   1,884   12,993   1,522   2,303 
Money market funds (4)
  7,469   (9)  41   31,843   60   101 
Other
  8,056   3,564   3,821   1,832   3,806   4,699 
  
Total unconsolidated VIEs
 $237,852   38,909   52,339   275,372   40,336   65,349 
  
  
 
(1) For December 31, 2008, certain balances related to QSPEs involving residential mortgage loan securitizations and VIEs involving collateralized debt obligations have been revised to reflect current information.
(2) Conforming residential mortgage loan securitizations are those that are guaranteed by government-sponsored entites. We have concluded that conforming mortgages are not subject to consolidation under FAS 166 and FAS 167. See the “Current Accounting Developments” section in this Report for our estimate of the nonconforming mortgages that may potentially be consolidated under FAS 166 and FAS 167.
(3) Asset-backed commercial paper.
(4) At September 30, 2009, excludes previously supported money market funds, to which the Company no longer provides non-contractual financial support.
The table above does not include SPEs and unconsolidated VIEs where our only involvement is in the form of investments in trading securities, investments in securities available for sale or loans underwritten by third parties, or administrative or trustee services. Also not included are investments accounted for in accordance with the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants (AICPA) Investment Company Audit Guide, investments accounted for under the cost method and investments accounted for under the equity method.
In the table above, the columns titled “Total entity assets” represent the total assets of unconsolidated SPEs. “Carrying value” is the amount in our consolidated balance sheet related to our involvement with the unconsolidated SPEs. “Maximum exposure to loss” from our involvement with off-balance sheet entities, which is a required disclosure under GAAP, is determined as the carrying value of our involvement with off-balance sheet (unconsolidated) VIEs plus the remaining undrawn liquidity and lending commitments, the notional amount of net written derivative contracts, and the notional amount of other commitments and guarantees. It represents the estimated loss that would be incurred under an assumed, although we believe extremely remote, hypothetical circumstance where the value of our interests and any associated collateral declines to zero, without any consideration of recovery or offset from any economic hedges. Accordingly, this required disclosure is not an indication of expected loss.
For more information on securitizations, including sales proceeds and cash flows from securitizations, see Note 7 (Securitizations and Variable Interest Entities) to Financial Statements in this Report.

31


Table of Contents

RISK MANAGEMENT
All financial institutions must manage and control a variety of risks that can significantly affect financial performance. Key among them are credit, asset/liability and market risk.
CREDIT RISK MANAGEMENT PROCESS
Our credit risk management process is governed centrally, but provides for decentralized management and accountability by our lines of business. Our overall credit process includes comprehensive credit policies, judgmental or statistical credit underwriting, frequent and detailed risk measurement and modeling, extensive credit training programs, and a continual loan review and audit process. In addition, regulatory examiners review and perform detailed tests of our credit underwriting, loan administration and allowance processes.
We continually evaluate and modify our credit policies to address unacceptable levels of risk as they are identified. Accordingly, from time to time, we designate certain portfolios and loan products as non-strategic or high risk to limit or cease their continued origination and to specially monitor their loss potential. As an example, during the current weak economic cycle we have significantly tightened bank-selected reduced documentation requirements as a precautionary measure and to substantially reduce third party originations due to the negative loss trends experienced in these channels.
A key to our credit risk management is utilizing a well controlled underwriting process, which we believe is appropriate for the needs of our customers as well as investors who purchase the loans or securities collateralized by the loans. We only approve applications and make loans if we believe the customer has the ability to repay the loan or line of credit according to all its terms. Our underwriting of loans collateralized by residential real property utilizes appraisals or automated valuation models (AVMs) to support property values. AVMs are computer-based tools used to estimate the market value of homes. AVMs are a lower-cost alternative to appraisals and support valuations of large numbers of properties in a short period of time. AVMs estimate property values based on processing large volumes of market data including market comparables and price trends for local market areas. The primary risk associated with the use of AVMs is that the value of an individual property may vary significantly from the average for the market area. We have processes to periodically validate AVMs and specific risk management guidelines addressing the circumstances when AVMs may be used. Generally, AVMs are only used in underwriting to support property values on loan originations where the loan amount is under $250,000. For underwriting residential property loans of $250,000 or more we require property visitation appraisals by qualified independent appraisers.
Measuring and monitoring our credit risk is an ongoing process that tracks delinquencies, collateral values, economic trends by geographic areas, loan-level risk grading for certain portfolios (typically commercial) and other indications of risk to loss. Our credit risk monitoring process is designed to enable early identification of developing risk to loss and to support our determination of an adequate allowance for loan losses. During the current economic cycle our monitoring and resolution efforts have focused on loan portfolios exhibiting the highest levels of risk including mortgage loans supported by real estate (both consumer and commercial), junior lien, commercial, credit card and subprime portfolios. The following analysis reviews each of these loan portfolios and their relevant concentrations and credit quality performance metrics in greater detail.

32


Table of Contents

Commercial Real Estate
The commercial real estate (CRE) portfolio consists of both permanent commercial mortgage loans and construction loans. These CRE loans totaled $135.2 billion at September 30, 2009, which represented 17% of total loans. Construction loans totaled $31.7 billion at September 30, 2009, or 4% of total loans, and had an annualized quarterly loss rate of 3.01%. Permanent commercial real estate loans totaled $103.4 billion at September 30, 2009, or 13% of total loans, and had an annualized quarterly loss rate of 0.80%. The portfolio is diversified both geographically and by product type. The largest geographic concentrations are found in California and Florida, which represented 21% and 11% of the total commercial real estate portfolio, respectively, at September 30, 2009. By property type, the largest concentrations are owner-occupied and office buildings, which represented 32% and 22% of the population, respectively, at September 30, 2009.
At legacy Wells Fargo our underwriting of CRE loans has been focused primarily on cash flows and creditworthiness, not solely collateral valuations. Our legacy Wells Fargo management team is overseeing and managing the CRE loans acquired from Wachovia, which have effectively doubled the size of this portfolio. At merger closing, we determined that $19.3 billion of Wachovia CRE loans needed to be accounted for as PCI loans and we recorded an impairment write-down of $7.0 billion in our purchase accounting, which represented a 37% write-down of the PCI loans included in the CRE loan portfolio. To identify and manage newly emerging problem CRE loans we employ a high level of surveillance and regular customer interaction to understand and manage the risks associated with these assets, including regular loan reviews and appraisal updates. As issues are identified, management is engaged and dedicated workout groups are in place to manage problem assets.
The following table summarizes CRE loans by state and product type with the related nonaccrual totals. At September 30, 2009, the highest concentration of non-PCI CRE loans by state is $27.0 billion in California, about double the next largest state concentration, and the related nonaccrual loans totaled about $1.7 billion, or 6.2%. Office buildings at $28.2 billion of non-PCI loans are the largest property type concentration, nearly double the next largest, and the related nonaccrual loans totaled $0.7 billion, or 2.6%. Of commercial real estate mortgage loans (excluding construction loans), 42% related to owner-occupied properties at September 30, 2009. In aggregate, nonaccrual loans totaled 4.5% of the non-PCI outstanding balance at September 30, 2009, which is up from 3.6% at June 30, 2009.

33


Table of Contents

COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE LOANS BY STATE AND PROPERTY TYPE
                         
  
  September 30, 2009 
  Real estate mortgage  Real estate construction  Total 
  Oustanding  Nonaccrual  Oustanding  Nonaccrual  Oustanding  Nonaccrual 
(in millions) balance (1) loans  balance (1) loans  balance (1) loans 
  

By state:
                        
PCI loans:
                        
Florida
 $1,090      954      2,044    
California
  1,195      172      1,367    
North Carolina
  345      549      894    
Georgia
  413      450      863    
Virginia
  442      310      752    
Other
  2,465      1,815      4,280(2)   
  
Total PCI loans
 $5,950      4,250      10,200    
  

All other loans:
                        
California
 $22,115   875   4,886   805   27,001   1,680 
Florida
  10,954   425   2,297   264   13,251   689 
Texas
  6,837   121   2,818   232   9,655   353 
North Carolina
  5,636   122   1,554   154   7,190   276 
Georgia
  4,449   137   951   105   5,400   242 
Virginia
  3,633   47   1,606   102   5,239   149 
New York
  3,720   50   1,181   17   4,901   67 
Arizona
  3,445   142   1,176   190   4,621   332 
New Jersey
  3,060   89   644   16   3,704   105 
Colorado
  2,104   58   951   88   3,055   146 
Other
  31,539   790   9,405   738   40,944(3)  1,528 
  
Total all other loans
 $97,492   2,856   27,469   2,711   124,961   5,567 
  
Total
 $103,442   2,856   31,719   2,711   135,161   5,567 
  

By property:
                        
PCI loans:
                        
Apartments
 $1,275      984      2,259    
Office buildings
  1,756      222      1,978    
1-4 family land
  648      1,014      1,662    
1-4 family structure
  150      740      890    
Retail (excluding shopping center)
  510      365      875    
Other
  1,611      925      2,536    
  
Total PCI loans
 $5,950      4,250      10,200    
  

All other loans:
                        
Office buildings
 $25,026   606   3,205   139   28,231   745 
Industrial/warehouse
  13,913   354   1,105   11   15,018   365 
Real estate — other
  13,289   468   996   73   14,285   541 
Retail (excluding shopping center)
  11,035   544   1,309   106   12,344   650 
Apartments
  7,615   213   4,492   216   12,107   429 
Land (excluding 1-4 family)
  3,252   123   6,431   456   9,683   579 
Shopping center
  5,982   78   2,514   151   8,496   229 
Hotel/motel
  5,091   67   1,165   93   6,256   160 
1-4 family structure
  1,273   68   2,558   669   3,831   737 
1-4 family land
  813   130   2,926   744   3,739   874 
Other
  10,203   205   768   53   10,971   258 
  
Total all other loans
 $97,492   2,856   27,469   2,711   124,961   5,567 
  
Total
 $103,442(4)  2,856   31,719   2,711   135,161   5,567 
  
  
 
(1) For PCI loans amounts represent carrying value.
(2) Includes 42 states; no state had loans in excess of $675 million and $609 million at September 30 and June 30, 2009, respectively.
(3) Includes 40 states; no state had loans in excess of $3,047 million and $3,116 million at September 30 and June 30, 2009, respectively.
(4) Includes owner-occupied real estate loans of $43.6 billion and $44.6 billion at September 30 and June 30, 2009, respectively.

34


Table of Contents

                         
  
  June 30, 2009 
  Real estate mortgage  Real estate construction  Total 
  Oustanding  Nonaccrual  Oustanding  Nonaccrual  Oustanding  Nonaccrual 
(in millions) balance (1) loans  balance (1) loans  balance (1) loans 
  

By state:
                        
PCI loans:
                        
Florida
 $1,169      1,047      2,216    
California
  1,269      164      1,433    
North Carolina
  369      558      927    
Georgia
  410      473      883    
Virginia
  450      357      807    
Other
  2,159      1,696      3,855(2)   
  
Total PCI loans
 $5,826      4,295      10,121    
  

All other loans:
                        
California
 $21,809   601   5,215   802   27,024   1,403 
Florida
  11,113   278   2,465   207   13,578   485 
Texas
  6,738   71   2,917   214   9,655   285 
North Carolina
  5,797   83   1,605   47   7,402   130 
Georgia
  4,595   57   980   42   5,575   99 
Virginia
  3,520   55   1,613   82   5,133   137 
New York
  3,675   46   1,135      4,810   46 
Arizona
  3,309   121   1,335   132   4,644   253 
New Jersey
  3,168   70   676      3,844   70 
Colorado
  2,163   30   1,050   39   3,213   69 
Other
  31,941   931   9,952   645   41,893(3)  1,576 
  
Total all other loans
 $97,828   2,343   28,943   2,210   126,771   4,553 
  
Total
 $103,654   2,343   33,238   2,210   136,892   4,553 
  

By property:
                        
PCI loans:
                        
Apartments
 $1,596      207      1,803    
Office buildings
  1,227      1,112      2,339    
1-4 family land
  675      1,080      1,755    
1-4 family structure
  155      868      1,023    
Land (excluding 1-4 family)
  639      276      915    
Other
  1,534      752      2,286    
  
Total PCI loans
 $5,826      4,295      10,121    
  

All other loans:
                        
Office buildings
 $25,094   382   3,299   87   28,393   469 
Industrial/warehouse
  14,069   205   1,163   6   15,232   211 
Real estate — other
  12,848   352   1,089   84   13,937   436 
Retail (excluding shopping center)
  11,203   428   1,286   22   12,489   450 
Apartments
  7,473   181   4,490   105   11,963   286 
Land (excluding 1-4 family)
  3,474   65   6,562   359   10,036   424 
Shopping center
  5,888   296   2,604   150   8,492   446 
Hotel/motel
  4,911   43   1,308   59   6,219   102 
1-4 family structure
  1,299   23   2,989   599   4,288   622 
1-4 family land
  828   86   3,207   734   4,035   820 
Other
  10,741   282   946   5   11,687   287 
  
Total all other loans
 $97,828   2,343   28,943   2,210   126,771   4,553 
  
Total
 $103,654(4)  2,343   33,238   2,210   136,892   4,553 
  
  

35


Table of Contents

Commercial Loans and Lease Financing
The following table summarizes commercial loans and lease financing by industry with the related nonaccrual totals. This portfolio has experienced less credit deterioration than our CRE portfolio as evidenced by its lower nonaccrual rate of 2.6% compared with 4.5% for the CRE portfolios. We believe this portfolio is well underwritten and is diverse in its risk with relatively even concentrations across several industries.
COMMERCIAL LOANS AND LEASE FINANCING BY INDUSTRY
                 
  
  September 30, 2009  June 30, 2009 
  Outstanding  Nonaccrual  Outstanding  Nonaccrual 
(in millions) balance (1) loans  balance (1) loans 
  

PCI loans:
                
Real estate investment trust
 $418      523    
Media
  376      378    
Leisure
  211      112    
Residential construction
  152      106    
Insurance
  132      141    
Investment funds & trust
  125      348    
Other
  993(2)     1,059(2)   
  
Total PCI loans
 $2,407      2,667    
  

All other loans:
                
Financial institutions
 $11,468   469   11,506   169 
Oil and gas
  9,389   229   10,091   188 
Healthcare
  9,144   106   9,767   79 
Cyclical retailers
  8,458   93   9,393   82 
Industrial equipment
  8,409   136   9,148   131 
Food and beverage
  8,351   85   8,578   47 
Real estate — other
  6,974   137   7,366   78 
Business services
  6,960   189   7,548   124 
Transportation
  6,505   42   6,406   24 
Public administration
  5,869   19   6,160   22 
Technology
  5,826   100   6,065   25 
Utilities
  5,799   15   6,683    
Other
  88,166(3)  3,077   95,214(3)  2,071 
  
Total all other loans
 $181,318   4,697   193,925   3,040 
  
Total
 $183,725   4,697   196,592   3,040 
  
  
 
(1) For PCI loans amounts represent carrying value.
(2) No other single category had loans in excess of $94 million and $100 million at September 30 and June 30, 2009, respectively.
(3) No other single category had loans in excess of $5,380 million and $5,747 million at September 30 and June 30, 2009, respectively.
Real Estate 1-4 Family Mortgage Loans
As part of the Wachovia acquisition, we acquired residential first and home equity loans that are very similar to the Wells Fargo core originated portfolio. We also acquired the Pick-a-Pay portfolio, which is composed primarily of option payment adjustable-rate mortgage and fixed-rate mortgage product. The option payment product making up 74% of this portfolio does contain the potential for negative amortization. Under purchase accounting for the Wachovia acquisition, the Pick-a-Pay loans with the highest probability of default were marked down in accordance with accounting guidance for PCI loans. See the “Pick-a-Pay Portfolio” section in this Report for additional detail.
The deterioration in specific segments of the Home Equity portfolio required a targeted approach to managing these assets. In fourth quarter 2007 a liquidating portfolio was identified, consisting of home equity loans generated through third party wholesale channels not behind a Wells Fargo first mortgage, and home equity loans acquired through correspondents. The liquidating portion of the Home Equity

36


Table of Contents

portfolio was $8.9 billion at September 30, 2009, down from $9.3 billion at June 30, 2009. The loans in this liquidating portfolio represent about 1% of total loans outstanding at September 30, 2009, and contain some of the highest risk in our $124.2 billion Home Equity portfolio, with a loss rate of 12.17% compared with 3.69% for the core portfolio. The loans in the liquidating portfolio are largely concentrated in geographic markets that have experienced the most abrupt and steepest declines in housing prices. The core portfolio was $115.3 billion at September 30, 2009, of which 97% was originated through the retail channel and approximately 16% of the outstanding balance was in a first lien position. The table below includes the credit attributes of these two portfolios. California loans represent the largest state concentration in each of these portfolios and have experienced among the highest early-term delinquency and loss rates.
HOME EQUITY PORTFOLIO (1)
                         
  
          % of loans    
          two payments  Annualized loss rate 
  Outstanding balances  or more past due  for quarter ended 
  Sept. 30, Dec. 31, Sept. 30, Dec. 31, Sept. 30, Dec. 31,
(in millions) 2009  2008  2009  2008  2009  2008 (2)
 

Core portfolio (3)
                        
California
 $30,841   31,544   3.97%  2.95   6.52   3.94 
Florida
  11,496   11,781   5.08   3.36   4.82   4.39 
New Jersey
  8,119   7,888   2.22   1.41   1.41   0.78 
Virginia
  5,736   5,688   1.60   1.50   1.22   1.56 
Pennsylvania
  4,971   5,043   1.95   1.10   1.51   0.52 
Other
  54,152   56,415   2.64   1.97   2.65   1.59 
  
Total
  115,315   118,359   3.13   2.27   3.69   2.39 
  

Liquidating portfolio
                        
California
  3,406   4,008   8.75   6.69   18.22   12.32 
Florida
  435   513   9.83   8.41   16.97   13.60 
Arizona
  206   244   8.25   7.40   22.33   13.19 
Texas
  161   191   1.68   1.27   2.15   1.67 
Minnesota
  112   127   3.39   3.79   8.52   5.25 
Other
  4,546   5,226   4.68   3.28   7.14   4.73 
  
Total
  8,866   10,309   6.51   4.93   12.17   8.27 
  
Total core and liquidating portfolios
 $124,181   128,668   3.37   2.48   4.31   2.87 
  
  
 
(1) Consists of real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgages and lines of credit secured by real estate from all groups, excluding PCI loans.
(2) Loss rates for 2008 for the core portfolio reflect results for Wachovia (not included in the Wells Fargo reported results) and Wells Fargo. For fourth quarter 2008, the Wells Fargo core portfolio on a stand-alone basis, outstanding balances and related annualized loss rates were $29,399 million (3.81%) for California, $2,677 million (6.87%) for Florida, $1,925 million (1.29%) for New Jersey, $1,827 million (1.26%) for Virginia, $1,073 million (1.17%) for Pennsylvania, $38,934 million (1.77%) for all other states, and $75,835 million (2.71%) in total.
(3) Includes equity lines of credit and closed-end second liens associated with the Pick-a-Pay portfolio totaling $1.9 billion at September 30, 2009, and $2.1 billion at December 31, 2008.

37


Table of Contents

Pick-a-Pay Portfolio
Our Pick-a-Pay portfolio, which we acquired in the Wachovia merger, had an unpaid principal balance of $107.3 billion and a carrying value of $87.8 billion at September 30, 2009. This portfolio includes loans that offer payment options (Pick-a-Pay option payment loans), loans that were originated without the option payment feature and loans that no longer offer the option feature as a result of our modification efforts since the acquisition. At September 30, 2009 the Pick-a-Pay option payment loans totaled $79.2 billion or 74% of the total portfolio, which is down from $101.3 billion or 86% at December 31, 2008. PCI loans in the Pick-a-Pay portfolio had an unpaid principal balance of $57.3 billion and a carrying value of $38.0 billion at September 30, 2009. A significant portion of the Pick-a-Pay PCI loans are option payment loans. The carrying value of the PCI loans is net of purchase accounting net write-downs to reflect their fair value at acquisition. Equity lines of credit and closed-end second liens associated with Pick-a-Pay loans are reported in the home equity portfolio. The Pick-a-Pay portfolio is a liquidating portfolio as Wachovia ceased originating new Pick-a-Pay loans in 2008. This portfolio declined $2.6 billion from June 30, 2009. We recorded a $22.4 billion write-down in purchase accounting on Pick-a-Pay loans that were impaired using the accounting guidance for PCI loans. Losses to date on this portfolio are reasonably in line with management’s original expectations and our most recent life-of-loan loss projections show an improvement driven in part by extensive and currently successful modification efforts.
Pick-a-Pay option payment loans may be adjustable or fixed rate. They are home mortgages on which the customer has the option each month to select from among four payment options: (1) a minimum payment as described below, (2) an interest-only payment, (3) a fully amortizing 15-year payment, or (4) a fully amortizing 30-year payment.
The minimum monthly payment for substantially all of our Pick-a-Pay option payment loans is reset annually. The new minimum monthly payment amount usually cannot increase by more than 7.5% of the then-existing principal and interest payment amount. The minimum payment may not be sufficient to pay the monthly interest due and in those situations a loan on which the customer has made a minimum payment is subject to “negative amortization,” where unpaid interest is added to the principal balance of the loan. The amount of interest that has been added to a loan balance is referred to as “deferred interest.” Total deferred interest of $3.9 billion at September 30, 2009, was down from $4.2 billion at June 30, 2009, due to loan modification efforts as well as falling interest rates resulting in the minimum payment option covering the interest and some principal on many loans.
Deferral of interest on a Pick-a-Pay option payment loan may continue as long as the loan balance remains below a pre-defined principal cap, which is based on the percentage that the current loan balance represents to the original loan balance. Loans with an original loan-to-value (LTV) ratio equal to or below 85% have a cap of 125% of the original loan balance, and these loans represent substantially all the Pick-a-Pay portfolio. Loans with an original LTV ratio above 85% have a cap of 110% of the original loan balance. Most of the Pick-a-Pay loans on which there is a deferred interest balance re-amortize (the monthly payment amount is reset or “recast”) on the earlier of the date when the loan balance reaches its principal cap, or the 10-year anniversary of the loan. There exists a small population of Pick-a-Pay loans for which recast occurs at the five-year anniversary. After a recast, the customers’ new payment terms are reset to the amount necessary to repay the balance over the remainder of the original loan term.
Due to the terms of the Pick-a-Pay option payment loans, we believe there is little recast risk over the next three years. Based on assumptions of a flat rate environment, if all eligible customers elect the minimum payment option 100% of the time and no balances prepay, we would expect the following balance of loans to recast based on reaching the principal cap: $1 million in the remaining quarter of 2009, $3 million in 2010, $1 million in 2011 and $6 million in 2012. In third quarter 2009, the amount of

38


Table of Contents

loans recast based on reaching the principal cap was minimal. In addition, we would expect the following balances of ARM loans to start fully amortizing due to reaching their recast anniversary date and also having a payment change at the recast date greater than the annual 7.5% reset: $2 million in the remaining quarter of 2009, $39 million in 2010, $44 million in 2011 and $72 million in 2012. In third quarter 2009, the amount of loans reaching their recast anniversary date and also having a payment change over the annual 7.5% reset was $9 million.
The table below reflects the geographic distribution of the Pick-a-Pay portfolio broken out between PCI loans and all other loans. In stressed housing markets with declining home prices and increasing delinquencies, the LTV ratio is one important metric in predicting future loan performance, including potential charge-offs. Because PCI loans are carried at fair value, the ratio of the carrying value to the current collateral value for acquired loans with credit impairment will be lower as compared to the LTV based on the unpaid principal. For informational purposes, we have included both ratios in the following table.
PICK-A-PAY PORTFOLIO
                             
  
  September 30, 2009 
  PCI loans  All other loans 
              Ratio of          
              carrying          
  Unpaid  Current      value to  Unpaid  Current    
  principal  LTV  Carrying  current  principal  LTV  Carrying 
(in millions) balance  ratio (1) value (2) value  balance  ratio (1) value (2)
  

California
 $39,034   150% $25,492   98% $24,447   95% $24,395 
Florida
  5,929   144   3,532   85   5,166   108   5,117 
New Jersey
  1,676   101   1,309   78   3,017   82   3,021 
Texas
  452   81   395   71   2,031   66   2,039 
Arizona
  1,481   155   742   78   1,160   105   1,152 
Other states
  8,738   110   6,520   82   14,128   85   14,120 
 
                        
Total Pick-a-Pay loans
 $57,310      $37,990      $49,949      $49,844 
 
                        
  
 
(1) The current LTV ratio is calculated as the unpaid principal balance plus the unpaid principal balance of any equity lines of credit that share common collateral divided by the collateral value. Collateral values are generally determined using automated valuation models (AVM) and are updated quarterly. AVMs are computer-based tools used to estimate market values of homes based on processing large volumes of market data including market comparables and price trends for local market areas.
(2) Carrying value, which does not reflect the allowance for loan losses, includes purchase accounting adjustments, which, for PCI loans are the nonaccretable difference and the accretable yield, and for all other loans, an adjustment to mark the loans to a market yield at date of merger less any subsequent charge-offs.
To maximize return and allow flexibility for customers to avoid foreclosure, we have in place several loss mitigation strategies for our Pick-a-Pay loan portfolio. We contact customers who are experiencing difficulty and may in certain cases modify the terms of a loan based on a customer’s documented income and other circumstances. We also are actively modifying the Pick-a-Pay portfolio. Because of the write-down of the PCI group of loans in purchase accounting, our post merger modifications to PCI Pick-a-Pay loans have not resulted in any modification-related provision for credit losses.
We also have taken steps to work with customers to refinance or restructure their Pick-a-Pay loans into other loan products. For customers at risk, we offer combinations of term extensions of up to 40 years (from 30 years), interest rate reductions, to charge no interest on a portion of the principal for some period of time and, in geographies with substantial property value declines, we will even offer permanent principal reductions. In third quarter 2009, we completed 19,148 full-term loan modifications, up from 18,465 in second quarter 2009. The majority of the loan modifications are concentrated in our impaired loan portfolio. As part of the modification process, the loans are re-underwritten, income is documented and the negative amortization feature is eliminated. Most of the modifications result in material payment reduction to the customer. We continually reassess our loss mitigation strategies and may adopt

39


Table of Contents

additional or different strategies in the future. We believe a key factor to successful loss mitigation is tailoring the revised loan payment to the customer’s sustainable income.
Credit Cards
Our credit card portfolio, a portion of which is included in the Wells Fargo Financial discussion below, totaled $23.6 billion at September 30, 2009, which is less than 3% of our total outstanding loans and is smaller than that of many of our large peer banks. Delinquencies at September 30, 2009, of 30 days or more were 6.22% of credit card outstandings, up slightly from 6.02% for the prior quarter. Net charge-offs were 10.97% (annualized) for third quarter 2009, down from 11.52% (annualized) in second quarter 2009, reflecting high bankruptcy filings and the current economic environment. We have tightened underwriting criteria and imposed credit line management changes to minimize balance transfers and line increases.
Wells Fargo Financial
Wells Fargo Financial originates real estate loans, substantially all of which are secured debt consolidation loans, and both prime and non-prime auto secured loans, unsecured loans and credit cards.
Wells Fargo Financial had total real estate secured loans of $27.0 billion at September 30, 2009, and $29.1 billion at December 31, 2008. Of this portfolio, $1.7 billion and $1.8 billion, respectively, was considered prime based on secondary market standards and has been priced to the customer accordingly. The remaining portfolio is non-prime but has been originated with standards to reduce credit risk. These loans were originated through our retail channel with documented income, LTV limits based on credit quality and property characteristics, and risk-based pricing. In addition, the loans were originated without teaser rates, interest-only or negative amortization features. Credit losses in the portfolio have increased in the current economic environment compared with historical levels, but remained below industry averages for non-prime mortgage portfolios, with overall loss rates in the first nine months of 2009 of 2.94% on the entire portfolio. Of the portfolio, $8.8 billion at September 30, 2009, was originated with customer FICO scores below 620, but these loans have further restrictions on LTV and debt-to-income ratios to limit the credit risk.
Wells Fargo Financial also had auto secured loans and leases of $18.1 billion at September 30, 2009, and $23.6 billion at December 31, 2008, of which $4.9 billion and $6.3 billion, respectively, was originated with customer FICO scores below 620. Loss rates in this portfolio in the third quarter and first nine months of 2009 were 5.19% and 5.04%, respectively, for FICO scores of 620 and above, and 7.07% and 6.79%, respectively, for FICO scores below 620. These loans were priced based on relative risk. Of this portfolio, $12.9 billion represented loans and leases originated through its indirect auto business, a channel Wells Fargo Financial ceased using near the end of 2008.
Wells Fargo Financial had unsecured loans and credit card receivables of $8.0 billion at September 30, 2009, and $8.4 billion at December 31, 2008, of which $1.1 billion and $1.3 billion, respectively, was originated with customer FICO scores below 620. Net loss rates in this portfolio in the third quarter and first nine months of 2009 were 13.01% and 13.50%, respectively, for FICO scores of 620 and above, and 17.49% and 19.59%, respectively, for FICO scores below 620. Wells Fargo Financial has been actively tightening credit policies and managing credit lines to reduce exposure given current economic conditions.

40


Table of Contents

Nonaccrual Loans and Other Nonperforming Assets
The following table shows the comparative data for nonaccrual loans and other nonperforming assets. We generally place loans on nonaccrual status when:
 the full and timely collection of interest or principal becomes uncertain;
 they are 90 days (120 days with respect to real estate 1-4 family first and junior lien mortgages and auto loans) past due for interest or principal (unless both well-secured and in the process of collection); or
 part of the principal balance has been charged off and no restructuring has occurred.
Note 1 (Summary of Significant Accounting Policies) to Financial Statements in our 2008 Form 10-K describes our accounting policy for nonaccrual loans.
NONACCRUAL LOANS AND OTHER NONPERFORMING ASSETS (1)
Total nonperforming assets were $23.5 billion (2.93% of total loans) at September 30, 2009, and included $20.9 billion of nonaccrual loans and $2.6 billion of foreclosed assets, real estate and other nonaccrual investments.
             
  
  Sept. 30, June 30, Dec. 31,
(in millions) 2009  2009  2008 
  
Nonaccrual loans:
            
Commercial and commercial real estate:
            
Commercial
 $4,540   2,910   1,253 
Real estate mortgage
  2,856   2,343   594 
Real estate construction
  2,711   2,210   989 
Lease financing
  157   130   92 
  
Total commercial and commercial real estate
  10,264   7,593   2,928 
  
Consumer:
            
Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage
  8,132   6,000   2,648 
Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage
  1,985   1,652   894 
Other revolving credit and installment
  344   327   273 
  
Total consumer
  10,461   7,979   3,815 
  
Foreign
  144   226   57 
  
Total nonaccrual loans (1) (2) (3)
  20,869   15,798   6,800 
  
As a percentage of total loans
  2.61%  1.92   0.79 

Foreclosed assets:
            
GNMA loans (4)
  840   932   667 
Other
  1,687   1,592   1,526 
Real estate and other nonaccrual investments (5)
  55   20   16 
  
Total nonaccrual loans and other nonperforming assets
 $23,451   18,342   9,009 
  
As a percentage of total loans
  2.93%  2.23   1.04 
  
 
(1) Includes nonaccrual mortgages held for sale and loans held for sale in their respective loan categories.
(2) Excludes loans acquired from Wachovia that are accounted for as PCI loans.
(3) Includes $9.0 billion and $3.6 billion at September 30, 2009, and December 31, 2008, respectively, of loans classified as impaired under FASB ASC 310 (FAS 114,Accounting by Creditors for Impairment of a Loan, an Amendment of FASB Statements No. 5 and 15 ) where the scope of this pronouncement encompasses nonaccrual commercial loans greater than $5 million and all consumer TDRs that are nonaccrual. See Note 5 to Financial Statements in this Report and Note 6 (Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses) to Financial Statements in our 2008 Form 10-K for further information on impaired loans.
(4) Consistent with regulatory reporting requirements, foreclosed real estate securing Government National Mortgage Association (GNMA) loans is classified as nonperforming. Both principal and interest for GNMA loans secured by the foreclosed real estate are collectible because the GNMA loans are insured by the Federal Housing Administration (FHA) or guaranteed by the Department of Veterans Affairs (VA).
(5) Includes real estate investments (contingent interest loans accounted for as investments) that would be classified as nonaccrual if these assets were recorded as loans, and nonaccrual debt securities.

41


Table of Contents

Nonaccrual loans increased $5.1 billion from June 30, 2009. The increase in nonaccrual loans was primarily attributable to deterioration in certain portfolios, particularly commercial loans and consumer real estate. Also, the rate of nonaccrual growth has been somewhat increased by the effect of accounting for substantially all of Wachovia’s nonaccrual loans as PCI loans at year-end 2008. This purchase accounting resulted in reclassifying all but $97 million of Wachovia nonaccruing loans to accruing status, resulting in a reduced level of nonaccrual loans as of our merger date, and limiting comparability of this metric and related credit ratios with our peers. Typically, changes to nonaccrual loans period-over-period represent inflows for loans that reach a specified past due status, offset by reductions for loans that are charged off, sold, transferred to foreclosed properties, or are no longer classified as nonaccrual because they return to accrual status. The impact of purchase accounting on our credit data should diminish over time. In addition, we have also increased loan modifications and restructurings to assist homeowners and other borrowers in the current difficult economic cycle. This increase is expected to result in elevated nonaccrual loan levels for longer periods because consumer nonaccrual loans that have been modified remain in nonaccrual status until a borrower has made six consecutive contractual payments, inclusive of consecutive payments made prior to the modification. For a consumer accruing loan that has been modified, if the borrower has demonstrated performance under the previous terms and shows the capacity to continue to perform under the restructured terms, the loan will remain in accruing status. Otherwise, the loan will be placed in a nonaccrual status until the borrower has made six consecutive contractual payments.
As explained in more detail below, we believe the loss exposure expected in our nonperforming assets is mitigated by three factors. First, 96% of our nonaccrual loans are secured. Second, losses have already been recognized on 37% of total nonaccrual loans. Third, there is a segment of nonaccrual loans for which there are specific reserves in the allowance, while others are covered by general reserves. We are seeing signs of stability in our credit portfolio, as growth in credit losses slowed during third quarter 2009. We expect credit losses to remain elevated in the near term, but, assuming no further economic deterioration; we expect credit losses to peak in the first half of 2010 in our consumer portfolios and later in 2010 in our commercial and commercial real estate portfolios.
Commercial and commercial real estate nonaccrual loans amounted to $10.3 billion at September 30, 2009, compared with $7.6 billion at June 30, 2009, $4.5 billion at March 31, 2009, and $2.9 billion at December 31, 2008. Of the approximately $10.3 billion total commercial and commercial real estate nonaccrual loans at September 30, 2009:
  $7.3 billion, have had $1.3 billion of loan impairments recorded for expected life-of-loan losses in accordance with impairment accounting standards;
  the remaining $3.0 billion have reserves as part of the allowance for loan losses;
  $9.5 billion (92%) are secured, of which $5.5 billion (53%) are secured by real estate, and the remainder secured by other assets such as receivables, inventory and equipment;
  over one-third of these nonaccrual loans are paying interest that is being applied to principal; and
  23% have been written down by approximately 40%.

42


Table of Contents

Consumer nonaccrual loans amounted to $10.5 billion at September 30, 2009, compared with $8.0 billion at June 30, 2009, $5.9 billion at March 31, 2009, and $3.8 billion at December 31, 2008. The $6.6 billion increase in nonaccrual consumer loans from December 31, 2008, represented an increase of $5.5 billion in 1-4 family first mortgage loans (including a $3.7 billion increase from Wachovia) and an increase of $1.1 billion in 1-4 family junior liens (including a $402 million increase from Wachovia). Of the $10.5 billion of consumer nonaccrual loans:
  $1.8 billion of TDRs have had $288 million in life-of-loan loss impairment reserves;
  the remaining $8.7 billion have reserves as part of the allowance for loan losses;
  $10.5 billion (99%) are secured, substantially all by real estate;
  24% have a combined loan to value of 80% or below; and
  $5.2 billion have had charge-offs totaling $1.5 billion; consumer loans secured by real estate are charged-off to the appraised value, less costs to sell, of the underlying collateral when these loans reach 180 days delinquent.
The following table summarizes nonperforming assets for the last three quarters for legacy Wells Fargo and Wachovia portfolios. As explained above, the third quarter 2009 growth in the Wachovia nonaccruals was influenced by the anomalies created in purchase accounting of reclassifying substantially all Wachovia nonaccrual loans to accruing status as of year-end 2008.

43


Table of Contents

NONACCRUAL LOANS AND OTHER NONPERFORMING ASSETS BY LEGACY WELLS FARGO AND WACHOVIA
                         
  
  Sept. 30, 2009  June 30, 2009  March 31, 2009 
      As a      As a      As a 
      % of      % of      % of 
      total      total      total 
(in millions) Balances  loans  Balances  loans  Balances  loans 
  

Commercial and commercial real estate:
                        
Legacy Wells Fargo
 $6,037   3.53% $5,260   3.02% $3,860   2.13%
Wachovia
  4,227   2.86   2,333   1.46   645   0.39 
 
                  
Total commercial and commercial real estate
  10,264   3.22   7,593   2.28   4,505   1.30 
 
                  
Consumer:
                        
Legacy Wells Fargo
  6,293   2.90   5,687   2.59   4,970   2.22 
Wachovia
  4,168   1.78   2,292   0.96   966   0.40 
 
                  
Total consumer
  10,461   2.32   7,979   1.74   5,936   1.27 
 
                  
Foreign
  144   0.48   226   0.75   75   0.24 
 
                  
Total nonaccrual loans
  20,869   2.61   15,798   1.92   10,516   1.25 
 
                  

Foreclosed assets:
                        
Legacy Wells Fargo
  1,756       1,741       1,421     
Wachovia
  771       783       641     
 
                     
Total foreclosed assets
  2,527       2,524       2,062     
 
                     
Real estate and other nonaccrual investments
  55       20       34     
 
                     
Total nonaccrual loans and other nonperforming assets
 $23,451   2.93% $18,342   2.23% $12,612   1.50%
  
Change from prior quarter
 $5,109      $5,730      $3,603     
  
While commercial and commercial real estate nonaccrual loans were up in third quarter 2009, the dollar amount of the increase declined in third quarter 2009 and the rate of growth slowed considerably. Legacy Wells Fargo’s commercial and commercial real estate nonaccrual loans increased $777 million, or 15%, from second quarter 2009, compared with $1.4 billion, or 36%, in second quarter 2009 from first quarter 2009. Legacy Wachovia commercial and commercial real estate nonaccrual loans increased $1.9 billion, or 81%, from second quarter 2009, compared with $1.7 billion, or 262%, in second quarter 2009 from first quarter 2009. Similarly, the growth rate in consumer nonaccrual loans also slowed in third quarter 2009. Legacy Wells Fargo’s consumer nonaccrual loans increased $606 million, or 11%, from second quarter 2009, compared with $717 million, or 14%, in second quarter 2009 from first quarter 2009. Legacy Wachovia’s consumer nonaccrual loans increased $1.9 billion, or 82%, from second quarter 2009, compared with $1.3 billion, or 137%, in second quarter 2009 from first quarter 2009. Wachovia’s Pick-a-Pay portfolio represents the largest portion of consumer nonaccrual loans and were up $1.2 billion in third quarter 2009 from second quarter 2009.
Total consumer TDRs amounted to $7.2 billion at September 30, 2009, compared with $5.6 billion at June 30, 2009. Of the TDRs, $1.8 billion at September 30, 2009, and $1.2 billion at June 30, 2009, were classified as nonaccrual. We strive to identify troubled loans and work with the customer to modify to more affordable terms before their loan reaches nonaccrual status. We establish an impairment reserve when a loan is restructured in a TDR.
We expect nonperforming asset balances to continue to grow, reflecting some continued deterioration in credit, as well as our efforts to modify more real estate loans to reduce foreclosures and keep customers in their homes. We remain focused on proactively identifying problem credits, moving them to nonperforming status and recording the loss content in a timely manner. We have increased and will continue to increase staffing in our workout and collection organizations to ensure these troubled borrowers receive the attention and help they need. See the “Allowance for Credit Losses” section in this

44


Table of Contents

Report for additional discussion. The performance of any one loan can be affected by external factors, such as economic or market conditions, or factors affecting a particular borrower.
Loans 90 Days or More Past Due and Still Accruing
Loans included in this category are 90 days or more past due as to interest or principal and still accruing, because they are (1) well-secured and in the process of collection or (2) real estate 1-4 family first mortgage loans or consumer loans exempt under regulatory rules from being classified as nonaccrual. PCI loans are excluded from the disclosure of loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing interest. Even though certain PCI loans are 90 days or more contractually past due, they are considered to be accruing because the interest income on these loans relates to the establishment of an accretable yield in purchase accounting and not to contractual interest payments.
The total of loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing was $18,911 million at September 30, 2009, and $11,830 million at December 31, 2008. The total included $12,897 million and $8,184 million for the same dates, respectively, in advances pursuant to our servicing agreements to GNMA mortgage pools and similar loans whose repayments are insured by the FHA or guaranteed by the VA.
The following table reflects loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing excluding the insured/guaranteed GNMA advances.
LOANS 90 DAYS OR MORE PAST DUE AND STILL ACCRUING
(EXCLUDING INSURED/GUARANTEED GNMA AND SIMILAR LOANS)
         
  
  Sept. 30, Dec. 31,
(in millions) 2009  2008(1)
  
Commercial and commercial real estate:
        
Commercial
 $458   218 
Real estate mortgage
  693   88 
Real estate construction
  930   232 
  
Total commercial and commercial real estate
  2,081   538 
  
Consumer:
        
Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage (2)
  1,552   883 
Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage
  484   457 
Credit card
  683   687 
Other revolving credit and installment
  1,138   1,047 
  
Total consumer
  3,857   3,074 
  
Foreign
  76   34 
  
Total
 $6,014   3,646 
  
  
 
(1) The amount of real estate 1-4 family first and junior lien mortgage loan delinquencies as originally reported at December 31, 2008, included certain PCI loans previously classified as nonaccrual by Wachovia. The December 31, 2008, amounts have been revised to exclude those loans.
(2) Includes mortgage loans held for sale 90 days or more past due and still accruing.

45


Table of Contents

Net Charge-offs
NET CHARGE-OFFS BY LEGACY WELLS FARGO AND WACHOVIA
                         
  
  Quarter ended 
  Sept. 30, 2009  June 30, 2009  March 31, 2009 
      As a      As a      As a 
  Net loan  % of  Net loan  % of  Net loan  % of 
  charge-  average  charge-  average  charge-  average 
(in millions) offs  loans(1) offs  loans(1) offs  loans(1)
 
Commercial and commercial real estate:
                        
Legacy Wells Fargo
 $862   1.96% $897   2.01% $667   1.48%
Wachovia
  602   1.57   246   0.61   30   0.07 
 
                     
Total commercial and commercial real estate
  1,464   1.78   1,143   1.35   697   0.80 
 
                     
Consumer:
                        
Legacy Wells Fargo
  2,480   4.50   2,462   4.44   2,175   3.90 
Wachovia
  1,107   1.87   735   1.22   341   0.56 
 
                     
Total consumer
  3,587   3.13   3,197   2.77   2,516   2.16 
 
                     
Foreign:
                        
Legacy Wells Fargo
  43   3.00   43   3.05   45   3.13 
Wachovia
  17   0.28   3   0.05       
 
                     
Total foreign
  60   0.79   46   0.61   45   0.56 
 
                     
Total Legacy Wells Fargo
  3,385   3.37   3,402   3.35   2,887   2.82 
 
                     
Total Wachovia
  1,726   1.66   984   0.92   371   0.34 
 
                     
Total net charge-offs
 $5,111   2.50% $4,386   2.11% $3,258   1.54%
  
  
 
(1) Annualized.
Net charge-offs in third quarter 2009 were $5.1 billion (2.50% of average total loans outstanding, annualized), including $1.7 billion in the Wachovia portfolio, compared with $4.4 billion (2.11%) in second quarter 2009. The increases in net charge-offs this quarter were predominantly from the Wachovia portfolios. The increase in commercial and commercial real estate losses was entirely in the Wachovia portfolio, in part reflecting the fact that charge-offs are just now coming through Wachovia’s portfolio after having eliminated nonaccruals through purchase accounting at the end of 2008. The overall loss rate in third quarter for Wachovia’s non-PCI commercial and commercial real estate portfolio was similar to Wells Fargo’s commercial portfolio, which we believe was underwritten to conservative credit standards. Over 40% of the increase in Wachovia consumer loan losses came from the non-PCI Pick-a-Pay portfolio, in large part reflecting the lagging effect of purchase accounting.
Allowance for Credit Losses
The allowance for credit losses, which consists of the allowance for loan losses and the reserve for unfunded credit commitments, is management’s estimate of credit losses inherent in the loan portfolio at the balance sheet date and excludes loans carried at fair value. The process for determining the adequacy of the allowance for credit losses is critical to our financial results. It requires difficult, subjective and complex judgments, as a result of the need to make estimates about the effect of matters that are uncertain. See the “Financial Review — Critical Accounting Policies — Allowance for Credit Losses” section in our 2008 Form 10-K for additional information.
We apply a consistent methodology to determine the allowance for credit losses, using both historical and forecasted loss trends, adjusted for underlying economic and market conditions. Our allowance evaluation methodology generally involves individual evaluation for large credits and the application of statistical evaluation for individually smaller credits. For individually graded (typically commercial) portfolios, we generally use loan-level credit quality ratings, which are based on borrower information

46


Table of Contents

and strength of collateral, combined with historically-based grade specific loss factors. The allowance for individually-rated nonaccruing commercial loans with an outstanding balance of $5 million or greater is determined through an individual impairment analysis consistent with accounting guidance for loan impairment. For statistically evaluated portfolios (typically consumer), we generally leverage models which use credit-related characteristics such as credit rating scores, delinquency migration rates, vintages, and portfolio concentrations to estimate loss content. Additionally, the allowance for consumer TDRs is based on the risk characteristics of the modified loans and the resultant estimated cash flows discounted at the pre-modification yield of the loan. While the allowance is determined using product and business segment estimates, it is available to absorb losses in the entire loan portfolio.
At September 30, 2009, the allowance for credit losses totaled $24.5 billion (3.07% of total loans), compared with $21.7 billion (2.51%) at December 31, 2008. The allowance for loan losses was $24.0 billion (3.00%) at September 30, 2009, compared with $21.0 billion (2.43%) at December 31, 2008. The allowance for credit losses at September 30, 2009, included $233 million related to PCI loans acquired from Wachovia. The reserve for unfunded credit commitments was $500 million at September 30, 2009, compared with $698 million at December 31, 2008.
Total provision expense in the third quarter and first nine months of 2009 was $6.1 billion and $15.8 billion, respectively, and included a net build to the allowance for credit losses of $1.0 billion and $3.0 billion, respectively. About $900 million of the allowance build was for our commercial portfolios with $400 million for continued deterioration in commercial loans, $300 million for expected life-of-loan losses on impaired commercial loans and nearly $200 million for additional impairment on PCI commercial loans. The consumer portfolio added approximately $100 million of allowance build with $400 million added for loan modifications offset by $345 million for release of allowance on performing loans. Based on our current expectation that consumer related losses will peak in the first half of 2010 and then begin to gradually decline, the allowance build for consumer loan losses has decreased when compared to the allowance build at June 30, 2009.
The accounting for loans acquired from Wachovia with credit impairment affects reported net charge-offs and nonaccrual loans as described on page 5 in this Report. Therefore, the allowance ratios associated with these measures should not be considered when evaluating the adequacy of the allowance or for comparison with other peer banks because the information may not be directly comparable.
The ratio of the allowance for credit losses to total nonaccrual loans was 118% at September 30, 2009, and 319% at December 31, 2008, and the ratio of the allowance for credit losses to annualized net charge-offs was 121% and 134% for the quarters ended September 30, 2009, and June 30, 2009, respectively. The decrease in the allowance ratio from December 31, 2008, and June 30, 2009, continued to be primarily related to the increase in Wachovia nonaccrual loans emerging from the portfolio of those loans that were not designated as PCI loans at the acquisition date.
We believe the allowance for credit losses of $24.5 billion was adequate to cover credit losses inherent in the loan portfolio, including unfunded credit commitments, at September 30, 2009. The allowance for credit losses is subject to change and considers existing factors at the time, including economic or market conditions and ongoing internal and external examination processes. Due to the sensitivity of the allowance for credit losses to changes in the economic environment, it is possible that unanticipated economic deterioration would create incremental credit losses not anticipated as of the balance sheet date. Our process for determining the adequacy of the allowance for credit losses is discussed in the “Financial Review — Critical Accounting Policies — Allowance for Credit Losses” section and Note 6 (Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses) to Financial Statements in our 2008 Form 10-K.

47


Table of Contents

ASSET/LIABILITY AND MARKET RISK MANAGEMENT
Asset/liability management involves the evaluation, monitoring and management of interest rate risk, market risk, liquidity and funding. The Corporate Asset/Liability Management Committee (Corporate ALCO) — which oversees these risks and reports periodically to the Finance Committee of the Board — consists of senior financial and business executives. Each of our principal business groups has individual asset/liability management committees and processes linked to the Corporate ALCO process.
Interest Rate Risk
Interest rate risk, which potentially can have a significant earnings impact, is an integral part of being a financial intermediary. We are subject to interest rate risk because:
 assets and liabilities may mature or reprice at different times (for example, if assets reprice faster than liabilities and interest rates are generally falling, earnings will initially decline);
 assets and liabilities may reprice at the same time but by different amounts (for example, when the general level of interest rates is falling, we may reduce rates paid on checking and savings deposit accounts by an amount that is less than the general decline in market interest rates);
 short-term and long-term market interest rates may change by different amounts (for example, the shape of the yield curve may affect new loan yields and funding costs differently); or
 the remaining maturity of various assets or liabilities may shorten or lengthen as interest rates change (for example, if long-term mortgage interest rates decline sharply, mortgage-backed securities held in the securities available-for-sale portfolio may prepay significantly earlier than anticipated — which could reduce portfolio income).
Interest rates may also have a direct or indirect effect on loan demand, credit losses, mortgage origination volume, the fair value of MSRs and other financial instruments, the value of the pension liability and other items affecting earnings.
We assess interest rate risk by comparing our most likely earnings plan with various earnings simulations using many interest rate scenarios that differ in the direction of interest rate changes, the degree of change over time, the speed of change and the projected shape of the yield curve. For example, as of September 30, 2009, our most recent simulation indicated estimated earnings at risk of approximately 5% of our most likely earnings plan using a scenario in which the federal funds rate rises to 3.75% and the 10-year Constant Maturity Treasury bond yield rises to 5.90% by September 2010. Simulation estimates depend on, and will change with, the size and mix of our actual and projected balance sheet at the time of each simulation. Due to timing differences between the quarterly valuation of MSRs and the eventual impact of interest rates on mortgage banking volumes, earnings at risk in any particular quarter could be higher than the average earnings at risk over the 12-month simulation period, depending on the path of interest rates and on our hedging strategies for MSRs. See the “Mortgage Banking Interest Rate and Market Risk” section in this Report.
We use exchange-traded and over-the-counter interest rate derivatives to hedge our interest rate exposures. The notional or contractual amount and fair values of these derivatives are presented in Note 11 (Derivatives) to Financial Statements in this Report. We use derivatives for asset/liability management in three main ways:
 to convert a major portion of our long-term fixed-rate debt, which we issue to finance the Company, from fixed-rate payments to floating-rate payments by entering into receive-fixed swaps;
 to convert the cash flows from selected asset and/or liability instruments/portfolios from fixed-rate payments to floating-rate payments or vice versa; and
 to hedge our mortgage origination pipeline, funded mortgage loans, MSRs and other interests held using interest rate swaps, swaptions, futures, forwards and options.

48


Table of Contents

Mortgage Banking Interest Rate and Market Risk
We originate, fund and service mortgage loans, which subjects us to various risks, including credit, liquidity and interest rate risks. Based on market conditions and other factors, we reduce credit and liquidity risks by selling or securitizing some or all of the long-term fixed-rate mortgage loans we originate and most of the ARMs we originate. On the other hand, we may hold originated ARMs and fixed-rate mortgage loans in our loan portfolio as an investment for our growing base of core deposits. We determine whether the loans will be held for investment or held for sale at the time of commitment. We may subsequently change our intent to hold loans for investment and sell some or all of our ARMs or fixed-rate mortgages as part of our corporate asset/liability management. We may also acquire and add to our securities available for sale a portion of the securities issued at the time we securitize MHFS.
Notwithstanding the continued downturn in the housing sector, and the continued lack of liquidity in the nonconforming secondary markets, our mortgage banking revenue growth continued to be positive, reflecting the complementary origination and servicing strengths of the business. The secondary market for agency-conforming mortgages functioned well during the quarter.
Interest rate and market risk can be substantial in the mortgage business. Changes in interest rates may potentially impact total origination and servicing fees, the value of our residential MSRs measured at fair value, the value of MHFS and the associated income and loss reflected in mortgage banking noninterest income, the income and expense associated with instruments (economic hedges) used to hedge changes in the fair value of MSRs and MHFS, and the value of derivative loan commitments (interest rate “locks”) extended to mortgage applicants.
Interest rates impact the amount and timing of origination and servicing fees because consumer demand for new mortgages and the level of refinancing activity are sensitive to changes in mortgage interest rates. Typically, a decline in mortgage interest rates will lead to an increase in mortgage originations and fees and may also lead to an increase in servicing fee income, depending on the level of new loans added to the servicing portfolio and prepayments. Given the time it takes for consumer behavior to fully react to interest rate changes, as well as the time required for processing a new application, providing the commitment, and securitizing and selling the loan, interest rate changes will impact origination and servicing fees with a lag. The amount and timing of the impact on origination and servicing fees will depend on the magnitude, speed and duration of the change in interest rates.
In accordance with the fair value option measurement provisions of the Codification, we elected to measure MHFS at fair value prospectively for new prime MHFS originations for which an active secondary market and readily available market prices existed to reliably support fair value pricing models used for these loans. At December 31, 2008, we elected to measure at fair value similar MHFS acquired from Wachovia. Loan origination fees on these loans are recorded when earned, and related direct loan origination costs and fees are recognized when incurred. We also elected to measure at fair value certain of our other interests held related to residential loan sales and securitizations. We believe that the election for new prime MHFS and other interests held, which are now hedged with free-standing derivatives (economic hedges) along with our MSRs, reduces certain timing differences and better matches changes in the value of these assets with changes in the value of derivatives used as economic hedges for these assets. During 2008 and the first nine months of 2009, in response to continued secondary market illiquidity, we continued to originate certain prime non-agency loans to be held for investment for the foreseeable future rather than to be held for sale.
Under the Transfers and Servicing topic of the Codification, we elected to use the fair value measurement method to initially measure and carry our residential MSRs, which represent substantially all of our MSRs. Under this method, the MSRs are recorded at fair value at the time we sell or securitize the related mortgage loans. The carrying value of MSRs reflects changes in fair value at the end of each quarter and

49


Table of Contents

changes are included in net servicing income, a component of mortgage banking noninterest income. If the fair value of the MSRs increases, income is recognized; if the fair value of the MSRs decreases, a loss is recognized. We use a dynamic and sophisticated model to estimate the fair value of our MSRs and periodically benchmark our estimates to independent appraisals. The valuation of MSRs can be highly subjective and involve complex judgments by management about matters that are inherently unpredictable. Changes in interest rates influence a variety of significant assumptions included in the periodic valuation of MSRs, including prepayment speeds, expected returns and potential risks on the servicing asset portfolio, the value of escrow balances and other servicing valuation elements.
A decline in interest rates generally increases the propensity for refinancing, reduces the expected duration of the servicing portfolio and therefore reduces the estimated fair value of MSRs. This reduction in fair value causes a charge to income, net of any gains on free-standing derivatives (economic hedges) used to hedge MSRs. We may choose not to fully hedge all of the potential decline in the value of our MSRs resulting from a decline in interest rates because the potential increase in origination/servicing fees in that scenario provides a partial “natural business hedge.” An increase in interest rates generally reduces the propensity for refinancing, extends the expected duration of the servicing portfolio and therefore increases the estimated fair value of the MSRs. However, an increase in interest rates can also reduce mortgage loan demand and therefore reduce origination income. In third quarter 2009, a $2.1 billion decrease in the fair value of our MSRs and $3.6 billion of gains on free-standing derivatives used to hedge the MSRs resulted in a net gain of $1.5 billion. This net gain was largely due to hedge-carry income reflecting the current low short-term interest rate environment. The low short-term interest rate environment is likely to continue into fourth quarter 2009.
Hedging the various sources of interest rate risk in mortgage banking is a complex process that requires sophisticated modeling and constant monitoring. While we attempt to balance these various aspects of the mortgage business, there are several potential risks to earnings:
 MSRs valuation changes associated with interest rate changes are recorded in earnings immediately within the accounting period in which those interest rate changes occur, whereas the impact of those same changes in interest rates on origination and servicing fees occur with a lag and over time. Thus, the mortgage business could be protected from adverse changes in interest rates over a period of time on a cumulative basis but still display large variations in income from one accounting period to the next.
 The degree to which the “natural business hedge” offsets changes in MSRs valuations is imperfect, varies at different points in the interest rate cycle, and depends not just on the direction of interest rates but on the pattern of quarterly interest rate changes.
 Origination volumes, the valuation of MSRs and hedging results and associated costs are also impacted by many factors. Such factors include the mix of new business between ARMs and fixed-rated mortgages, the relationship between short-term and long-term interest rates, the degree of volatility in interest rates, the relationship between mortgage interest rates and other interest rate markets, and other interest rate factors. Many of these factors are hard to predict and we may not be able to directly or perfectly hedge their effect.
 While our hedging activities are designed to balance our mortgage banking interest rate risks, the financial instruments we use may not perfectly correlate with the values and income being hedged. For example, the change in the value of ARMs production held for sale from changes in mortgage interest rates may or may not be fully offset by Treasury and LIBOR index-based financial instruments used as economic hedges for such ARMs. Additionally, the hedge-carry income we earn on our economic hedges for the MSRs may not continue if the spread between short-term and long-term rates decreases.

50


Table of Contents

The total carrying value of our residential and commercial MSRs was $15.7 billion at September 30, 2009, and $16.2 billion at December 31, 2008. The weighted-average note rate on the owned servicing portfolio was 5.72% at September 30, 2009, and 5.92% at December 31, 2008. Our total MSRs were 0.83% of mortgage loans serviced for others at September 30, 2009, compared with 0.87% at December 31, 2008.
As part of our mortgage banking activities, we enter into commitments to fund residential mortgage loans at specified times in the future. A mortgage loan commitment is an interest rate lock that binds us to lend funds to a potential borrower at a specified interest rate and within a specified period of time, generally up to 60 days after inception of the rate lock. These loan commitments are derivative loan commitments if the loans that will result from the exercise of the commitments will be held for sale. These derivative loan commitments are recognized at fair value in the balance sheet with changes in their fair values recorded as part of mortgage banking noninterest income. We were required by Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 109, Written Loan Commitments Recorded at Fair Value Through Earnings, to include at inception and during the life of the loan commitment, the expected net future cash flows related to the associated servicing of the loan as part of the fair value measurement of derivative loan commitments. Changes subsequent to inception are based on changes in fair value of the underlying loan resulting from the exercise of the commitment and changes in the probability that the loan will not fund within the terms of the commitment, referred to as a fall-out factor. The value of the underlying loan commitment is affected primarily by changes in interest rates and the passage of time.
Outstanding derivative loan commitments expose us to the risk that the price of the mortgage loans underlying the commitments might decline due to increases in mortgage interest rates from inception of the rate lock to the funding of the loan. To minimize this risk, we utilize forwards and options, Eurodollar futures and options, and Treasury futures, forwards and option contracts as economic hedges against the potential decreases in the values of the loans. We expect that these derivative financial instruments will experience changes in fair value that will either fully or partially offset the changes in fair value of the derivative loan commitments. However, changes in investor demand, such as concerns about credit risk, can also cause changes in the spread relationships between underlying loan value and the derivative financial instruments that cannot be hedged.
Market Risk – Trading Activities
From a market risk perspective, our net income is exposed to changes in interest rates, credit spreads, foreign exchange rates, equity and commodity prices and their implied volatilities. The primary purpose of our trading businesses is to accommodate customers in the management of their market price risks. Also, we take positions based on market expectations or to benefit from price differences between financial instruments and markets, subject to risk limits established and monitored by Corporate ALCO. All securities, foreign exchange transactions, commodity transactions and derivatives used in our trading businesses are carried at fair value. The Institutional Risk Committee establishes and monitors counterparty risk limits. The credit risk amount and estimated net fair value of all customer accommodation derivatives are included in Note 11 (Derivatives) to Financial Statements in this Report. Open “at risk” positions for all trading business are monitored by Corporate ALCO.
The standardized approach for monitoring and reporting market risk for the trading activities consists of value-at-risk (VAR) metrics complemented with factor analysis and stress testing. VAR measures the worst expected loss over a given time interval and within a given confidence interval. We measure and report daily VAR at a 99% confidence interval based on actual changes in rates and prices over the past 250 trading days. The analysis captures all financial instruments that are considered trading positions. The average one-day VAR throughout third quarter 2009 was $42 million, with a lower bound of $25 million and an upper bound of $54 million.

51


Table of Contents

Market Risk – Equity Markets
We are directly and indirectly affected by changes in the equity markets. We make and manage direct equity investments in start-up businesses, emerging growth companies, management buy-outs, acquisitions and corporate recapitalizations. We also invest in non-affiliated funds that make similar private equity investments. These private equity investments are made within capital allocations approved by management and the Board. The Board’s policy is to review business developments, key risks and historical returns for the private equity investment portfolio at least annually. Management reviews the valuations of these investments at least quarterly and assesses them for possible other-than-temporary impairment. For nonmarketable investments, the analysis is based on facts and circumstances of each individual investment and the expectations for that investment’s cash flows and capital needs, the viability of its business model and our exit strategy. Nonmarketable investments included private equity investments of $2.8 billion at September 30, 2009, and $3.0 billion at December 31, 2008, and principal investments of $1.3 billion for both periods. Private equity investments are carried at cost subject to other-than-temporary impairment. Principal investments are carried at fair value with net unrealized gains and losses reported in noninterest income.
We also have marketable equity securities in the securities available-for-sale portfolio, including securities relating to our venture capital activities. We manage these investments within capital risk limits approved by management and the Board and monitored by Corporate ALCO. Gains and losses on these securities are recognized in net income when realized and periodically include other-than-temporary impairment charges. The fair value and cost of marketable equity securities was $5.9 billion and $5.1 billion, respectively, at September 30, 2009, and $6.1 billion and $6.3 billion, respectively, at December 31, 2008.
Changes in equity market prices may also indirectly affect our net income by affecting (1) the value of third party assets under management and, hence, fee income, (2) particular borrowers whose ability to repay principal and/or interest may be affected by the stock market, or (3) brokerage activity, related commission income and other business activities. Each business line monitors and manages these indirect risks.
Liquidity and Funding
The objective of effective liquidity management is to ensure that we can meet customer loan requests, customer deposit maturities/withdrawals and other cash commitments efficiently under both normal operating conditions and under unpredictable circumstances of industry or market stress. To achieve this objective, Corporate ALCO establishes and monitors liquidity guidelines that require sufficient asset-based liquidity to cover potential funding requirements and to avoid over-dependence on volatile, less reliable funding markets. We set these guidelines for both the consolidated balance sheet and for the Parent to ensure that the Parent is a source of strength for its regulated, deposit-taking banking subsidiaries.
Debt securities in the securities available-for-sale portfolio provide asset liquidity, in addition to the immediately liquid resources of cash and due from banks and federal funds sold, securities purchased under resale agreements and other short-term investments. Asset liquidity is further enhanced by our ability to sell or securitize loans in secondary markets and to pledge loans to access secured borrowing facilities through the Federal Home Loan Banks, the Federal Reserve Banks or the United States Department of the Treasury (Treasury Department).
Core customer deposits have historically provided a sizeable source of relatively stable and low-cost funds. Additional funding is provided by long-term debt (including trust preferred securities), other

52


Table of Contents

foreign deposits and short-term borrowings (federal funds purchased, securities sold under repurchase agreements, commercial paper and other short-term borrowings).
Liquidity is also available through our ability to raise funds in a variety of domestic and international money and capital markets. We access capital markets for long-term funding through issuances of registered debt securities, private placements and asset-backed secured funding. Investors in the long-term capital markets generally will consider, among other factors, a company’s debt rating in making investment decisions. Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. is rated “Aa2,” by Moody’s Investors Service, and “AA,” by Standard & Poor’s Rating Services. Rating agencies base their ratings on many quantitative and qualitative factors, including capital adequacy, liquidity, asset quality, business mix, and level and quality of earnings. Material changes in these factors could result in a different debt rating; however, a change in debt rating would not cause us to violate any of our debt covenants.
Wells Fargo participates in the FDIC’s Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program (TLGP). The TLGP has two components: the Debt Guarantee Program, which provides a temporary guarantee of newly issued senior unsecured debt issued by eligible entities; and the Transaction Account Guarantee Program, which provides a temporary unlimited guarantee of funds in noninterest-bearing transaction accounts at FDIC-insured institutions. Under the Debt Guarantee Program, we had $88.2 billion of remaining capacity to issue guaranteed debt as of September 30, 2009. Eligible entities are assessed fees payable to the FDIC for coverage under the program. This assessment is in addition to risk-based deposit insurance assessments currently imposed under FDIC rules and regulations.
Parent. Under SEC rules, the Parent is classified as a “well-known seasoned issuer,” which allows it to file a registration statement that does not have a limit on issuance capacity. “Well-known seasoned issuers” generally include those companies with a public float of common equity of at least $700 million or those companies that have issued at least $1 billion in aggregate principal amount of non-convertible securities, other than common equity, in the last three years. In June 2009, the Parent filed a registration statement with the SEC for the issuance of senior and subordinated notes, preferred stock and other securities. This registration statement replaces a registration statement for the issuance of similar securities that expired in June 2009. The Parent’s ability to issue debt and other securities under this registration statement is limited by the debt issuance authority granted by the Board. The Parent is currently authorized by the Board to issue $60 billion in outstanding short-term debt and $170 billion in outstanding long-term debt, subject to a total outstanding debt limit of $230 billion. At September 30, 2009, the Parent had outstanding short-term, long-term and total debt under these authorities of $10.6 billion, $121.6 billion and $132.2 billion, respectively. During the first nine months of 2009, the Parent issued a total of $3.5 billion in registered senior notes guaranteed by the FDIC. We used the proceeds from securities issued in the first nine months of 2009 for general corporate purposes and expect that the proceeds from securities issued in the future will also be used for general corporate purposes. The Parent also issues commercial paper from time to time, subject to its short-term debt limit.
Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. is authorized by its board of directors to issue $100 billion in outstanding short-term debt and $50 billion in outstanding long-term debt. In December 2007, Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. established a $100 billion bank note program under which, subject to any other debt outstanding under the limits described above, it may issue $50 billion in outstanding short-term senior notes and $50 billion in long-term senior or subordinated notes. During the first nine months of 2009, Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. issued $14.5 billion in short-term notes. At September 30, 2009, Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. had remaining issuance capacity on the bank note program of $50.0 billion in short-term senior notes and $50.0 billion in long-term senior or subordinated notes. Securities are issued under this program as private placements in accordance with Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (OCC) regulations.

53


Table of Contents

Wachovia Bank, N.A. Wachovia Bank, N.A. had $49.0 billion available for issuance under a global note program at September 30, 2009. In addition, Wachovia Bank, N.A. has an A$10 billion Australian medium-term note program (AMTN), under which it may issue senior and subordinated debt securities. These securities are not registered with the SEC and may not be offered in the U.S. without applicable exemptions from registration. Up to A$8.5 billion was available for issuance at September 30, 2009.
Wells Fargo Financial. In February 2008, Wells Fargo Financial Canada Corporation (WFFCC), an indirect wholly-owned Canadian subsidiary of the Parent, qualified with the Canadian provincial securities commissions CAD$7.0 billion in medium-term notes for distribution from time to time in Canada. At September 30, 2009, CAD$6.5 billion remained available for future issuance. On October 27, 2009, WFFCC issued CAD$1.0 billion in medium-term notes. All medium-term notes issued by WFFCC are unconditionally guaranteed by the Parent.
Federal Home Loan Bank Membership
We are a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta, the Federal Home Loan Bank of Dallas, the Federal Home Loan Bank of Des Moines, the Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco and the Federal Home Loan Bank of Seattle (collectively, the FHLBs). Each member of each of the FHLBs is required to maintain a minimum investment in capital stock of the applicable FHLB. The board of directors of each FHLB can increase the minimum investment requirements in the event it has concluded that additional capital is required to allow it to meet its own regulatory capital requirements. Any increase in the minimum investment requirements outside of specified ranges requires the approval of the Federal Housing Finance Board. Because the extent of any obligation to increase our investment in any of the FHLBs depends entirely upon the occurrence of a future event, potential future payments to the FHLBs are not determinable.
CAPITAL MANAGEMENT
We have an active program for managing stockholder capital. We use capital to fund organic growth, acquire banks and other financial services companies, pay dividends and repurchase our shares. Our objective is to produce above-market long-term returns by opportunistically using capital when returns are perceived to be high and issuing/accumulating capital when such costs are perceived to be low.
From time to time the Board authorizes the Company to repurchase shares of our common stock. Although we announce when the Board authorizes share repurchases, we typically do not give any public notice before we repurchase our shares. Various factors determine the amount and timing of our share repurchases, including our capital requirements, the number of shares we expect to issue for acquisitions and employee benefit plans, market conditions (including the trading price of our stock), and legal considerations. These factors can change at any time, and there can be no assurance as to the number of shares we will repurchase or when we will repurchase them.
In 2008, the Board authorized the repurchase of up to 25 million additional shares. During the first nine months of 2009, we repurchased approximately 3 million shares of our common stock. At September 30, 2009, the total remaining common stock repurchase authority was approximately 11 million shares. For additional information regarding share repurchases and repurchase authorizations, see Part II Item 2 of this Report.
Historically, our policy has been to repurchase shares under the “safe harbor” conditions of Rule 10b-18 of the Securities Exchange Act including a limitation on the daily volume of repurchases. Rule 10b-18 imposes an additional daily volume limitation on share repurchases during a pending merger or acquisition in which shares of our stock will constitute some or all of the consideration. Our management may determine that during a pending stock merger or acquisition when the safe harbor would otherwise

54


Table of Contents

be available, it is in our best interest to repurchase shares in excess of this additional daily volume limitation. In such cases, we intend to repurchase shares in compliance with the other conditions of the safe harbor, including the standing daily volume limitation that applies whether or not there is a pending stock merger or acquisition.
Our potential sources of capital include retained earnings and issuances of common and preferred stock. In the first nine months of 2009, retained earnings increased $4.9 billion, primarily from Wells Fargo net income of $9.5 billion, less common and preferred dividends and accretion of $3.4 billion. In the first nine months of 2009, we issued approximately 454 million shares, or $9.6 billion, of common stock, including 392 million shares ($8.6 billion) in a common stock offering and 5 million shares from time to time during the period under various employee benefit and director plans (including our ESOP plan) and under our dividend reinvestment and direct stock purchase programs.
In October 2008, we issued to the Treasury Department under its Capital Purchase Program (CPP) 25,000 shares of Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series D without par value, having a liquidation amount per share equal to $1,000,000, for a total price of $25 billion. We pay cumulative dividends on the preferred securities at a rate of 5% per year for the first five years and thereafter at a rate of 9% per year. The preferred securities are generally non-voting. As part of its purchase of the preferred securities, the Treasury Department also received warrants to purchase 110,261,688 shares of our common stock at an initial per share exercise price of $34.01, subject to customary anti-dilution provisions. The warrants expire ten years from the issuance date. Both the preferred securities and warrants are treated as Tier 1 capital.
Prior to October 2011, unless we have redeemed the preferred securities or the Treasury Department has transferred the preferred securities to a third party, the consent of the Treasury Department will be required for us to increase our common stock dividend (currently, $0.05 per share per quarter) or repurchase our common stock or other equity or capital securities, other than in connection with benefit plans consistent with past practice and certain other circumstances specified in our CPP purchase agreement. In addition, so long as the preferred securities remain outstanding, we are subject to restrictions on certain forms of, and limits on the tax deductibility of compensation we pay our executive officers and certain other highly-compensated employees under provisions of the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 (ARRA) and related Treasury Department regulations.
Under the CPP purchase agreement entered into with the Treasury Department in connection with the issuance of the preferred securities and the warrants, we were not permitted to redeem the preferred securities and repurchase the warrants during the first three years after issuance except with the proceeds from a “qualifying equity offering.” Under the ARRA and related Treasury Department and Federal Reserve regulatory guidance, these limitations have been superseded, and we may redeem the preferred securities at par value plus accrued and unpaid dividends in minimum increments of 25% of the preferred securities issue price, subject to the approval of the Federal Reserve and our compliance with existing regulatory procedures for redeeming capital instruments. We may also repurchase the warrants at their appraised fair market value upon our redemption of all outstanding preferred securities, following an appraisal procedure established by the Treasury Department and under the CPP purchase agreement. On June 1, 2009, the Federal Reserve issued regulatory criteria applicable to the 19 bank holding companies, including the Company, that participated in SCAP and who wish to redeem preferred stock issued to the Treasury Department under its CPP. In order to redeem the preferred securities, we must, among other criteria, demonstrate our ability to obtain long-term debt funding without reliance on the FDIC’s TGLP, as well as successfully access the public equity markets.
On May 7, 2009, the Federal Reserve confirmed that under its adverse stress test scenario the Company’s Tier 1 capital exceeded the minimum level needed for well-capitalized institutions. In conjunction with

55


Table of Contents

the stress test, the Company agreed with the Federal Reserve, under SCAP, to generate a $13.7 billion regulatory capital buffer by November 9, 2009. At September 30, 2009, we had exceeded this requirement by $6 billion. We accomplished this through an $8.6 billion (gross proceeds) common stock offering, and internally generated capital, which has been tracking above the Company’s internal SCAP estimates and 35% above supervisory adverse economic scenario estimate.
On May 13, 2009, we issued 392 million shares of common stock in an offering to the public valued at $8.6 billion. The common stock offering was in response to the Federal Reserve’s requirement for us to generate a $13.7 billion regulatory capital buffer as a result of the SCAP stress test discussed above.
We strengthened our capital position in third quarter 2009. Tier 1 common equity was $53.0 billion at September 30, 2009, an increase of $5.9 billion from June 30, 2009. Tier 1 common equity was 5.18% of risk-weighted assets. At September 30, 2009, the Company and each of our subsidiary banks were “well capitalized” under the applicable regulatory capital adequacy guidelines. For additional information see Note 18 (Regulatory and Agency Capital Requirements) to Financial Statements in this Report. The adoption of FAS 166/167 in January, 2010, will require us to consolidate certain off-balance sheet assets not currently included in our consolidated financial statements. Currently, we estimate that FAS 166/167 will cause us to add approximately $48 billion in assets, or $25 billion in risk-weighted assets, based on information as of the end of third quarter 2009. See the “Current Accounting Developments” section in this Report for additional information.
The following table provides the detail of our Tier 1 common equity. As noted below, at September 30, 2009, our deferred tax asset was not limited by regulatory capital guidelines.
TIER 1 COMMON EQUITY (1)
           
  
    Sept. 30, June 30,
(in billions)   2009  2009 
  
Total equity
   $128.9   121.4 
Less: Noncontrolling interests
    (6.8)  (6.8)
  
Total Wells Fargo stockholders’ equity
    122.1   114.6 
  
Less:  Preferred equity
    (31.1)  (31.0)
Goodwill and intangible assets (other than MSRs)
    (37.5)  (38.7)
Applicable deferred assets
    5.3   5.5 
Deferred tax asset limitation
       (2.0)
MSRs over specified limitations
    (1.5)  (1.6)
Cumulative other comprehensive income
    (4.0)  0.6 
Other
    (0.3)  (0.3)
  
Tier 1 common equity
 (A) $53.0   47.1 
  
Total risk-weighted assets (2)
 (B) $1,023.8   1,047.7 
  
Tier 1 common equity to total risk-weighted assets
 (A)/(B)  5.18%  4.49 
  
  
 
(1) Tier 1 common equity is a non-GAAP financial measure that is used by investors, analysts and bank regulatory agencies, including the Federal Reserve in the SCAP, to assess the capital position of financial services companies. Tier 1 common equity includes total Wells Fargo stockholders’ equity, less preferred equity, goodwill and intangible assets (excluding MSRs), net of related deferred taxes, adjusted for specified Tier 1 regulatory capital limitations covering deferred taxes, MSRs, and cumulative other comprehensive income. Management reviews Tier 1 common equity along with other measures of capital as part of its financial analyses and has included this non-GAAP financial information, and the corresponding reconciliation to total equity, because of current interest in such information on the part of market participants.
(2) Under the regulatory guidelines for risk-based capital, on-balance sheet assets and credit equivalent amounts of derivatives and off-balance sheet items are assigned to one of several broad risk categories according to the obligor or, if relevant, the guarantor or the nature of any collateral. The aggregate dollar amount in each risk category is then multiplied by the risk weight associated with that category. The resulting weighted values from each of the risk categories are aggregated for determining total risk-weighted assets.

56


Table of Contents

Prudential Joint Venture
As described in the “Contractual Obligations” section in our 2008 Form 10-K, we own a controlling interest in a retail securities brokerage joint venture, which Wachovia entered into with Prudential Financial, Inc. (Prudential) in 2003. See also the “Current Accounting Developments” section in this Report for additional information. On October 1, 2007, Wachovia completed its acquisition of A.G. Edwards, Inc. and on January 1, 2008, contributed the retail securities brokerage business of A.G. Edwards to the joint venture. In connection with Wachovia’s contribution of A.G. Edwards to the joint venture, Prudential elected to exercise its “lookback” option under the joint venture agreements, which permits Prudential to delay until January 1, 2010, its decision whether to make payments to avoid dilution of its pre-contribution 38% ownership interest in the joint venture or, alternatively, to “put” its joint venture interests to Wells Fargo based on the appraised value of the joint venture, excluding the A.G. Edwards business, as of January 1, 2008. On December 4, 2008, Prudential announced its intention to exercise its rights under the “lookback” option to put its interests in the joint venture to Wells Fargo at the end of the “lookback” period and, on June 17, 2009, Prudential provided written notice to Wells Fargo of its exercise of this “lookback” option. Under the terms of the joint venture agreements, we expect the closing of the “put” transaction to occur on or about January 1, 2010. In connection with determining the amount to be paid to Prudential for its minority interest, Wells Fargo and Prudential are currently following the process prescribed in the joint venture agreements for appraising the value of the joint venture as of a date immediately prior to the A.G. Edwards contribution. This value will determine the purchase price for Prudential’s interests in the joint venture. We have notified Prudential that we will pay the purchase price for Prudential’s joint venture interests with a combination of cash and Wells Fargo common stock. This payment could be a combination that is substantially comprised of common stock or substantially comprised of cash. We do not currently expect to determine this mix until later in the fourth quarter of 2009. The estimated value of the investment is included in noncontrolling interests and therefore has already been deducted from Tier 1 common equity.

57


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS
An investment in the Company involves risk, including the possibility that the value of the investment could fall substantially and that dividends or other distributions on the investment could be reduced or eliminated. We discuss in this Report, as well as in other documents we file with the SEC, risk factors that could adversely affect our financial results and condition and the value of, and return on, an investment in the Company. We refer you to the Financial Review section and Financial Statements (and related Notes, including Note 10 (Guarantees and Legal Actions)) in this Report for more information about credit, interest rate, market and litigation risks, to the “Risk Factors” and “Regulation and Supervision” sections and Note 15 (Guarantees and Legal Actions) to Financial Statements in our 2008 Form 10-K for a detailed discussion of risk factors, and to the discussions below and in our First Quarter 2009 Form 10-Q and Second Quarter 2009 Form 10-Q that supplement the “Risk Factors” section of the 2008 Form 10-K. Any factor described in this Report, our 2008 Form 10-K, our First Quarter 2009 Form 10-Q or our Second Quarter 2009 Form 10-Q could by itself, or together with other factors, adversely affect our financial results and condition. There are factors not discussed below or elsewhere in this Report that could adversely affect our financial results and condition.
In accordance with the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, we caution you that one or more of these same risk factors could cause actual results to differ materially from projections or forecasts of our financial results and condition and expectations for our operations and business that we make in forward-looking statements in this Report and in presentations and other Company communications. We make forward-looking statements when we use words such as “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “estimate,” “project,” “outlook,” “forecast,” “will,” “may,” “could,” “should,” “can” and similar expressions. Do not unduly rely on forward-looking statements, as actual results could differ materially. Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date made, and we do not undertake to update them to reflect changes or events that occur after that date that may affect whether those forecasts and expectations continue to reflect management’s beliefs or the likelihood that the forecasts and expectations will be realized.
In this Report we make forward-looking statements, including, among others, that:
 we are on track to realize annual run-rate savings of $5 billion upon completion of the Wachovia integration;
 
 we currently expect cumulative merger integration costs of approximately $5.5 billion;
 
 we expect credit losses to remain elevated in the near term, but, assuming no further economic deterioration, current projections show credit losses peaking in the first half of 2010 in our consumer portfolios and later in 2010 in our commercial and commercial real estate portfolios;
 
 short-term rates, for purposes of hedge-carry income, are likely to continue into fourth quarter 2009;
 
 to the extent nonperforming loans return to accrual status, NPA growth should moderate;
 
 we currently project, based on preliminary estimates, to add assets to our consolidated financial statements following the January 1, 2010, implementation of FAS 166 and FAS 167;
 
 we currently estimate that recently announced overdraft policy changes will reduce our 2010 fee revenue by approximately $300 million (after tax);
 
 we believe life-of-loan loss estimates in our Pick-a-Pay portfolio have decreased;
 
 we believe there is little recast risk over the next three years in our Pick-a-Pay portfolio and we expect certain specified Pick-a-Pay loan balances to recast and/or start fully amortizing in the remaining quarter of 2009 and through 2012;
 
 we expect nonperforming asset balances to continue to grow, and we will continue to increase staffing in our workout and collection organizations to ensure troubled borrowers receive the attention and help they need;

58


Table of Contents

 we believe the allowance for credit losses was adequate to cover credit losses inherent in our loan portfolio, including unfunded credit commitments at September 30, 2009;
 
 we expect changes in the fair value of derivative financial instruments used to hedge outstanding derivative loan commitments will fully or partially offset the changes in fair value of the commitments;
 
 we expect the closing of the Prudential put transaction to occur on or about January 1, 2010;
 
 we expect to recover the entire amortized cost basis of certain specified securities;
 
 we believe that we will fully collect the carrying value of securities on which we have recorded a non-credit-related impairment in OCI;
 
 we believe the eventual outcome of certain legal actions against us will not, individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial position or results of operations;
 
 we expect that $212 million of deferred net gains on derivatives in OCI at September 30, 2009, will be reclassified as earnings during the next twelve months; and
 we expect actions taken with respect to the Wells Fargo qualified and supplemental Cash Balance Plans and the Wachovia Pension Plan will reduce pension cost in fourth quarter 2009 by approximately $188 million.
Several factors could cause actual results to differ materially from expectations including:
 current and future economic and market conditions, including credit markets, housing prices and unemployment;
 
 the terms of capital investments or other financial assistance provided by the U.S. government;
 
 our capital requirements and the ability to raise capital on favorable terms;
 
 legislative proposals to allow mortgage cram-downs in bankruptcy or require other loan modifications;
 
 legislative and regulatory developments relating to overdraft fees, credit cards, and other bank services, as well as changes to our overdraft practices, which could have a negative effect on our revenue and other financial results;
 
 the extent of our success in our loan modification efforts;
 
 our ability to successfully integrate the Wachovia merger and realize the expected cost savings and other benefits and the effects of any delays or disruptions in systems conversions relating to the Wachovia integration;
 
 our ability to realize the efficiency initiatives to lower expenses when and in the amount expected;
 
 the adequacy of our allowance for credit losses;
 
 recognition of OTTI on securities held in our available-for-sale portfolio;
 
 the effect of changes in interest rates on our net interest margin and our mortgage originations, mortgage servicing rights and mortgages held for sale;
 
 hedging gains or losses;
 
 disruptions in the capital markets and reduced investor demand for mortgage loans;
 
 our ability to sell more products to our customers;
 
 the effect of the economic recession on the demand for our products and services;
 
 the effect of the fall in stock market prices on our investment banking business and our fee income from our brokerage, asset and wealth management businesses;
 
 our election to provide support to our mutual funds for structured credit products they may hold;
 
 changes in the value of our venture capital investments;
 
 changes in our accounting policies or in accounting standards or in how accounting standards are to be applied or interpreted;
 
 mergers, acquisitions and divestitures;

59


Table of Contents

 federal and state regulations;
 
 reputational damage from negative publicity, fines, penalties and other negative consequences from regulatory violations;
 
 the loss of checking and saving account deposits to other investments such as the stock market, and the resulting increase in our funding costs and impact on our net interest margin; and
 
 fiscal and monetary policies of the Federal Reserve Board.
In addition to the above factors, we also caution that there is no assurance that our allowance for credit losses will be adequate to cover future credit losses, especially if credit markets, housing prices and unemployment do not stabilize or improve. Increases in loan charge-offs or in the allowance for credit losses and related provision expense could materially adversely affect our financial results and condition. There is no assurance as to when and how we will repay the government’s investment under its Capital Purchase Program (CPP) or that we will be able to repay the investment in a manner that does not require or result in the issuance of equity securities. As discussed under “Prudential Joint Venture” above, we have notified Prudential that we will pay the purchase price for Prudential’s joint venture interest with a combination of cash and Wells Fargo common stock, which payment could be a combination substantially comprised of common stock or substantially comprised of cash. The issuance of Wells Fargo common stock to repay the government’s CPP investment or to pay the portion of the purchase price for Prudential’s joint venture interest that is not paid in cash may result in dilution to existing stockholders. There is no assurance that our preliminary interpretation of FAS 166 and FAS 167 will be the final interpretation of those standards when they are implemented on January 1, 2010. If our preliminary interpretation of FAS 166 and FAS 167 is not consistent with the final interpretation of those standards upon implementation, we may have to consolidate more or less assets in our consolidated financial statements than those in our preliminary analysis, which difference may be material. There is no assurance that the actual impact on our 2010 fee revenue from recent changes to our overdraft policy will not materially vary from our estimate.

60


Table of Contents

CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
Disclosure Controls and Procedures
As required by SEC rules, the Company’s management evaluated the effectiveness, as of September 30, 2009, of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures. The Company’s chief executive officer and chief financial officer participated in the evaluation. Based on this evaluation, the Company’s chief executive officer and chief financial officer concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of September 30, 2009.
Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
Internal control over financial reporting is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the Company’s principal executive and principal financial officers and effected by the Company’s board of directors, management and other personnel, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) and includes those policies and procedures that:
 pertain to the maintenance of records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of assets of the Company;
 provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP, and that receipts and expenditures of the Company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the Company; and
 provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. No change occurred during third quarter 2009 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

61


Table of Contents

WELLS FARGO & COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF INCOME
                 
  
  Quarter ended Sept. 30, Nine months ended Sept. 30,
(in millions, except per share amounts) 2009  2008  2009  2008 
  

Interest income
                
Trading assets
 $216   41   688   126 
Securities available for sale
  2,947   1,397   8,543   3,753 
Mortgages held for sale
  524   394   1,484   1,211 
Loans held for sale
  34   12   151   34 
Loans
  10,170   6,888   31,467   20,906 
Other interest income
  77   42   249   140 
  
Total interest income
  13,968   8,774   42,582   26,170 
  
Interest expense
                
Deposits
  905   1,019   2,861   3,676 
Short-term borrowings
  32   492   210   1,274 
Long-term debt
  1,301   882   4,565   2,801 
Other interest expense
  46      122    
  
Total interest expense
  2,284   2,393   7,758   7,751 
  
Net interest income
  11,684   6,381   34,824   18,419 
Provision for credit losses
  6,111   2,495   15,755   7,535 
  
Net interest income after provision for credit losses
  5,573   3,886   19,069   10,884 
  
Noninterest income
                
Service charges on deposit accounts
  1,478   839   4,320   2,387 
Trust and investment fees
  2,502   738   7,130   2,263 
Card fees
  946   601   2,722   1,747 
Other fees
  950   552   2,814   1,562 
Mortgage banking
  3,067   892   8,617   2,720 
Insurance
  468   439   1,644   1,493 
Net gains (losses) on debt securities available for sale (includes impairment losses of $273 and $850, consisting of $314 and $1,889 of total other-than-temporary impairment losses, net of $41 and $1,039 recognized in other comprehensive income, for the quarter and nine months ended September 30, 2009, respectively)
  (40)  84   (237)  316 
Net gains (losses) from equity investments
  29   (509)  (88)  (149)
Other
  1,382   360   4,244   1,642 
  
Total noninterest income
  10,782   3,996   31,166   13,981 
  
Noninterest expense
                
Salaries
  3,428   2,078   10,252   6,092 
Commission and incentive compensation
  2,051   555   5,935   2,005 
Employee benefits
  1,034   486   3,545   1,666 
Equipment
  563   302   1,825   955 
Net occupancy
  778   402   2,357   1,201 
Core deposit and other intangibles
  642   47   1,935   139 
FDIC and other deposit assessments
  228   37   1,547   63 
Other
  2,960   1,594   8,803   4,667 
  
Total noninterest expense
  11,684   5,501   36,199   16,788 
  
Income before income tax expense
  4,671   2,381   14,036   8,077 
Income tax expense
  1,355   730   4,382   2,638 
  
Net income before noncontrolling interests
  3,316   1,651   9,654   5,439 
Less: Net income from noncontrolling interests
  81   14   202   50 
  
Wells Fargo net income
 $3,235   1,637   9,452   5,389 
  
Wells Fargo net income applicable to common stock
 $2,637   1,637   7,596   5,389 
  
Per share information
                
Earnings per common share
 $0.56   0.49   1.70   1.63 
Diluted earnings per common share
  0.56   0.49   1.69   1.62 
Dividends declared per common share
  0.05   0.34   0.44   0.96 
Average common shares outstanding
  4,678.3   3,316.4   4,471.2   3,309.6 
Diluted average common shares outstanding
  4,706.4   3,331.0   4,485.3   3,323.4 
  
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.
62


Table of Contents

WELLS FARGO & COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
         
  
  Sept. 30, Dec. 31,
(in millions, except shares) 2009  2008 
  

Assets
        
Cash and due from banks
 $17,233   23,763 
Federal funds sold, securities purchased under
resale agreements and other short-term investments
  17,491   49,433 
Trading assets
  43,198   54,884 
Securities available for sale
  183,814   151,569 
Mortgages held for sale (includes $33,435 and $18,754 carried at fair value)
  35,538   20,088 
Loans held for sale (includes $201 and $398 carried at fair value)
  5,846   6,228 
Loans
  799,952   864,830 
Allowance for loan losses
  (24,028)  (21,013)
  
Net loans
  775,924   843,817 
  
Mortgage servicing rights:
        
Measured at fair value (residential MSRs)
  14,500   14,714 
Amortized
  1,162   1,446 
Premises and equipment, net
  11,040   11,269 
Goodwill
  24,052   22,627 
Other assets
  98,827   109,801 
  
Total assets
 $1,228,625   1,309,639 
  
Liabilities
        
Noninterest-bearing deposits
 $165,260   150,837 
Interest-bearing deposits
  631,488   630,565 
  
Total deposits
  796,748   781,402 
Short-term borrowings
  30,800   108,074 
Accrued expenses and other liabilities
  57,861   50,689 
Long-term debt
  214,292   267,158 
  
Total liabilities
  1,099,701   1,207,323 
  
Equity
        
Wells Fargo stockholders’ equity:
        
Preferred stock
  31,589   31,332 
Common stock — $1-2/3 par value, authorized 6,000,000,000 shares; issued
4,756,071,429 shares and 4,363,921,429 shares
  7,927   7,273 
Additional paid-in capital
  40,343   36,026 
Retained earnings
  41,485   36,543 
Cumulative other comprehensive income (loss)
  4,088   (6,869)
Treasury stock - 76,876,271 shares and 135,290,540 shares
  (2,771)  (4,666)
Unearned ESOP shares
  (511)  (555)
  
Total Wells Fargo stockholders’ equity
  122,150   99,084 
Noncontrolling interests
  6,774   3,232 
  
Total equity
  128,924   102,316 
  
Total liabilities and equity
 $1,228,625   1,309,639 
  
  
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.

63


Table of Contents

WELLS FARGO & COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY
AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
                 
  
    
    
    
  Preferred stock  Common stock 
(in millions, except shares) Shares  Amount  Shares  Amount 
  

Balance December 31, 2007
  449,804  $450   3,297,102,208  $5,788 
  
Cumulative effect from change in accounting for postretirement benefits
                
Adjustment for change of measurement date related to pension and other postretirement benefits
                
  
Balance January 1, 2008
  449,804   450   3,297,102,208   5,788 
  
Comprehensive income:
                
Net income
                
Other comprehensive income, net of tax:
                
Translation adjustments
                
Net unrealized losses on securities available for sale, net of reclassification of $107 million of net losses included in net income
                
Net unrealized losses on derivatives and hedging activities, net of reclassification of $115 million of net gains on cash flow hedges included in net income
                
Unamortized gains under defined benefit plans, net of amortization
                
  
Total comprehensive income
                
Noncontrolling interests
                
Common stock issued
          49,454,756     
Common stock repurchased
          (37,327,260)    
Preferred stock issued to ESOP
  520,500   521         
Preferred stock released to ESOP
                
Preferred stock converted to common shares
  (344,860)  (346)  11,988,925     
Common stock dividends
                
Tax benefit upon exercise of stock options
                
Stock option compensation expense
                
Net change in deferred compensation and related plans
                
Other
                
  
Net change
  175,640   175   24,116,421    
  

Balance September 30, 2008
  625,444  $625   3,321,218,629  $5,788 
  

Balance December 31, 2008
  10,111,821  $31,332   4,228,630,889  $7,273 
  
Cumulative effect from change in accounting for other-than-temporary impairment on debt securities
                
Effect of change in accounting for noncontrolling interests
                
  
Balance January 1, 2009
  10,111,821   31,332   4,228,630,889   7,273 
  
Comprehensive income:
                
Net income
                
Other comprehensive income, net of tax:
                
Translation adjustments
                
Securities available for sale:
                
Unrealized losses related to factors other than credit
                
All other net unrealized gains, net of reclassification of $45 million of net gains included in net income
                
Net unrealized losses on derivatives and hedging activities, net of reclassification of $257 million of net gains on cash flow hedges included in net income
                
Unamortized gains under defined benefit plans, net of amortization
                
  
Total comprehensive income
                
Noncontrolling interests
                
Common stock issued
          451,324,822   654 
Common stock repurchased
          (3,353,597)    
Preferred stock released to ESOP
                
Preferred stock converted to common shares
  (41,280)  (41)  2,593,044     
Common stock dividends
                
Preferred stock dividends and accretion
      298         
Tax benefit upon exercise of stock options
                
Stock option compensation expense
                
Net change in deferred compensation and related plans
                
  
Net change
  (41,280)  257   450,564,269   654 
  

Balance September 30, 2009
  10,070,541  $31,589   4,679,195,158  $7,927 
  
  
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.

64


Table of Contents

                                 
  
Wells Fargo stockholders’ equity       
          Cumulative          Total       
  Additional      other      Unearned  Wells Fargo       
  paid-in  Retained  comprensive  Treasury  ESOP  stockholders’  Noncontrolling  Total 
  capital  earnings  income  stock  shares  equity  interests  equity 
  

 
  8,212   38,970   725   (6,035)  (482)  47,628   286  $47,914 
  
 
      (20)              (20)      (20)
 
      (8)              (8)      (8)
  
 
  8,212   38,942   725   (6,035)  (482)  47,600   286   47,886 
  
 
                                
 
      5,389               5,389   50   5,439 
 
                                
 
          (20)          (20)      (20)

 
          (3,485)          (3,485)      (3,485)

 
          (6)          (6)      (6)
 
          3           3       3 
  
 
                      1,881   50   1,931 
 
                         (34)  (34)
 
  (41)  (300)      1,610       1,269       1,269 
 
              (1,162)      (1,162)      (1,162)
 
  30               (551)          
 
  (20)              366   346       346 
 
  (46)          392               
 
      (3,178)              (3,178)      (3,178)
 
  106                   106       106 
 
  134                   134       134 
 
  32           (12)      20       20 
 
  (59)                  (59)      (59)
  
 
  136   1,911   (3,508)  828   (185)  (643)  16   (627)
  

                                
 
  8,348   40,853   (2,783)  (5,207)  (667)  46,957   302  $47,259 
  

 
  36,026   36,543   (6,869)  (4,666)  (555)  99,084   3,232  $102,316 
  

                                
 
      53   (53)                   
 
  (3,716)                  (3,716)  3,716    
  
 
  32,310   36,596   (6,922)  (4,666)  (555)  95,368   6,948   102,316 
  

                                
 
      9,452               9,452   202   9,654 

                                
 
          63           63   (5)  58 

                                
 
          (654)          (654)      (654)

                                
 
          11,220           11,220   64   11,284 

 
          (189)          (189)      (189)
 
          570           570       570 
  
 
                      20,462   261   20,723 
 
  21                   21   (435)  (414)
 
  7,845   (816)      1,907       9,590       9,590 
 
              (80)      (80)      (80)
 
  (3)              44   41       41 
 
  (42)          83               
 
      (1,891)              (1,891)      (1,891)
 
      (1,856)              (1,558)      (1,558)
 
  9                   9       9 
 
  180                   180       180 
 
  23           (15)      8       8 
  
 
  8,033   4,889   11,010   1,895   44   26,782   (174)  26,608 
  

 
  40,343   41,485   4,088   (2,771)  (511)  122,150   6,774  $128,924 
  
  

65


Table of Contents

WELLS FARGO & COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
         
  
  Nine months ended Sept. 30,
(in millions) 2009  2008 
  

Cash flows from operating activities:
        
Net income before noncontrolling interests
 $9,654   5,439 
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
        
Provision for credit losses
  15,755   7,535 
Changes in fair value of MSRs (residential), MHFS and LHFS carried at fair value
  1,366   (1,301)
Depreciation and amortization
  2,437   1,154 
Other net gains
  (2,261)  (999)
Preferred shares released to ESOP
  41   346 
Stock option compensation expense
  180   134 
Excess tax benefits related to stock option payments
  (9)  (104)
Originations of MHFS
  (321,098)  (163,797)
Proceeds from sales of and principal collected on mortgages originated for sale
  306,882   171,809 
Originations of LHFS
  (8,641)   
Proceeds from sales of LHFS
  15,937    
Purchases of LHFS
  (6,461)   
Net change in:
        
Trading assets
  13,834   (1,360)
Deferred income taxes
  4,835   1,146 
Accrued interest receivable
  948   63 
Accrued interest payable
  (1,157)  (176)
Other assets, net
  (6,159)  (8,319)
Other accrued expenses and liabilities, net
  (833)  631 
  
Net cash provided by operating activities
  25,250   12,201 
  

Cash flows from investing activities:
        
Net change in:
        
Federal funds sold, securities purchased under resale agreements and other short-term investments
  31,942   (5,301)
Securities available for sale:
        
Sales proceeds
  46,337   39,698 
Prepayments and maturities
  28,746   15,879 
Purchases
  (89,395)  (74,381)
Loans:
        
Decrease (increase) in banking subsidiaries’ loan originations, net of collections
  44,337   (32,006)
Proceeds from sales (including participations) of loans originated for investment by banking subsidiaries
  4,569   1,843 
Purchases (including participations) of loans by banking subsidiaries
  (2,007)  (4,329)
Principal collected on nonbank entities’ loans
  10,224   15,462 
Loans originated by nonbank entities
  (7,117)  (13,880)
Net cash paid for acquisitions
  (132)  (590)
Proceeds from sales of foreclosed assets
  2,708   1,299 
Changes in MSRs from purchases and sales
  (9)  71 
Net change in noncontrolling interests
  (355)  (34)
Other, net
  4,951   (1,341)
  
Net cash provided (used) by investing activities
  74,799   (57,610)
  

Cash flows from financing activities:
        
Net change in:
        
Deposits
  15,212   7,370 
Short-term borrowings
  (77,274)  31,798 
Long-term debt:
        
Proceeds from issuance
  4,803   22,751 
Repayment
  (55,332)  (15,439)
Preferred stock:
        
Cash dividends paid
  (1,616)   
Common stock:
        
Proceeds from issuance
  9,590   1,269 
Repurchased
  (80)  (1,162)
Cash dividends paid
  (1,891)  (3,178)
Excess tax benefits related to stock option payments
  9   104 
  
Net cash provided (used) by financing activities
  (106,579)  43,513 
  
Net change in cash and due from banks
  (6,530)  (1,896)
Cash and due from banks at beginning of period
  23,763   14,757 
  
Cash and due from banks at end of period
 $17,233   12,861 
  

Supplemental cash flow disclosures:
        
Cash paid for interest
 $8,915   7,927 
Cash paid for income taxes
  2,834   2,431 
  
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements. See Note 1 for noncash investing and financing activities.

66


Table of Contents

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
See page 145-146 for the Glossary of Acronyms for terms used throughout the Financial Statements and related Notes of this Form 10-Q and page 147 for the Codification Cross Reference for cross references from accounting standards under the recently adopted Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Accounting Standards Codification (Codification) to pre-Codification accounting standards.
1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Wells Fargo & Company is a diversified financial services company. We provide banking, insurance, investments, mortgage banking, investment banking, retail banking, brokerage, and consumer finance through banking stores, the internet and other distribution channels to consumers, businesses and institutions in all 50 states, the District of Columbia, and in other countries. When we refer to “Wells Fargo,” “the Company,” “we,” “our” or “us” in this Form 10-Q, we mean Wells Fargo & Company and Subsidiaries (consolidated). Wells Fargo & Company (the Parent) is a financial holding company and a bank holding company. We also hold a majority interest in a retail brokerage subsidiary and a real estate investment trust, which has publicly traded preferred stock outstanding.
Our accounting and reporting policies conform with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) and practices in the financial services industry. To prepare the financial statements in conformity with GAAP, management must make estimates based on assumptions about future economic and market conditions (for example, unemployment, market liquidity, real estate prices, etc.) that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and income and expenses during the reporting period and the related disclosures. Although our estimates contemplate current conditions and how we expect them to change in the future, it is reasonably possible that in 2009 actual conditions could be worse than anticipated in those estimates, which could materially affect our results of operations and financial condition. Management has made significant estimates in several areas, including the evaluation of other-than-temporary impairment on investment securities (Note 4), allowance for credit losses and purchased credit-impaired (PCI) loans (Note 5), valuing residential mortgage servicing rights (MSRs) (Notes 7 and 8) and financial instruments (Note 12), pension accounting (Note 14) and income taxes. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Among other effects, such changes could result in future impairments of investment securities, increases to the allowance for loan losses, as well as increased future pension expense.
On December 31, 2008, Wells Fargo acquired Wachovia Corporation (Wachovia). Because the acquisition was completed at the end of 2008, Wachovia’s results of operations are included in the income statement and average balances beginning in 2009. Wachovia’s assets and liabilities are included in the consolidated balance sheet beginning on December 31, 2008. The accounting policies of Wachovia have been conformed to those of Wells Fargo as described herein.
On January 1, 2009, the Company adopted new accounting guidance on noncontrolling interests on a retrospective basis for disclosure as required in FASB ASC 810, Consolidation. Accordingly, prior period information reflects the adoption. The guidance requires that noncontrolling interests be reported as a component of total equity. In addition, the consolidated income statement must disclose amounts attributable to both Wells Fargo interests and the noncontrolling interests.

67


Table of Contents

The information furnished in these unaudited interim statements reflects all adjustments that are, in the opinion of management, necessary for a fair statement of the results for the periods presented. These adjustments are of a normal recurring nature, unless otherwise disclosed in this Form 10-Q. The results of operations in the interim statements do not necessarily indicate the results that may be expected for the full year. The interim financial information should be read in conjunction with our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008 (2008 Form 10-K).
Effective July 1, 2009, the FASB established the Codification as the source of authoritative GAAP for companies to use in the preparation of financial statements. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) rules and interpretive releases are also authoritative GAAP for SEC registrants. The guidance contained in the Codification supersedes all existing non-SEC accounting and reporting standards. We adopted the Codification, as required, in third quarter 2009. As a result, references to accounting literature contained in our financial statement disclosures have been updated to reflect the new Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) structure. References to superseded authoritative literature are shown parenthetically below, and cross-references to pre-Codification accounting standards are included on page 147.
Current Accounting Developments
In first quarter 2009, we adopted new guidance related to the following Codification topics:
 FASB ASC 815-10, Derivatives and Hedging (FAS 161, Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities — an amendment of FASB Statement No. 133);
 FASB ASC 810-10, Consolidation (FAS 160, Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements — an amendment of ARB No. 51);
 FASB ASC 805-10, Business Combinations (FAS 141R (revised 2007), Business Combinations);
 FASB ASC 820-10, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (FASB Staff Position (FSP) FAS 157-4, Determining Fair Value When the Volume and Level of Activity for the Asset or Liability Have Significantly Decreased and Identifying Transactions That Are Not Orderly);
 FASB ASC 320-10, Investments — Debt and Equity Securities (FSP FAS 115-2 and FAS 124-2,Recognition and Presentation of Other-Than-Temporary Impairments); and
 FASB ASC 260-10, Earnings Per Share (FSP Emerging Issues Task Force (EITF) 03-6-1,Determining Whether Instruments Granted in Share-Based Payment Transactions Are Participating Securities).
In second quarter 2009, we adopted new guidance related to the following Codification topics:
 FASB ASC 825-10, Financial Instruments (FSP FAS 107-1 and APB Opinion 28-1, Interim Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments); and
 FASB ASC 855-10, Subsequent Events (FAS 165, Subsequent Events).
In third quarter 2009, we adopted new guidance related to the following Codification topic:
 FASB ASC 105-10, Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (FAS 168, The FASB Accounting Standards Codification and the Hierarchy of Generally Accepted Accounting Principles — a replacement of FASB Statement No. 162).
Information about these pronouncements is described in more detail below.
FASB ASC 815-10 (FAS 161) changes the disclosure requirements for derivative instruments and hedging activities. It requires enhanced disclosures about how and why an entity uses derivatives, how derivatives and related hedged items are accounted for, and how derivatives and hedged items affect an entity’s financial position, performance and cash flows. We adopted this pronouncement for first quarter 2009 reporting. See Note 11 for complete disclosures on derivatives and hedging activities. This standard

68


Table of Contents

does not affect our consolidated financial statements since it amends only the disclosure requirements for derivative instruments and hedged items.
FASB ASC 810-10 (FAS 160) requires that noncontrolling interests (previously referred to as minority interests) be reported as a component of equity in the balance sheet. Prior to our adoption of this standard, noncontrolling interests were classified outside of equity. This new guidance also changes the way a noncontrolling interest is presented in the income statement such that a parent’s consolidated income statement includes amounts attributable to both the parent’s interest and the noncontrolling interest. When a subsidiary is deconsolidated, a parent is required to recognize a gain or loss with any remaining interest initially recorded at fair value. Other changes in ownership interest where the parent continues to have a majority ownership interest in the subsidiary are accounted for as capital transactions. This new guidance was effective on January 1, 2009, with prospective application to all noncontrolling interests including those that arose prior to the adoption. Retrospective adoption was required for disclosure of noncontrolling interests held as of the adoption date.
We hold a controlling interest in a joint venture with Prudential Financial, Inc. (Prudential). For more information on the Prudential joint venture, see the “Capital Management” section in this Report. On January 1, 2009, we reclassified Prudential’s noncontrolling interest to equity. Under the terms of the original agreement under which the joint venture was established between Wachovia and Prudential, each party has certain rights such that changes in our ownership interest can occur. On December 4, 2008, Prudential publicly announced its intention to exercise its option to put its noncontrolling interest to us at the end of the lookback period, as defined (January 1, 2010). As a result of the issuance of new accounting guidance for noncontrolling interests, related interpretive guidance, and Prudential’s stated intention, on January 1, 2009, we increased the carrying value of Prudential’s noncontrolling interest in the joint venture to the estimated maximum redemption amount, with the offset recorded to additional paid-in capital.
FASB ASC 805-10 (FAS 141R) requires an acquirer in a business combination to recognize the assets acquired (including loan receivables), the liabilities assumed, and any noncontrolling interest in the acquiree at the acquisition date, at their fair values as of that date, with limited exceptions. The acquirer is not permitted to recognize a separate valuation allowance as of the acquisition date for loans and other assets acquired in a business combination. The revised statement requires acquisition-related costs to be expensed separately from the acquisition. It also requires restructuring costs that the acquirer expected but was not obligated to incur, to be expensed separately from the business combination. FASB ASC 805-10 was applicable prospectively to business combinations completed on or after January 1, 2009.
FASB ASC 820-10 (FSP FAS 157-4) addresses measuring fair value in situations where markets are inactive and transactions are not orderly. The guidance acknowledges that in these circumstances quoted prices may not be determinative of fair value; however, even if there has been a significant decrease in the volume and level of activity for an asset or liability and regardless of the valuation technique(s) used, the objective of a fair value measurement has not changed. Prior to issuance of this pronouncement, many companies, including Wells Fargo, interpreted accounting guidance on fair value measurements to emphasize that fair value must be measured based on the most recently available quoted market prices, even for markets that have experienced a significant decline in the volume and level of activity relative to normal conditions and therefore could have increased frequency of transactions that are not orderly. Under the provisions of this pronouncement, price quotes for assets or liabilities in inactive markets may require adjustment due to uncertainty as to whether the underlying transactions are orderly.

69


Table of Contents

For inactive markets, there is little information, if any, to evaluate if individual transactions are orderly. Accordingly, we are required to estimate, based upon all available facts and circumstances, the degree to which orderly transactions are occurring. The Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures topic in the Codification does not prescribe a specific method for adjusting transaction or quoted prices; however, it does provide guidance for determining how much weight to give transaction or quoted prices. Price quotes based upon transactions that are not orderly are not considered to be determinative of fair value and should be given little, if any, weight in measuring fair value. Price quotes based upon transactions that are orderly shall be considered in determining fair value, with the weight given based upon the facts and circumstances. If sufficient information is not available to determine if price quotes are based upon orderly transactions, less weight should be given to the price quote relative to other transactions that are known to be orderly.
The new measurement provisions of FASB ASC 820-10 were effective for second quarter 2009; however, as permitted under the pronouncement, we early adopted in first quarter 2009. Adoption of this pronouncement resulted in an increase in the valuation of securities available for sale in first quarter 2009 of $4.5 billion ($2.8 billion after tax), which was included in other comprehensive income (OCI), and trading assets of $18 million, which was reflected in earnings. See the “Critical Accounting Policies” section in this Report for more information.
FASB ASC 320-10 (FSP FAS 115-2 and FAS 124-2) states that an other-than-temporary impairment (OTTI) write-down of debt securities, where fair value is below amortized cost, is triggered in circumstances where (1) an entity has the intent to sell a security, (2) it is more likely than not that the entity will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis, or (3) the entity does not expect to recover the entire amortized cost basis of the security. If an entity intends to sell a security or if it is more likely than not the entity will be required to sell the security before recovery, an OTTI write-down is recognized in earnings equal to the entire difference between the security’s amortized cost basis and its fair value. If an entity does not intend to sell the security or it is more likely than not that it will not be required to sell the security before recovery, the OTTI write-down is separated into an amount representing the credit loss, which is recognized in earnings, and the amount related to all other factors, which is recognized in OCI. The new accounting prescribed for recording OTTI on debt securities was effective for second quarter 2009; however, as permitted under the pronouncement, we early adopted on January 1, 2009, and increased the beginning balance of retained earnings by $85 million ($53 million after tax) with a corresponding adjustment to cumulative OCI for OTTI recorded in previous periods on securities in our portfolio at January 1, 2009, that would not have been required had this accounting guidance been effective for those periods.
FASB ASC 260-10 (FSP EITF 03-6-1) requires that unvested share-based payment awards that have nonforfeitable rights to dividends or dividend equivalents be treated as participating securities and, therefore, included in the computation of earnings per share under the two-class method described in the Earnings per Share topic of the Codification. This pronouncement was effective on January 1, 2009, with retrospective adoption required. The adoption of this standard did not have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements.
FASB ASC 825-10 (FSP FAS 107-1 and APB 28-1) states that entities must disclose the fair value of financial instruments in interim reporting periods as well as in annual financial statements. Entities must also disclose the methods and assumptions used to estimate fair value as well as any changes in methods and assumptions that occurred during the reporting period. We adopted this pronouncement in second quarter 2009. See Note 12 for additional information. Because the new provisions in FASB ASC 825-10 amend only the disclosure requirements related to the fair value of financial instruments, the adoption of this pronouncement does not affect our consolidated financial statements.

70


Table of Contents

FASB ASC 855-10 (FAS 165) describes two types of subsequent events that previously were addressed in the auditing literature, one that requires post-period end adjustment to the financial statements being issued, and one that requires footnote disclosure only. Companies are also required to disclose the date through which management has evaluated subsequent events, which for public entities is the date that financial statements are issued. The requirements for disclosing subsequent events were effective in second quarter 2009 with prospective application. Our adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.
Supplemental Cash Flow Information
Noncash investing and financing activities are presented below, including information on transfers impacting mortgages held for sale (MHFS), loans held for sale (LHFS), and mortgage servicing rights (MSRs).
         
  
  Nine months ended Sept. 30,
(in millions) 2009  2008 
  

Transfers from trading assets to securities available for sale
 $845    
Transfers from securities available for sale to loans
  258    
Transfers from MHFS to trading assets
  2,993    
Transfers from MHFS to securities available for sale
     544 
Transfers from MHFS to MSRs
  5,088   2,659 
Transfers from MHFS to foreclosed assets
  125   105 
Transfers from (to) loans (from) to MHFS
  60   (507)
Transfers from LHFS to loans
  6   677 
Transfers from loans to foreclosed assets
  5,067   2,203 
  
Subsequent Events
We have evaluated the effects of subsequent events that have occurred subsequent to period end September 30, 2009, and through November 6, 2009, which is the date we issued our financial statements. During this period, there have been no material events that would require recognition in our third quarter 2009 consolidated financial statements or disclosure in the Notes to Financial Statements.

71


Table of Contents

2. BUSINESS COMBINATIONS
We regularly explore opportunities to acquire financial services companies and businesses. Generally, we do not make a public announcement about an acquisition opportunity until a definitive agreement has been signed.
In the first nine months of 2009, we completed the acquisitions of a factoring business with total assets of $74 million and four insurance brokerage businesses with total assets of $32 million. At September 30, 2009, we had no pending business combinations.
On December 31, 2008, we acquired all outstanding shares of Wachovia common stock in a stock-for-stock transaction. Because the transaction closed on the last day of the annual reporting period, certain fair value purchase accounting adjustments were based on data as of an interim period with estimates through year end. Accordingly, we have re-validated and, where necessary, have refined our purchase accounting adjustments. We will continue to update the fair value of net assets acquired for a period of up to one year from the date of the acquisition as we further refine acquisition date fair values. The impact of all changes were recorded to goodwill and increased goodwill by $1.4 billion in the first nine months of 2009. This acquisition was nontaxable and, as a result, there is no tax basis in goodwill. Accordingly, none of the goodwill associated with the Wachovia acquisition is deductible for tax purposes.
The refined allocation of the purchase price at December 31, 2008, is presented in the following table.
Purchase Price and Goodwill
             
  
  Dec. 31,        
  2008      Dec. 31, 
(in millions) (refined)  Refinements  2008 
  

Purchase price:
            
Value of common shares
 $14,621      14,621 
Value of preferred shares
  8,409      8,409 
Other (value of share-based awards and direct acquisition costs)
  62      62 
  
Total purchase price
  23,092      23,092 
Allocation of the purchase price:
            
Wachovia tangible stockholders’ equity, less prior purchase accounting adjustments and other basis adjustments eliminated in purchase accounting
  19,390   (4)  19,394 
Adjustments to reflect assets acquired and liabilities assumed at fair value:
            
Loans and leases, net
  (17,921)  (1,524)  (16,397)
Premises and equipment, net
  (695)  (239)  (456)
Intangible assets
  14,582   (158)  14,740 
Other assets
  (3,211)  233   (3,444)
Deposits
  (4,568)  (134)  (4,434)
Accrued expenses and other liabilities (exit, termination and other liabilities)
  (2,586)  (987)  (1,599)
Long-term debt
  (227)  (37)  (190)
Deferred taxes
  8,171   1,495   6,676 
  
Fair value of net assets acquired
  12,935   (1,355)  14,290 
  
Goodwill resulting from the merger
 $10,157   1,355   8,802 
  
  

72


Table of Contents

The increase in goodwill includes the recognition of additional types of costs associated with involuntary employee termination, contract terminations and closing duplicate facilities and have been allocated to the purchase price. These costs will be recorded throughout 2009 as part of the further integration of Wachovia’s employees, locations and operations with Wells Fargo as management finalizes integration plans. The following table summarizes exit reserves associated with the Wachovia acquisition:
                 
  
 Employee Contract Facilities   
(in millions)termination termination related Total 
  

Balance, December 31, 2008
 $57   13   129   199 
Purchase accounting adjustments (1)
  327   20   13   360 
Cash payments / utilization
  (220)     (102)  (322)
  
Balance, September 30, 2009
 $164   33   40   237 
  
  
(1) Certain purchase accounting adjustments have been refined during 2009 as additional information became available.
3. FEDERAL FUNDS SOLD, SECURITIES PURCHASED UNDER RESALE AGREEMENTS AND OTHER SHORT-TERM INVESTMENTS
The following table provides the detail of federal funds sold, securities purchased under resale agreements and other short-term investments.
         
  
  Sept. 30, Dec. 31,
(in millions) 2009  2008 
  

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements
 $9,432   8,439 
Interest-earning deposits
  6,879   39,890 
Other short-term investments
  1,180   1,104 
  
Total
 $17,491   49,433 
  
  
For resale agreements, which represent collateralized financing transactions, we hold collateral in the form of securities that we have the right to sell or repledge of $1.3 billion at September 30, 2009, and $1.6 billion at December 31, 2008. These amounts include securities we have sold or repledged to others with a fair value of $483 million and $343 million, as of the same dates, respectively.

73


Table of Contents

4. SECURITIES AVAILABLE FOR SALE
The following table provides the cost and fair value for the major categories of securities available for sale. The net unrealized gains (losses) are reported on an after-tax basis as a component of cumulative OCI. There were no securities classified as held to maturity as of the periods presented.
                 
  
      Gross  Gross    
     unrealized unrealized  Fair 
(in millions) Cost  gains  losses  value 
  

December 31, 2008
                

Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies
 $3,187   62      3,249 
Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions
  14,062   116   (1,520)  12,658 
Mortgage-backed securities:
                
Federal agencies
  64,726   1,711   (3)  66,434 
Residential
  29,536   11   (4,717)  24,830 
Commercial
  12,305   51   (3,878)  8,478 
  
Total mortgage-backed securities
  106,567   1,773   (8,598)  99,742 
  
Corporate debt securities
  7,382   81   (539)  6,924 
Collateralized debt obligations
  2,634   21   (570)  2,085 
Other (1) (2)
  21,363   14   (602)  20,775 
  
Total debt securities
  155,195   2,067   (11,829)  145,433 
  
Marketable equity securities:
                
Perpetual preferred securities
  5,040   13   (327)  4,726 
Other marketable equity securities
  1,256   181   (27)  1,410 
  
Total marketable equity securities
  6,296   194   (354)  6,136 
  
Total
 $161,491   2,261   (12,183)  151,569 
  

September 30, 2009
                

Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies
 $2,446   57   (7)  2,496 
Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions
  13,202   839   (411)  13,630 
Mortgage-backed securities:
                
Federal agencies
  83,888   3,615      87,503 
Residential (2)
  32,958   2,881   (1,747)  34,092 
Commercial
  12,433   665   (1,834)  11,264 
  
Total mortgage-backed securities
  129,279   7,161   (3,581)  132,859 
  
Corporate debt securities
  8,400   932   (130)  9,202 
Collateralized debt obligations
  3,194   451   (382)  3,263 
Other (1)
  15,551   1,122   (214)  16,459 
  
Total debt securities
  172,072   10,562   (4,725)  177,909 
  
Marketable equity securities:
                
Perpetual preferred securities
  3,918   315   (160)  4,073 
Other marketable equity securities
  1,181   665   (14)  1,832 
  
Total marketable equity securities
  5,099   980   (174)  5,905 
  
Total
 $177,171   11,542   (4,899)  183,814 
  
  
 
(1) Included in the “Other” category are asset-backed securities collateralized by auto leases with a cost basis and fair value of $8.6 billion and $9.0 billion, respectively, at September 30, 2009, and $8.3 billion and $7.9 billion, respectively, at December 31, 2008. Also included in the “Other” category are asset-backed securities collateralized by home equity loans with a cost basis and fair value of $2.5 billion and $2.7 billion, respectively, at September 30, 2009, and $3.2 billion and $3.2 billion, respectively, at December 31, 2008. The remaining balances primarily include asset-backed securities collateralized by credit cards and student loans.
(2) Foreign residential mortgage-backed securities with a fair value of $3.3 billion are included in residential mortgage-backed securities at September 30, 2009. These instruments were included in other debt securities at December 31, 2008, and had a fair value of $6.3 billion.
As part of our liquidity management strategy, we pledge securities to secure borrowings from the Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) and the Federal Reserve Bank. We also pledge securities to secure trust and public deposits and for other purposes as required or permitted by law. The carrying value of pledged securities where the secured party has the right to sell or repledge totaled $1.4 billion at September 30, 2009, and $10.1 billion at December 31, 2008. Securities pledged where the secured party does not have the right to sell or repledge totaled $98.0 billion at September 30, 2009, and $71.6 billion at December 31, 2008.

74


Table of Contents

Gross Unrealized Losses and Fair Value
The following table shows the gross unrealized losses and fair value of securities in the securities available-for-sale portfolio by length of time that individual securities in each category had been in a continuous loss position. Debt securities on which we have taken only credit-related OTTI write-downs are categorized as being “less than 12 months” or “12 months or more” in a continuous loss position based on the point in time that the fair value declined to below the cost basis and not the period of time since the credit-related OTTI write-down.
                         
  
 Less than 12 months 12 months or more  Total 
  Gross      Gross      Gross    
 unrealized  Fair unrealized  Fair unrealized  Fair 
(in millions) losses  value  losses  value  losses  value 
  

December 31, 2008
                        

Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies
 $                
Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions
  (745)  3,483   (775)  1,702   (1,520)  5,185 
Mortgage-backed securities:
                        
Federal agencies
  (3)  83         (3)  83 
Residential
  (4,471)  9,960   (246)  238   (4,717)  10,198 
Commercial
  (1,726)  4,152   (2,152)  2,302   (3,878)  6,454 
  
Total mortgage-backed securities
  (6,200)  14,195   (2,398)  2,540   (8,598)  16,735 
  
Corporate debt securities
  (285)  1,056   (254)  469   (539)  1,525 
Collateralized debt obligations
  (113)  215   (457)  180   (570)  395 
Other
  (554)  8,638   (48)  38   (602)  8,676 
  
Total debt securities
  (7,897)  27,587   (3,932)  4,929   (11,829)  32,516 
  
Marketable equity securities:
                        
Perpetual preferred securities
  (75)  265   (252)  360   (327)  625 
Other marketable equity securities
  (23)  72   (4)  9   (27)  81 
  
Total marketable equity securities
  (98)  337   (256)  369   (354)  706 
  
Total
 $(7,995)  27,924   (4,188)  5,298   (12,183)  33,222 
  

September 30, 2009
                        

Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies
 $(7)  266         (7)  266 
Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions
  (6)  198   (405)  3,474   (411)  3,672 
Mortgage-backed securities:
                        
Federal agencies
                  
Residential
  (201)  2,647   (1,546)  10,591   (1,747)  13,238 
Commercial
  (33)  514   (1,801)  6,908   (1,834)  7,422 
  
Total mortgage-backed securities
  (234)  3,161   (3,347)  17,499   (3,581)  20,660 
  
Corporate debt securities
  (30)  229   (100)  645   (130)  874 
Collateralized debt obligations
  (37)  329   (345)  487   (382)  816 
Other
  (82)  691   (132)  85   (214)  776 
  
Total debt securities
  (396)  4,874   (4,329)  22,190   (4,725)  27,064 
  
Marketable equity securities:
                        
Perpetual preferred securities
  (11)  176   (149)  542   (160)  718 
Other marketable equity securities
  (14)  75         (14)  75 
  
Total marketable equity securities
  (25)  251   (149)  542   (174)  793 
  
Total
 $(421)  5,125   (4,478)  22,732   (4,899)  27,857 
  
  
For the securities in the above table, we do not have the intent to sell and have determined it is more likely than not that we will not be required to sell the security prior to recovery of the amortized cost basis. We have assessed each security for credit impairment. For debt securities, we evaluate, where necessary, whether credit impairment exists by comparing the present value of the expected cash flows to the securities amortized cost basis. For equity securities, we consider numerous factors in determining whether impairment exists, including our intent and ability to hold the securities for a period of time sufficient to recover the securities’ amortized cost basis.

75


Table of Contents

In determining whether a loss is temporary, we consider all relevant information including:
 the length of time and the extent to which the fair value has been less than the amortized cost basis;
 adverse conditions specifically related to the security, an industry, or a geographic area (for example, changes in the financial condition of the issuer of the security, or in the case of an asset-backed debt security, in the financial condition of the underlying loan obligors, including changes in technology or the discontinuance of a segment of the business that may affect the future earnings potential of the issuer or underlying loan obligors of the security or changes in the quality of the credit enhancement);
 the historical and implied volatility of the fair value of the security;
 the payment structure of the debt security and the likelihood of the issuer being able to make payments that increase in the future;
 failure of the issuer of the security to make scheduled interest or principal payments;
 any changes to the rating of the security by a rating agency; and
 recoveries or additional declines in fair value subsequent to the balance sheet date.
To the extent we estimate future expected cash flows, we considered all available information in developing those expected cash flows. For asset-backed securities such as residential mortgage-backed securities, commercial mortgage-backed securities, collateralized debt obligations and other types of asset-backed securities, such information generally included:
 remaining payment terms of the security (including as applicable, terms that require underlying obligor payments to increase in the future);
 current delinquencies and nonperforming assets of underlying collateral;
 expected future default rates;
 collateral value by vintage, geographic region, industry concentration or property type; and
 subordination levels or other credit enhancements.
Cash flow forecasts also considered, as applicable, independent industry analyst reports and forecasts, sector credit ratings, and other independent market data.
Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies
The unrealized losses associated with U.S. Treasury and federal agency securities do not have any credit losses due to the guarantees provided by the United States government.
Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions
The unrealized losses associated with securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions are primarily driven by changes in interest rates and not due to the credit quality of the securities. These investments are almost exclusively investment grade and were generally underwritten in accordance with our own investment standards prior to the decision to purchase, without relying on a bond insurer’s guarantee in making the investment decision. These securities will continue to be monitored as part of our ongoing impairment analysis, but are expected to perform, even if the rating agencies reduce the credit rating of the bond insurers. As a result, we expect to recover the entire amortized cost basis of these securities.

76


Table of Contents

Federal Agency Mortgage-Backed Securities
The unrealized losses associated with federal agency mortgage-backed securities are primarily driven by changes in interest rates and not due to credit losses. These securities are issued by U.S. government or government-sponsored entities and do not have any credit losses given the explicit or implicit government guarantee.
Residential Mortgage-Backed Securities
The unrealized losses associated with private residential mortgage-backed securities are primarily driven by higher projected collateral losses, wider credit spreads and changes in interest rates. We assess for credit impairment using a cash flow model. The key assumptions include default rates, severities and prepayment rates. We estimate losses to a security by forecasting the underlying mortgage loans in each transaction. The forecasted loan performance is used to project cash flows to the various tranches in the structure. Cash flow forecasts also considered, as applicable, independent industry analyst reports and forecasts, sector credit ratings, and other independent market data. Based upon our assessment of the expected credit losses of the security given the performance of the underlying collateral compared to our credit enhancement, we expect to recover the entire amortized cost basis of these securities.
Commercial Mortgage-Backed Securities
The unrealized losses associated with commercial mortgage-backed securities are primarily driven by higher projected collateral losses, wider credit spreads and changes in interest rates. These investments are almost exclusively investment grade. We assess for credit impairment using a cash flow model. The key assumptions include default rates and severities. We estimate losses for a security by forecasting the performance of underlying loans in each transaction. The forecasted loan performance is used to project cash flows to the various tranches in the structure. Cash flow forecasts are also considered and, as applicable, independent industry analyst reports and forecasts, sector credit ratings, and other independent market data. Based upon our assessment of the expected credit losses of the security given the performance of the underlying collateral compared to our credit enhancement, we expect to recover the entire amortized cost basis of these securities.
Corporate Debt Securities
The unrealized losses associated with corporate debt securities are primarily related to securities backed by commercial loans and individual issuer companies. For securities with commercial loans as the underlying collateral, we have evaluated the expected credit losses in the security and concluded that we have sufficient credit enhancement when compared with our estimate of credit losses for the individual security. For individual issuers, we evaluate the financial performance of the issuer on a quarterly basis to determine that the issuer can make all contractual principal and interest payments.
Collateralized Debt Obligations
The unrealized losses associated with collateralized debt obligations relate to securities primarily backed by commercial, residential or other consumer collateral. The losses are primarily driven by higher projected collateral losses and wider credit spreads. We assess for credit impairment using a cash flow model. The key assumptions include default rates, severities and prepayment rates. Based upon our assessment of the expected credit losses of the security given the performance of the underlying collateral compared to our credit enhancement, we expect to recover the entire amortized cost basis of these securities.

77


Table of Contents

Other Debt Securities
The unrealized losses associated with other debt securities primarily relate to other asset-backed securities, which are primarily backed by auto, home equity and student loans. The losses are primarily driven by higher projected collateral losses, wider credit spreads and changes in interest rates. We assess for credit impairment using a cash flow model. The key assumptions include default rates, severities and prepayment rates. Based upon our assessment of the expected credit losses of the security given the performance of the underlying collateral compared to our credit enhancement, we expect to recover the entire amortized cost basis of these securities.
Marketable Equity Securities
Our marketable equity securities include investments in perpetual preferred securities, which provide very attractive tax-equivalent yields and were current as to periodic distributions in accordance with their respective terms as of September 30, 2009. We evaluated these hybrid financial instruments with investment-grade ratings for impairment using an evaluation methodology similar to that used for debt securities. Perpetual preferred securities were not other-than-temporarily impaired at September 30, 2009, if there was no evidence of credit deterioration or investment rating downgrades of any issuers to below investment grade, and we expected to continue to receive full contractual payments. We will continue to evaluate the prospects for these securities for recovery in their market value in accordance with our policy for estimating OTTI. We have recorded impairment write-downs on perpetual preferred securities where there was evidence of credit deterioration.
The fair values of our investment securities could decline in the future if the underlying performance of the collateral for the residential and commercial mortgage-backed securities or other securities deteriorate and our credit enhancement levels do not provide sufficient protection to our contractual principal and interest. As a result, there is a risk that significant OTTI may occur in the future given the current economic environment.

78


Table of Contents

The table below shows the gross unrealized losses and fair value of debt and perpetual preferred securities in the available-for-sale portfolio by those rated investment grade and those rated less than investment grade, according to their lowest credit rating by Standard & Poor’s Rating Services (S&P) or Moody’s Investors Service (Moody’s). Credit ratings express opinions about the credit quality of a security. Securities rated investment grade, that is those rated BBB– or higher by S&P or Baa3 or higher by Moody’s, are generally considered by the rating agencies and market participants to be low credit risk. Conversely, securities rated below investment grade, labeled as “speculative grade” by the rating agencies, are considered to be distinctively higher credit risk than investment grade securities. We have also included securities not rated by S&P or Moody’s in the table below based on the internal credit grade of the securities (used for credit risk management purposes) equivalent to the credit rating assigned by major credit agencies. There were no unrated securities included in investment grade in a loss position as of September 30, 2009. The unrealized losses and fair value of unrated securities categorized as investment grade were $543 million and $8,091 million as of December 31, 2008. Substantially all of the unrealized losses on unrated securities classified as investment grade as of December 31, 2008, were related to investments in asset-backed securities collateralized by auto leases that appreciated to an unrealized gain position at September 30, 2009, due to spread tightening. If an internal credit grade was not assigned, we categorized the security as non-investment grade.
                 
  
  Investment grade  Non-investment grade 
  Gross      Gross    
  unrealized  Fair  unrealized  Fair 
(in millions) losses  value  losses  value 
  

December 31, 2008

                

Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies

 $          
Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions
  (1,464)  5,028   (56)  157 
Mortgage-backed securities:
                
Federal agencies
  (3)  83       
Residential
  (4,574)  10,045   (143)  153 
Commercial
  (3,863)  6,427   (15)  27 
  
Total mortgage-backed securities
  (8,440)  16,555   (158)  180 
  
Corporate debt securities
  (36)  579   (503)  946 
Collateralized debt obligations
  (478)  373   (92)  22 
Other
  (549)  8,612   (53)  64 
  
Total debt securities
  (10,967)  31,147   (862)  1,369 
Perpetual preferred securities
  (311)  604   (16)  21 
  
Total
 $(11,278)  31,751   (878)  1,390 
  

September 30, 2009

                

Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies

 $(7)  266       
Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions
  (314)  3,343   (97)  329 
Mortgage-backed securities:
                
Federal agencies
            
Residential
  (284)  5,810   (1,463)  7,428 
Commercial
  (1,512)  7,016   (322)  406 
  
Total mortgage-backed securities
  (1,796)  12,826   (1,785)  7,834 
  
Corporate debt securities
  (47)  165   (83)  709 
Collateralized debt obligations
  (92)  367   (290)  449 
Other
  (30)  432   (184)  344 
  
Total debt securities
  (2,286)  17,399   (2,439)  9,665 
Perpetual preferred securities
  (153)  690   (7)  28 
  
Total
 $(2,439)  18,089   (2,446)  9,693 
  
  

79


Table of Contents

Realized Gains and Losses
The following table shows the gross realized gains and losses on sales from the securities available-for-sale portfolio, including marketable equity securities. Realized losses include OTTI write-downs.
                 
  
  Quarter ended Sept. 30,  Nine months ended Sept. 30, 
(in millions) 2009  2008  2009  2008 
  

Gross realized gains

 $378   549   1,088   1,003 
Gross realized losses
  (300)  (948)  (1,018)  (1,175)
  
Net realized gains (losses)
 $78   (399)  70   (172)
  
  
Other-Than-Temporary Impairment
The following table shows the detail of total OTTI related to debt and equity securities available for sale, and nonmarketable equity securities.
         
  
  Sept. 30, 2009 
  Quarter  Nine months 
(in millions) ended  ended 
  

OTTI write-downs (included in earnings)

        
Debt securities
 $273   850 
Equity securities:
        
Marketable equity securities
  4   74 
Nonmarketable equity securities
  119   451 
  
Total equity securities
  123   525 
  
Total OTTI write-downs
 $396   1,375 
  

OTTI on debt securities

        
Recorded as part of gross realized losses:
        
Credit-related OTTI
 $251   821 
Securities we intend to sell
  22   29 
Recorded directly to other comprehensive income for non-credit-related impairment (1)
  41   1,039 
  
Total OTTI on debt securities
 $314   1,889 
  
  
(1) Represents amounts recorded to OCI on debt securities (predominantly residential mortgage-backed securities) in periods OTTI write-downs have been incurred. Changes in fair value in subsequent periods on such securities, to the extent not subsequently impaired in those periods, is not reflected in this balance.
The following table provides detail of OTTI recognized in earnings for debt and equity securities available for sale by major security type.
                 
  
  Quarter ended Sept. 30,  Nine months ended Sept. 30, 
(in millions) 2009  2008  2009  2008 
  

Debt securities:

                
U.S. states and political subdivisions
 $1      6    
Residential mortgage-backed securities
  134   26   526   99 
Commercial mortgage-backed securities
  67   23   78   23 
Corporate debt securities
  5   93   58   124 
Collateralized debt obligations
  25   120   121   124 
Other debt securities
  41      61    
  
Total debt securities
  273   262   850   370 
  

Marketable equity securities:

                
Perpetual preferred securities
  2   594   47   627 
Other marketable equity securities
  2   37   27   98 
  
Total marketable equity securities
  4   631   74   725 
  
Total OTTI losses recognized in earnings
 $277   893   924   1,095 
  
  

80


Table of Contents

Securities that were determined to be credit impaired during the current quarter as opposed to prior quarters, in general have experienced further degradation in expected cash flows primarily due to higher loss forecasts.
Other-Than-Temporarily Impaired Debt Securities
We recognize OTTI for debt securities classified as available for sale in accordance with FASB ASC 320, which requires that we assess whether we intend to sell or it is more likely than not that we will be required to sell a security before recovery of its amortized cost basis less any current-period credit losses. For debt securities that are considered other-than-temporarily impaired and that we do not intend to sell and will not be required to sell prior to recovery of our amortized cost basis, we separate the amount of the impairment into the amount that is credit related (credit loss component) and the amount due to all other factors. The credit loss component is recognized in earnings and is the difference between the security’s amortized cost basis and the present value of its expected future cash flows discounted at the security’s effective yield. The remaining difference between the security’s fair value and the present value of future expected cash flows is due to factors that are not credit related and, therefore, is not required to be recognized as losses in the income statement, but is recognized in OCI. We believe that we will fully collect the carrying value of securities on which we have recorded a non-credit-related impairment in OCI.
The table below presents a roll-forward of the credit loss component recognized in earnings (referred to as “credit-impaired” debt securities). The credit loss component of the amortized cost represents the difference between the present value of expected future cash flows and the amortized cost basis of the security prior to considering credit losses. The beginning balance represents the credit loss component for debt securities for which OTTI occurred prior to January 1, 2009. OTTI recognized in earnings in 2009 for credit-impaired debt securities is presented as additions in two components based upon whether the current period is the first time the debt security was credit-impaired (initial credit impairment) or is not the first time the debt security was credit impaired (subsequent credit impairments). The credit loss component is reduced if we sell, intend to sell or believe we will be required to sell previously credit-impaired debt securities. Additionally, the credit loss component is reduced if we receive or expect to receive cash flows in excess of what we previously expected to receive over the remaining life of the credit-impaired debt security, the security matures or is fully written down. Changes in the credit loss component of credit-impaired debt securities were:
         
  
  Quarter ended  Nine months ended 
(in millions) Sept. 30, 2009  Sept. 30, 2009 
  

Balance, beginning of period

 $1,012   471 
Additions (1):
        
Initial credit impairments
  124   537 
Subsequent credit impairments
  127   284 
Reductions:
        
For securities sold
  (8)  (31)
Due to change in intent to sell or requirement to sell
     (1)
For increases in expected cash flows
     (5)
  
Balance, end of period
 $1,255   1,255 
  
  
(1) Excludes $22 million and $29 million for the quarter and nine months ended September 30, 2009, respectively, of OTTI on debt securities we intend to sell.

81


Table of Contents

For asset-backed securities (e.g., residential mortgage-backed securities), we estimated expected future cash flows of the security by estimating the expected future cash flows of the underlying collateral and applying those collateral cash flows, together with any credit enhancements such as subordinated interests owned by third parties, to the security. The expected future cash flows of the underlying collateral are determined using the remaining contractual cash flows adjusted for future expected credit losses (which considers current delinquencies and nonperforming assets, future expected default rates and collateral value by vintage and geographic region) and prepayments. The expected cash flows of the security are then discounted at the interest rate used to recognize interest income on the security to arrive at a present value amount. The table below presents a summary of the significant inputs considered in determining the measurement of the credit loss component recognized in earnings for residential mortgage-backed securities.
         
  
  Non-agency residential MBS – non-investment grade (1) 
  Quarter ended  Nine months ended 
  September 30, 2009  September 30, 2009 
  

Expected remaining life of loan losses (2):

        
Range (3)
  0 - 57%  0 - 58 
Credit impairment distribution (4):
        
0 - 10% range
  50   54 
10 - 20% range
  9   28 
20 - 30% range
  23   13 
Greater than 30%
  18   5 
Weighted average (5)
  12   12 
Current subordination levels (6):
        
Range (3)
  0 - 44   0 - 44 
Weighted average (5)
  9   8 
Prepayment speed (annual CPR (7)):
        
Range (3)
  5 - 18   5 - 25 
Weighted average (5)
  11   11 
  
(1) Total credit impairment losses in third quarter 2009 were $134 million, of which 96% were recorded on non-investment grade securities. Total credit impairment losses in the first nine months of 2009 were $537 million, of which 96% were recorded on non-investment grade securities.
(2) Represents future expected credit losses on underlying pool of loans expressed as a percentage of total current outstanding loan balance.
(3) Represents the range of inputs/assumptions based upon the individual securities within each category.
(4) Represents distribution of credit impairment losses recognized in earnings categorized based on range of expected remaining life of loan losses. For example, 50% of credit impairment losses recognized in earnings in third quarter 2009 had expected remaining life of loan loss assumptions of 0 to 10%.
(5) Calculated by weighting the relevant input/assumption for each individual security by current outstanding amortized cost basis of the security.
(6) Represents current level of credit protection (subordination) for the securities, expressed as a percentage of total current underlying loan balance.
(7) Constant prepayment rate.

82


Table of Contents

Contractual Maturities
The following table shows the remaining contractual principal maturities and contractual yields of debt securities available for sale. The remaining contractual principal maturities for mortgage-backed securities were determined assuming no prepayments. Remaining expected maturities will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to prepay obligations before the underlying mortgages mature.
                                         
  
          Remaining contractual principal maturity 
      Weighted-          After one year  After five years    
  Total  average  Within one year  through five years  through ten years  After ten years 
(in millions) amount  yield  Amount  Yield  Amount  Yield  Amount  Yield  Amount  Yield 
  

December 31, 2008

                                        

Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies

 $3,249   1.63% $1,720   0.02% $1,120   3.36% $395   3.54% $14   5.05%
Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions
  12,658   6.80   189   5.77   672   6.84   1,040   6.74   10,757   6.82 
Mortgage-backed securities:
                                        
Federal agencies
  66,434   5.87   42   4.24   129   5.03   322   5.73   65,941   5.88 
Residential
  24,830   5.57               47   4.95   24,783   5.57 
Commercial
  8,478   5.32         5   1.57   135   6.13   8,338   5.31 
 
                                   
Total mortgage-backed securities
  99,742   5.75   42   4.24   134   4.91   504   5.76   99,062   5.75 
 
                                   
Corporate debt securities
  6,924   5.15   492   5.00   3,683   4.31   2,231   6.71   518   4.49 
Collateralized debt obligations
  2,085   4.17         90   5.68   1,081   4.81   914   3.26 
Other
  20,775   4.76   53   4.71   7,880   6.75   1,691   3.71   11,151   3.52 
 
                                   

Total debt securities at fair value (1) (2)

 $145,433   5.56% $2,496   1.61% $13,579   5.79% $6,942   5.44% $122,416   5.62%
  

September 30, 2009

                                        

Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies

 $2,496   2.74% $552   0.61% $748  2.27% $1,190   4.01% $6   4.03%
Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions
  13,630   6.57   84   7.48   667   6.94   1,102   6.58   11,777   6.54 
Mortgage-backed securities:
                                        
Federal agencies
  87,503   5.52   16   4.52   68   5.88   494   5.65   86,925   5.52 
Residential
  34,092   5.36   48   4.74   122   0.58   170   5.00   33,752   5.38 
Commercial
  11,264   5.34   83   0.69   85   4.94   200   5.51   10,896   5.38 
 
                                   
Total mortgage-backed securities
  132,859   5.47   147   2.43   275   3.24   864   5.49   131,573   5.47 
 
                                   
Corporate debt securities
  9,202   5.63   531   4.41   4,014   5.55   3,810   6.13   847   4.52 
Collateralized debt obligations
  3,263   2.11   10   6.73   161   5.01   1,454   2.81   1,638   1.17 
Other
  16,459   4.18   755   5.84   7,554   6.17   1,247   3.31   6,903   1.98 
 
                                   

Total debt securities at fair value (1)

 $177,909   5.34% $2,079   3.91% $13,419   5.73% $9,667   5.00% $152,744   5.35%
  
  
(1) The weighted-average yield is computed using the contractual coupon of each security weighted based on the fair value of each security.
(2) Information for December 31, 2008, has been revised to conform the determination of remaining contractual principal maturities and weighted-average yields to the current period methodology.
5. LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES
The major categories of loans outstanding showing those subject to accounting guidance for PCI loans are presented in the following table. Certain loans acquired in the Wachovia acquisition are subject to the measurement provisions contained in the Receivables topic of the Codification for PCI loans. These include loans with credit deterioration since origination and for which it is probable that we will not collect all contractual principal and interest. PCI loans are initially recorded at fair value, and no allowance is carried over or initially recorded. Outstanding balances of all other loans are presented net of unearned income, net deferred loan fees, and unamortized discount and premium totaling $14,350 million at September 30, 2009, and $16,891 million, at December 31, 2008.

83


Table of Contents

                         
  
  Sept. 30, 2009  Dec. 31, 2008 
      All          All    
  PCI  other      PCI  other    
(in millions) loans  loans  Total  loans  loans  Total 
  
Commercial and commercial real estate:
                        
Commercial
 $2,407   167,203   169,610   4,580   197,889   202,469 
Real estate mortgage
  5,950   97,492   103,442   7,762   95,346   103,108 
Real estate construction
  4,250   27,469   31,719   4,503   30,173   34,676 
Lease financing
     14,115   14,115      15,829   15,829 
  
Total commercial and commercial real estate
  12,607   306,279   318,886   16,845   339,237   356,082 
  
Consumer:
                        
Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage
  39,538   193,084   232,622   39,214   208,680   247,894 
Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage
  425   104,113   104,538   728   109,436   110,164 
Credit card
     23,597   23,597      23,555   23,555 
Other revolving credit and installment
     90,027   90,027   151   93,102   93,253 
  
Total consumer
  39,963   410,821   450,784   40,093   434,773   474,866 
  
Foreign
  1,768   28,514   30,282   1,859   32,023   33,882 
  
Total loans
 $54,338   745,614   799,952   58,797   806,033   864,830 
  
  
We pledge loans to secure borrowings from the FHLB and the Federal Reserve Bank as part of our liquidity management strategy. Loans pledged where the secured party does not have the right to sell or repledge totaled $322.2 billion at September 30, 2009, and $337.5 billion at December 31, 2008. We did not have any pledged loans where the secured party has the right to sell or repledge at September 30, 2009, or at December 31, 2008.
We consider a loan to be impaired under the loan impairment provisions contained in FASB ASC 310-10 when, based on current information and events, we determine that we will not be able to collect all amounts due according to the loan contract, including scheduled interest payments. We assess and account for as impaired certain nonaccrual commercial, commercial real estate and foreign loans that are over $5 million and certain consumer, commercial, commercial real estate and foreign loans whose terms have been modified in a troubled debt restructuring (TDR). The recorded investment in impaired loans and the methodology used to measure impairment was:
         
  
  Sept. 30,  Dec. 31, 
(in millions) 2009  2008 
  
Impairment measurement based on:
        
Collateral value method
 $356   88 
Discounted cash flow method (1)
  14,129   3,552 
  
Total (2)
 $14,485   3,640 
  
  
(1) The September 30, 2009, balance includes $444 million of Government National Mortgage Association (GNMA) loans that are insured by the Federal Housing Administration (FHA) or guaranteed by the Department of Veterans Affairs. Although both principal and interest are insured, the insured interest rate may be different than the original contractual interest rate prior to modification, resulting in interest impairment under a discounted cash flow methodology.
(2) Includes $13,973 million and $3,468 million of impaired loans with a related allowance of $2,754 million and $816 million at September 30, 2009, and December 31, 2008, respectively. The remaining impaired loans do not have a related allowance.
The average recorded investment in impaired loans was $12,234 million in third quarter 2009 and $2,944 million in fourth quarter 2008. In the first nine months of 2009, the average recorded investment was $8,790 million.

84


Table of Contents

The allowance for credit losses consists of the allowance for loan losses and the reserve for unfunded credit commitments. Changes in the allowance for credit losses were:
 
                 
  Quarter ended Sept. 30, Nine months ended Sept. 30,
(in millions) 2009  2008  2009  2008 
 
Balance, beginning of period
 $23,530   7,517   21,711   5,518 
Provision for credit losses
  6,111   2,495   15,755   7,535 
Loan charge-offs:
                
Commercial and commercial real estate:
                
Commercial
  (986)  (305)  (2,337)  (897)
Real estate mortgage
  (215)  (9)  (398)  (19)
Real estate construction
  (254)  (36)  (595)  (93)
Lease financing
  (88)  (19)  (173)  (44)
  
Total commercial and commercial real estate
  (1,543)  (369)  (3,503)  (1,053)
  
Consumer:
                
Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage
  (1,015)  (146)  (2,229)  (330)
Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage
  (1,340)  (669)  (3,428)  (1,476)
Credit card
  (691)  (396)  (2,025)  (1,078)
Other revolving credit and installment
  (860)  (586)  (2,562)  (1,617)
  
Total consumer
  (3,906)  (1,797)  (10,244)  (4,501)
  
Foreign
  (71)  (59)  (181)  (185)
  
Total loan charge-offs
  (5,520)  (2,225)  (13,928)  (5,739)
  
Loan recoveries:
                
Commercial and commercial real estate:
                
Commercial
  62   27   153   90 
Real estate mortgage
  6   1   22   4 
Real estate construction
  5      11   2 
Lease financing
  6   3   13   9 
  
Total commercial and commercial real estate
  79   31   199   105 
  
Consumer:
                
Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage
  49   7   114   20 
Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage
  49   28   119   63 
Credit card
  43   35   131   113 
Other revolving credit and installment
  178   117   580   363 
  
Total consumer
  319   187   944   559 
  
Foreign
  11   12   30   40 
  
Total loan recoveries
  409   230   1,173   704 
  
Net loan charge-offs (1)
  (5,111)  (1,995)  (12,755)  (5,035)
  
Allowances related to business combinations/other
  (2)  10   (183)  9 
  
Balance, end of period
 $24,528   8,027   24,528   8,027 
  
Components:
                
Allowance for loan losses
 $24,028   7,865   24,028   7,865 
Reserve for unfunded credit commitments
  500   162   500   162 
  
Allowance for credit losses
 $24,528   8,027   24,528   8,027 
  
Net loan charge-offs (annualized) as a percentage of average total loans (1)
  2.50%  1.96   2.05   1.71 
Allowance for loan losses as a percentage of total loans (2)
  3.00   1.91   3.00   1.91 
Allowance for credit losses as a percentage of total loans (2)
  3.07   1.95   3.07   1.95 
 
(1) For PCI loans charge-offs are only recorded to the extent that losses exceed the purchase accounting estimates.
 
(2) The allowance for loan losses and the allowance for credit losses include $233 million at September 30, 2009, and none for prior periods related to PCI loans acquired from Wachovia. Loans acquired from Wachovia are included in total loans net of related purchase accounting net write-downs.

85


Table of Contents

Purchased Credit-Impaired Loans
PCI loans had an unpaid principal balance of $87.8 billion at September 30, 2009, and $98.4 billion at December 31, 2008 (refined), and a carrying value, excluding allowance for loan losses, of $54.3 billion and $59.4 billion, respectively. The following table provides details on the PCI loans acquired from Wachovia.
     
  
  Dec. 31, 2008 
(in millions) (refined) 
  

Contractually required payments including interest

 $115,161 
Nonaccretable difference (1)
  (45,231)
  
Cash flows expected to be collected (2)
  69,930 
Accretable yield
  (10,492)
  
Fair value of loans acquired
 $59,438 
  
 
  
(1) Includes $40.9 billion in principal cash flows not expected to be collected, $2.0 billion of pre-acquisition charge-offs and $2.3 billion of future interest not expected to be collected.
(2) Represents undiscounted expected principal and interest cash flows.
For PCI loans, the impact of loan modifications is included in the expected cash flows of the quarterly evaluation for subsequent decreases or increases of cash flows. For variable rate loans included in PCI loans, expected future cash flows will be recalculated as the rates adjust over the lives of the loans. At acquisition, the expected future cash flows were based on the variable rates that were in effect at that time. The change in the accretable yield related to PCI loans is presented in the following table.
         
  
  Quarter ended  Nine months ended 
(in millions) Sept. 30, 2009  Sept. 30, 2009 
  

Balance, beginning of period (refined)

 $(9,452)  (10,492)
Accretion
  892   1,952 
Increase in expected cash flows (1)
  (5,663)  (5,683)
  
Balance, end of period
 $(14,223)  (14,223)
  
 
  
(1) Represents increases in interest cash flows due to the impact of modifications incorporated into the quarterly assessment of expected future cash flows and/or changes in interest rates on variable rate loans and amounts reclassified from nonaccretable difference.
Deterioration in expected cash flows for PCI loans subsequent to the acquisition on December 31, 2008, results in the establishment of an allowance, provided for through a charge to income. Charge-offs and improvements in expected losses will reduce the allowance. Changes in the allowance for loan losses for PCI loans are presented in the following table.
                 
  
  Commercial,          
  CRE and  Other       
(in millions) foreign  consumer  Pick-a-Pay  Total 
  

Balance at December 31, 2008

 $          
Provision for losses due to credit deterioration
  580         580 
Charge-offs
  (347)        (347)
  
Balance at September 30, 2009
 $233         233 
  
 
  

86


Table of Contents

In third quarter 2009, we recorded $409 million of provision for credit losses for deterioration in Wachovia’s PCI loan portfolio that occurred subsequent to the December 31, 2008, acquisition. This included net charge-offs of $225 million in third quarter 2009 and an addition of $184 million to the allowance for loan losses for PCI loans at September 30, 2009. This allowance is included in the allowance for loan losses.
6. OTHER ASSETS
The components of other assets were:
         
 
  Sept. 30,  Dec. 31, 
(in millions) 2009  2008 
 
Nonmarketable equity investments:
        
Cost method:
        
Private equity investments
 $2,771   3,040 
Federal bank stock
  6,163   6,106 
  
Total cost method
  8,934   9,146 
Equity method
  5,978   6,358 
Principal investments (1)
  1,264   1,278 
  
Total nonmarketable equity investments (2)
  16,176   16,782 
Corporate/bank-owned life insurance
  19,387   18,339 
Operating lease assets
  2,556   2,251 
Accounts receivable
  18,610   22,493 
Interest receivable
  4,705   5,746 
Core deposit intangibles
  10,961   11,999 
Customer relationship and other intangibles
  2,519   3,516 
Net deferred tax assets
  4,091   13,864 
Foreclosed assets:
        
GNMA loans (3)
  840   667 
Other
  1,687   1,526 
Due from customers on acceptances
  931   615 
Other
  16,364   12,003 
  
Total other assets
 $98,827   109,801 
  
 
 
(1) Principal investments are recorded at fair value with realized and unrealized gains (losses) included in net gains (losses) from equity investments in the income statement.
(2) Certain amounts in the above table have been reclassified to conform to the current presentation.
(3) Consistent with regulatory reporting requirements, foreclosed assets include foreclosed real estate securing GNMA loans. Both principal and interest for GNMA loans secured by the foreclosed real estate are collectible because the GNMA loans are insured by the Federal Housing Administration or guaranteed by the Department of Veterans Affairs.
Income related to nonmarketable equity investments was:
                 
 
  Quarter ended Sept. 30,  Nine months ended Sept. 30, 
(in millions) 2009 2008 2009 2008 
 
Net gains (losses) from private equity investments (1)
 $ (95)  (24)  (386) 340 
Net gains (losses) from principal investments
   6      (9)  
Net gains (losses) from all other nonmarketable equity investments
   (37)  26   (180) 36 
  
Net gains (losses) from nonmarketable equity investments
 $ (126)  2   (575) 376 
  
 
 
(1) Net gains in 2008 include $334 million gain from our ownership in Visa, which completed its initial public offering in March 2008.

87


Table of Contents

7. SECURITIZATIONS AND VARIABLE INTEREST ENTITIES
Involvement with SPEs
We enter into various types of on- and off-balance sheet transactions with special purpose entities (SPEs) in the normal course of business. SPEs are corporations, trusts or partnerships that are established for a limited purpose. We use SPEs to create sources of financing, liquidity and regulatory capital capacity for the Company, as well as sources of financing and liquidity, and investment products for our clients. Our use of SPEs generally consists of various securitization activities with SPEs whereby financial assets are transferred to an SPE and repackaged as securities or similar interests that are sold to investors. In connection with our securitization activities, we have various forms of ongoing involvement with SPEs, which may include:
 underwriting securities issued by SPEs and subsequently making markets in those securities;
 providing liquidity facilities to support short-term obligations of SPEs issued to third party investors;
 providing credit enhancement on securities issued by SPEs or market value guarantees of assets held by SPEs through the use of letters of credit, financial guarantees, credit default swaps and total return swaps;
 entering into other derivative contracts with SPEs;
 holding senior or subordinated interests in SPEs;
 acting as servicer or investment manager for SPEs; and
 providing administrative or trustee services to SPEs.
The SPEs we use are primarily either qualifying SPEs (QSPEs), which are not consolidated if the criteria described below are met, or variable interest entities (VIEs). To qualify as a QSPE, an entity must be passive and must adhere to significant limitations on the types of assets and derivative instruments it may own and the extent of activities and decision making in which it may engage. For example, a QSPE’s activities are generally limited to purchasing assets, passing along the cash flows of those assets to its investors, servicing its assets and, in certain transactions, issuing liabilities. Among other restrictions on a QSPE’s activities, a QSPE may not actively manage its assets through discretionary sales or modifications.
A VIE is an entity that has either a total equity investment that is insufficient to permit the entity to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support or whose equity investors lack the characteristics of a controlling financial interest. A VIE is consolidated by its primary beneficiary, which, under current accounting standards, is the entity that, through its variable interests, absorbs the majority of a VIE’s variability. A variable interest is a contractual, ownership or other interest that changes with changes in the fair value of the VIE’s net assets.

88


Table of Contents

The classifications of assets and liabilities on our balance sheet associated with our transactions with QSPEs and VIEs follow:
                     
  
              Transfers that    
      VIEs that we  VIEs  we account    
      do not  that we  for as secured    
(in millions) QSPEs  consolidate(1)  consolidate  borrowings  Total 
 
December 31, 2008
                    
Cash
 $    117  287  404 
Trading account assets
  1,261   5,241   71   141   6,714 
Securities (2)
  18,078   15,168   922   6,094   40,262 
Mortgages held for sale
  56            56 
Loans (3)
     16,882   217   4,126   21,225 
Mortgage servicing rights (4)
  15,146            15,146 
Other assets
  345   5,022   2,416   55   7,838 
  
Total assets
  34,886   42,313   3,743   10,703   91,645 
  
Short-term borrowings
        307   1,440   1,747 
Accrued expenses and other liabilities
  528   1,976   330   26   2,860 
Long-term debt
        1,773   7,125   8,898 
Noncontrolling interests
        121      121 
  
Total liabilities and noncontrolling interests
 528   1,976   2,531   8,591   13,626 
  
Net assets
 $34,358  40,337  1,212  2,112  78,019 
  
September 30, 2009
                    
Cash
 $    179  321  500 
Trading account assets
  903   5,215   77   89   6,284 
Securities (2)
  18,673   14,571   1,316   6,932   41,492 
Mortgages held for sale
               
Loans (3)
     16,455    582   2,785   19,822 
Mortgage servicing rights
  14,906   7         14,913 
Other assets
  235   5,658   2,578   63   8,534 
  
Total assets
  34,717   41,906   4,732   10,190   91,545 
  
Short-term borrowings
        399   2,128   2,527 
Accrued expenses and other liabilities
  1,014   2,997   670   4,440   9,121 
Long-term debt
        1,407   2,644   4,051 
Noncontrolling interests
        76      76 
  
Total liabilities and noncontrolling interests
 1,014   2,997   2,552   9,212   15,775 
  
Net assets
 $33,703  38,909  2,180  978  75,770 
  
  
(1) Reverse repurchase agreements of $537 million are included in other assets at September 30, 2009. These instruments were included in loans at December 31, 2008, in the amount of $349 million.
(2) Excludes certain debt securities related to loans serviced for the Federal National Mortgage Association (FNMA), Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (FHLMC) and GNMA.
 
(3) Excludes related allowance for loan losses.
 
(4) For December 31, 2008, the balance related to QSPEs involving mortgage servicing rights has been revised to reflect current information.
The following disclosures regarding our significant continuing involvement with QSPEs and unconsolidated VIEs exclude entities where our only involvement is in the form of: (1) investments in trading securities, (2) investments in securities or loans underwritten by third parties, (3) certain derivatives such as interest rate swaps or cross currency swaps that have customary terms, and (4) administrative or trustee services. We determined these forms of involvement to be insignificant due to the temporary nature and size as well as our lack of involvement in the design or operations of VIEs or QSPEs.

89


Table of Contents

Transactions with QSPEs
We use QSPEs to securitize consumer and commercial real estate loans and other types of financial assets, including student loans, auto loans and municipal bonds. We typically retain the servicing rights from these sales and may continue to hold other beneficial interests in QSPEs. We may also provide liquidity to investors in the beneficial interests and credit enhancements in the form of standby letters of credit. Through these securitizations we may be exposed to liability under limited amounts of recourse as well as standard representations and warranties we make to purchasers and issuers. The amount recorded for this liability is included in other commitments and guarantees in the following table.
A summary of our involvements with QSPEs follows:
                         
  
                  Other    
  Total  Debt and          commitments    
  QSPE  equity  Servicing      and  Net 
(in millions) assets (1)  interests (2)  assets  Derivatives  guarantees  assets 
  
        
December 31, 2008     Carrying value — asset (liability)
       
Residential mortgage loan securitizations (3):
                        
Conforming (4) and GNMA
 $1,008,824  10,207  11,715     (426) 21,496 
Other/nonconforming
  313,447   7,262   2,276   30   (85)  9,483 
Commercial mortgage securitizations
  355,267   1,452   1,098   524   (14)  3,060 
Auto loan securitizations
  4,133   72      43      115 
Student loan securitizations
  2,765   76   57         133 
Other
  11,877   74      (3)     71 
  
Total
 $1,696,313  19,143  15,146  594  (525)  34,358 
  
                         
      Maximum exposure to loss 

Residential mortgage loan securitizations (3):

                        
Conforming (4) and GNMA
     $10,207  11,715    647  22,569 
Other/nonconforming
      7,262   2,276   300   71   9,909 
Commercial mortgage securitizations
      1,452   1,098   524   3,302   6,376 
Auto loan securitizations
      72      43      115 
Student loan securitizations
      76   57         133 
Other
      74      1,465   37   1,576 
  
Total
     $19,143  15,146  2,332  4,057  40,678 
  
                         
September 30, 2009     Carrying value – asset (liability) 

Residential mortgage loan securitizations:

                        
Conforming (4) and GNMA
 $1,116,937  9,685  12,298     (738) 21,245 
Other/nonconforming
  280,304   7,627   1,691   17   (44)  9,291 
Commercial mortgage securitizations
  384,716   1,691   865   299   (20)  2,835 
Auto loan securitizations
  2,723   131      26      157 
Student loan securitizations
  2,675   115   52         167 
Other
  8,854   8            8 
  
Total
 $1,796,209  19,257  14,906  342  (802) 33,703 
  
                         
      Maximum exposure to loss 

Residential mortgage loan securitizations:

                        
Conforming (4) and GNMA
     $9,685  12,298    1,511  23,494 
Other/nonconforming
      7,627   1,691   231   44   9,593 
Commercial mortgage securitizations
      1,691   865   555   3,230   6,341 
Auto loan securitizations
      131      26      157 
Student loan securitizations
      115   52         167 
Other
      8         36   44 
  
Total
     $19,257  14,906  812  4,821  39,796 
  
  
(1) Represents the remaining principal balance of assets held by QSPEs using the most current information available.
(2) Excludes certain debt securities held related to loans serviced for FNMA, FHLMC and GNMA.
(3) For December 31, 2008, certain balances related to QSPEs involving residential mortgage loan securitizations have been revised to reflect current information.
(4) Conforming residential mortgage loan securitizations are those that are guaranteed by government-sponsored entities (GSEs).

90


Table of Contents

“Maximum exposure to loss” represents the carrying value of our involvement with off-balance sheet QSPEs plus remaining undrawn liquidity and lending commitments, notional amount of net written derivative contracts, and notional amount of other commitments and guarantees. Maximum exposure to loss is a required disclosure under GAAP and represents the estimated loss that would be incurred under an assumed hypothetical circumstance, despite what we believe is its extremely remote possibility, where the value of our interests and any associated collateral declines to zero, without any consideration of recovery or offset from any economic hedges. Accordingly, this required disclosure is not an indication of expected loss.
We recognized net losses of $1 million from sales of financial assets in securitizations in the first nine months of 2009, with net gains of $4 million in third quarter 2009. Additionally, we had the following cash flows with our securitization trusts.
 
                 
  Quarter ended Sept. 30, 2009  Nine months ended Sept. 30, 2009 
      Other      Other 
  Mortgage  financial  Mortgage  financial 
(in millions) loans  assets  loans  assets 
 
 
Sales proceeds from securitizations (1)
 $103,033     304,378   
Servicing fees
  1,079   10   3,163   33 
Other interests held
  565   74   1,728   190 
Purchases of delinquent assets
  13      37    
Net servicing advances
  70      199    
  
(1) Represents cash flow data for all loans securitized in the periods presented.
For securitizations completed in third quarter 2009, we used the following assumptions to determine the fair value of mortgage servicing rights at the date of securitization: a prepayment speed (annual constant prepayment rate) of 11.5%, life of 6.3 years and a discount rate of 8.3%.

91


Table of Contents

Key economic assumptions and the sensitivity of the current fair value to immediate adverse changes in those assumptions at September 30, 2009, for residential and commercial mortgage servicing rights, and other interests held related primarily to residential mortgage loan securitizations are presented in the following table.
                 
 
      Other interests held (1) 
  Mortgage  Interest-       
  servicing  only  Subordinated  Senior 
(in millions) rights  strips  bonds (2)  bonds (3) 
 
Fair value of interests held
 $15,777  514  598  6,348 
Expected weighted-average life (in years)
  5.4   5.0   4.4   6.5 
Prepayment speed assumption (annual CPR)
  14.5%  13.7  9.8  8.8
Decrease in fair value from:
                
10% adverse change
 $715  16  2  34 
25% adverse change
  1,676   37   6   90 
 
Discount rate assumption
  8.8%  20.5  14.0  8.5
Decrease in fair value from:
                
100 basis point increase
 $688  14  18  246 
200 basis point increase
  1,320   26   35   468 
 
Credit loss assumption
          6.2%  4.8
Decrease in fair value from:
                
10% higher losses
         22  8 
25% higher losses
          40   20 
  
(1) Excludes securities retained in securitizations issued through GSEs such as FNMA, FHLMC and GNMA because we do not believe the value of these securities would be materially affected by the adverse changes in assumptions noted in the table. These GSE securities and other interests held presented in this table are included in debt and equity interests in our disclosure of our involvements with QSPEs shown on page 90.
(2) Subordinated interests include only those bonds whose credit rating was below AAA by a major rating agency at issuance.
(3) Senior interests include only those bonds whose credit rating was AAA by a major rating agency at issuance.
The sensitivities in the table above are hypothetical and caution should be exercised when relying on this data. Changes in fair value based on variations in assumptions generally cannot be extrapolated because the relationship of the change in the assumption to the change in fair value may not be linear. Also, the effect of a variation in a particular assumption on the fair value of the other interests held is calculated independently without changing any other assumptions. In reality, changes in one factor may result in changes in others (for example, changes in prepayment speed estimates could result in changes in the discount rates), which might magnify or counteract the sensitivities.

92


Table of Contents

The table below presents information about the principal balances of owned and securitized loans.
                     
 
                  Net charge-offs 
  Total loans (1)  Delinquent loans (2) (3)  (recoveries) (3) 
  Sept. 30,  Dec. 31,  Sept. 30,  Dec. 31,  Nine months ended 
(in millions) 2009  2008  2009  2008  Sept. 30, 2009 
 
Commercial and commercial real estate:
                    
Commercial
 $170,598   204,113   5,078  1,471  2,184 
Real estate mortgage
  326,190   310,480   9,703   1,058   559 
Real estate construction
  31,719   34,676   3,641   1,221   584 
Lease financing
  14,115   15,829   157   92   160 
  
Total commercial and commercial real estate
  542,622   565,098   18,579   3,842   3,487 
  
Consumer:
                    
Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage
  1,273,320   1,165,456   16,529   6,849   3,050 
Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage
  108,002   115,308   2,541   1,421   3,325 
Credit card
  23,597   23,555   683   687   1,894 
Other revolving credit and installment
  100,449   104,886   1,574   1,427   2,070 
  
Total consumer
  1,505,368   1,409,205   21,327   10,384   10,339 
  
Foreign
  30,282   33,882   220   91   151 
  
Total loans owned and securitized
  2,078,272   2,008,185  40,126   14,317   13,977 
  
Less:
                    
Securitized loans
  1,236,936   1,117,039             
Mortgages held for sale
  35,538   20,088             
Loans held for sale
  5,846   6,228             
 
                  
Total loans held
 $799,952   864,830             
 
                  
 
(1) Represents loans in the balance sheet or that have been securitized and includes residential mortgages sold to FNMA, FHLMC and GNMA and securitizations where servicing is our only form of continuing involvement.
 
(2) Delinquent loans are 90 days or more past due and still accruing interest as well as nonaccrual loans.
 
(3) Delinquent loans and net charge-offs exclude loans sold to FNMA, FHLMC and GNMA. We continue to service the loans and would only experience a loss if required to repurchase a delinquent loan due to a breach in original representations and warranties associated with our underwriting standards.
Transactions with VIEs
Our transactions with VIEs include securitization, investment and financing activities involving collateralized debt obligations (CDOs) backed by asset-backed and commercial real estate securities, collateralized loan obligations (CLOs) backed by corporate loans or bonds, and other types of structured financing. We have various forms of involvement with VIEs, including holding senior or subordinated interests, entering into liquidity arrangements, credit default swaps and other derivative contracts. These involvements with unconsolidated VIEs are recorded on our balance sheet primarily in trading assets, securities available for sale, loans, mortgage servicing rights, other assets and other liabilities, as appropriate.

93


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes our involvement with unconsolidated VIEs.
 
                     
      Loans,           
      debt      Other    
  Total  securities      commitments    
  VIE  and equity      and  Net 
(in millions) assets (1)  interests  Derivatives  guarantees  assets 
 
December 31, 2008     Carrying value — asset (liability)
       
Collateralized debt obligations (2)
 $54,294  14,080  1,053     15,133 
Wachovia administered ABCP conduit
  10,767             
Asset-based finance structures
  11,614   9,232   (136)     9,096 
Tax credit structures
  22,882   4,366      (516)  3,850 
Collateralized loan obligations
  23,339   3,217   109      3,326 
Investment funds
  105,808   3,543         3,543 
Credit-linked note structures
  12,993   50   1,472      1,522 
Money market funds
  31,843   50   10      60 
Other (3)
  1,832   3,983   (36)  (141)  3,806 
  
Total
 $275,372   38,521   2,472   (657)  40,336 
  
      Maximum exposure to loss 
       
Collateralized debt obligations
     $14,080  4,849  1,514  20,443 
Wachovia administered ABCP conduit
         15,824      15,824 
Asset-based finance structures
      9,346   136      9,482 
Tax credit structures
      4,366      560   4,926 
Collateralized loan obligations
      3,217   109   555   3,881 
Investment funds
      3,550      140   3,690 
Credit-linked note structures
      50   2,253      2,303 
Money market funds
      50   51      101 
Other (3)
      3,991   130   578   4,699 
  
Total
     $38,650  23,352  3,347   65,349 
  
September 30, 2009     Carrying value — asset (liability)
       
Collateralized debt obligations
 $58,280  13,890  1,393    (1,083) 14,200 
Wachovia administered ABCP conduit
  6,536            - 
Asset-based finance structures
  18,366   10,512   (68)     10,444 
Tax credit structures
  27,636   4,497      (660)  3,837 
Collateralized loan obligations
  22,531   3,586   82      3,668 
Investment funds
  87,132   2,089         2,089 
Credit-linked note structures
  1,846   38   1,078      1,116 
Money market funds (4)
  7,469      (9)     (9)
Other (3)
  8,056   3,609      (45)  3,564 
  
Total
 $237,852  38,221  2,476   (1,788) 38,909 
  
      Maximum exposure to loss 
       
Collateralized debt obligations
     $13,890  3,620  33   17,543
Wachovia administered ABCP conduit
         6,667      6,667 
Asset-based finance structures
      10,512   68   446   11,026 
Tax credit structures
      4,497      9   4,506 
Collateralized loan obligations
      3,586   82   486   4,154 
Investment funds
      2,089   500   108   2,697 
Credit-linked note structures
      38   1,846      1,884 
Money market funds (4)
         39   2    41 
Other (3)
      3,609   2   210   3,821 
  
Total
     $38,221  12,824  1,294  52,339 
  
 
(1) Represents the remaining principal balance of assets held by unconsolidated VIEs using the most current information available. For VIEs that obtain exposure to assets synthetically through derivative instruments, the remaining notional amount of the derivative is included in the asset balance.
 
(2) For December 31, 2008, the total VIE assets for VIEs involving CDOs have been revised to reflect current information.
 
(3) Contains investments in auction rate securities issued by VIEs that we do not sponsor and, accordingly, are unable to obtain the total assets of the entity.
 
(4) Excludes previously supported money market funds, to which the Company no longer provides non-contractual financial support.

94


Table of Contents

“Maximum exposure to loss” represents the carrying value of our involvement with off-balance sheet (unconsolidated) VIEs plus remaining undrawn liquidity and lending commitments, notional amount of net written derivative contracts, and notional amount of other commitments and guarantees. Maximum exposure to loss is a required disclosure under GAAP and represents the estimated loss that would be incurred under an assumed, although we believe extremely remote, hypothetical circumstance, where the value of our interests and any associated collateral declines to zero, without any consideration of recovery or offset from any economic hedges. Accordingly, this required disclosure is not an indication of expected loss.
Collateralized debt obligations and collateralized loan obligations
A CDO or CLO is a securitization where an SPE purchases a pool of assets consisting of asset-backed securities or loans and issues multiple tranches of equity or notes to investors. In some transactions a portion of the assets are obtained synthetically through the use of derivatives such as credit default swaps or total return swaps. Generally, CDOs and CLOs are structured on behalf of a third party asset manager that typically selects and manages the assets for the term of the CDO or CLO. Typically, the asset manager has some discretion to manage the sale of assets of, or derivatives used by the CDOs and CLOs.
Prior to the securitization, we may provide all or substantially all of the warehouse financing to the asset manager. The asset manager uses this financing to purchase the assets into a bankruptcy remote SPE during the warehouse period. At the completion of the warehouse period, the assets are sold to the CDO or CLO and the warehouse financing is repaid with the proceeds received from the securitization’s investors. The warehousing period is generally less than 12 months in duration. In the event the securitization does not take place, the assets in the warehouse are liquidated. We consolidate the warehouse SPEs when we are the primary beneficiary. We are the primary beneficiary when we provide substantially all of the financing and therefore absorb the majority of the variability. Sometimes we have loss sharing arrangements whereby a third party asset manager agrees to absorb the credit and market risk during the warehousing period or upon liquidation of the collateral in the event a securitization does not take place. In those circumstances we do not consolidate the warehouse SPE because the third party asset manager absorbs the majority of the variability through the loss sharing arrangement.
In addition to our role as arranger and warehouse financing provider, we may have other forms of involvement with these transactions. Such involvements may include underwriter, liquidity provider, derivative counterparty, secondary market maker or investor. For certain transactions, we may also act as the collateral manager or servicer. We receive fees in connection with our role as collateral manager or servicer. We also earn fees for arranging these transactions and distributing the securities.
We assess whether we are the primary beneficiary of CDOs and CLOs at inception of the transactions based on our expectation of the variability associated with our continuing involvement. Subsequently, we monitor our ongoing involvement in these transactions to determine if a more frequent assessment of variability is necessary. Variability in these transactions may be created by credit risk, market risk, interest rate risk or liquidity risk associated with the CDO’s or CLO’s assets. Our assessment of the variability is performed qualitatively because our continuing involvement is typically senior in priority to the third party investors in transactions. In most cases, we are not the primary beneficiary of these transactions because we do not retain the subordinate interests in these transactions and, accordingly, do not absorb the majority of the variability.
Multi-seller commercial paper conduit
We administer a multi-seller asset-backed commercial paper (ABCP) conduit that arranges financing for certain client transactions. We acquired the relationship with this conduit in the Wachovia merger. This conduit is a bankruptcy remote entity that makes loans to, or purchases certificated interests from SPEs established by our clients (sellers) and which are secured by pools of financial assets. The conduit funds

95


Table of Contents

itself through the issuance of highly rated commercial paper to third party investors. The primary source of repayment of the commercial paper is the cash flows from the conduit’s assets or the re-issuance of commercial paper upon maturity. The conduit’s assets are structured with deal-specific credit enhancements generally in the form of overcollateralization provided by the seller, but also may include subordinated interests, cash reserve accounts, third party credit support facilities and excess spread capture. The weighted average life of the conduit’s assets was 2.4 years at September 30, 2009, and 3.0 years at December 31, 2008.
The composition of the conduit’s assets follows:
                 
 
  Sept. 30, 2009  Dec. 31, 2008 
  Funded  Total  Funded  Total 
  asset  committed  asset  committed 
  composition  exposure  composition  exposure 
 
 
                
Auto loans
  22.3 %  21.9   34.1   26.7 
Commercial and middle market loans
  50.2   46.0   27.6   32.6 
Equipment loans
  17.5   15.4   14.4   11.4 
Trade receivables
  4.3   10.8   8.8   10.9 
Credit cards
  0.4   2.2   7.0   7.9 
Leases
  2.7   1.9   6.1   7.0 
Other
  2.6   1.8   2.0   3.5 
  
Total
  100.0 %  100.0   100.0   100.0 
  
  
The table below summarizes the weighted-average credit rating equivalents of the conduit’s assets. These ratings are based on internal rating criteria.
                 
 
  Sept. 30, 2009  Dec. 31, 2008 
  Funded  Total  Funded  Total 
  asset  committed  asset  committed 
  composition  exposure  composition  exposure 
 
 
                
AAA
  0.4%  2.2   9.4   10.4 
AA
  8.5   7.3   8.3   11.7 
A
  47.3   55.4   52.2   51.5 
BBB/BB/B
  43.8   35.1   30.1   26.4 
  
Total
  100.0%  100.0   100.0   100.0 
  
  
The timely repayment of the commercial paper is further supported by asset-specific liquidity facilities in the form of asset purchase agreements that we provide. Each facility is equal to 102% of the conduit’s funding commitments to a client. The aggregate amount of liquidity must be equal to or greater than all the commercial paper issued by the conduit. At the discretion of the administrator, we may be required to purchase assets from the conduit at par value plus interest, including situations where the conduit is unable to issue commercial paper. Par value may be different from fair value.
We receive fees in connection with our role as administrator and liquidity provider. We may also receive fees related to the structuring of the conduit’s transactions.
The weighted-average life of the commercial paper was 27.8 days at September 30, 2009, and the average yield on the commercial paper was 0.54%. The ability of the conduit to issue commercial paper is a function of general market conditions and the credit rating of the liquidity provider. At September 30, 2009, we did not hold any of the commercial paper issued by the conduit.
The conduit has issued a subordinated note to a third party investor. The subordinated note is designed to absorb the expected variability associated with the credit risk in the conduit’s assets as well as assets that

96


Table of Contents

may be funded by us as a result of a purchase under the provisions of the liquidity purchase agreements. Actual credit losses incurred on the conduit’s assets or assets purchased under the liquidity facilities are absorbed first by the subordinated note prior to any allocation to us as the liquidity provider. At September 30, 2009, the balance of the subordinated note was $60 million and it matures in 2017.
At least quarterly, or more often if circumstances dictate, we assess whether we are the primary beneficiary of the conduit based on our expectation of the variability associated with our liquidity facility and administrative fee arrangement. Such circumstances may include changes to deal-specific liquidity arrangements, changes to the terms of the conduit’s assets or the purchase of the conduit’s commercial paper. We assess variability using a quantitative expected loss model. The key inputs to the model include internally generated risk ratings that are mapped to third party rating agency loss-given-default assumptions. We do not consolidate the conduit because our expected loss model indicates that the holder of the subordinated note absorbs the majority of the variability of the conduit’s assets.
Asset-based finance structures
We engage in various forms of structured finance arrangements with VIEs that are collateralized by various asset classes including energy contracts, auto and other transportation leases, intellectual property, equipment and general corporate credit. We typically provide senior financing, and may act as an interest rate swap or commodity derivative counterparty when necessary. In most cases, we are not the primary beneficiary of these structures because we do not retain a majority of the variability in these transactions.
For example, we had investments in asset-backed securities that were collateralized by auto leases and cash reserves. These fixed-rate securities have been structured as single-tranche, fully amortizing, unrated bonds that are equivalent to investment-grade securities due to their significant overcollateralization. The securities are issued by SPEs that have been formed and sponsored by third party auto financing institutions primarily because they require a source of liquidity to fund ongoing vehicle sales operations.
Tax credit structures
We make passive investments in affordable housing and sustainable energy projects that are designed to generate a return primarily through the realization of federal tax credits. In some instances, our investments in these structures may require that we fund future capital commitments at the discretion of the project sponsors. While the size of our investment in a single entity may at times exceed 50% of the outstanding equity interests, we do not consolidate these structures due to performance guarantees provided by the project sponsors giving them a majority of the variability.
Investment funds
At September 30, 2009, we had investments of $1.0 billion and lending arrangements of $537 million with certain funds managed by one of our majority owned subsidiaries compared with investments of $2.1 billion and lending arrangements of $349 million at December 31, 2008. In addition, we also provide a default protection agreement to a third party lender to one of these funds. Our involvements in these funds are either senior or of equal priority to third party investors. We do not consolidate the investment funds because we do not absorb the majority of the expected future variability associated with the funds’ assets, including variability associated with credit, interest rate and liquidity risks.
We are also a passive investor in various investment funds that invest directly in private equity and mezzanine securities as well as funds sponsored by select private equity and venture capital groups. We also invest in hedge funds on behalf of clients. In these transactions, we use various derivative contracts that are designed to provide our clients with the returns of the underlying hedge fund investments. We do not consolidate these funds because we do not hold a majority of the subordinate interests in these funds.

97


Table of Contents

Money market funds
We entered into a capital support agreement in first quarter 2008 for up to $130 million related to an investment in a structured investment vehicle (SIV) held by our AAA-rated non-government money market funds. We entered into this agreement in order to maintain a AAA credit rating and a net asset value of $1.00 for the funds. In third quarter 2008, we fulfilled our obligation under this agreement by purchasing the SIV investment from the funds. At September 30, 2009, we had remaining outstanding support agreements of $41 million to certain other funds to support the value of certain investments held by those funds. We recorded a loss of $50 million in the first nine months of 2009 and a liability of $9 million at September 30, 2009, in connection with support agreements. We do not consolidate these funds because we do not absorb the majority of the expected future variability associated with the fund’s assets. We are generally not responsible for investment losses incurred by our funds, and we do not have a contractual or implicit obligation to indemnify such losses or provide additional support to the funds. While we elected to enter into the capital support agreements for the funds, we are not obligated and may elect not to provide additional support to these funds or other funds in the future. In addition, in third quarter 2009, we purchased additional SIV investments from the AAA-rated non-government money market funds at an amortized cost of $38 million which, upon recording at fair value, resulted in a loss of $21 million. At September 30, 2009, the SIV investments were recorded as debt securities in our securities available-for-sale portfolio.
Credit-linked note structures
We enter into credit-linked note structures for two separate purposes. First and primarily, we structure transactions for clients designed to provide investors with specified returns based on the returns of an underlying security, loan or index. Second, in certain situations, we also use credit-linked note structures to reduce risk-weighted assets for determining regulatory capital ratios by structuring similar transactions that are indexed to the returns of a pool of underlying loans that we own. These transactions reduce our risk-weighted assets because they transfer a portion of the credit risk in the indexed pool of loans to the holders of the credit-linked notes. Both of these types of transactions result in the issuance of credit-linked notes and typically involve a bankruptcy remote SPE that synthetically obtains exposure to the underlying loans through a derivative instrument such as a written credit default swap or total return swap. The SPE issues notes to investors based on the referenced underlying securities or loans. Proceeds received from the issuance of these notes are usually invested in investment grade financial assets. We are typically the derivative counterparty to these transactions and administrator responsible for investing the note proceeds. We do not consolidate these SPEs because we typically do not hold any of the notes that they issue.
Other transactions with VIEs
In August 2008, Wachovia reached an agreement to purchase at par auction rate securities (ARS) that were sold to third party investors by two of its subsidiaries. ARS are debt instruments with long-term maturities, but which reprice more frequently. Certain of these securities were issued by VIEs. At September 30, 2009, we held in our securities available-for-sale portfolio $3.1 billion of ARS issued by VIEs that we redeemed pursuant to this agreement, compared with $3.7 billion at December 31, 2008. At December 31, 2008, we had a liability on our balance sheet of $91 million for additional losses on anticipated future redemptions of ARS issued by VIEs. We did not have a liability related to this event at September 30, 2009. Were we to redeem all remaining ARS issued by VIEs that are subject to the agreement, our estimated maximum exposure to loss would have been $620 million at December 31, 2008; however, certain of these securities may be repaid in full by the issuer prior to redemption. We do not consolidate the VIEs that issued the ARS because we do not expect to absorb the majority of the expected future variability associated with the VIEs’ assets.

98


Table of Contents

Trust preferred securities
In addition to the involvements disclosed in the following table, we had $18.9 billion of debt financing through the issuance of trust preferred securities at September 30, 2009. In these transactions, VIEs that we wholly own issue preferred equity or debt securities to third party investors. All of the proceeds of the issuance are invested in debt securities that we issue to the VIEs. In certain instances, we may provide liquidity to third party investors that purchase long-term securities that reprice frequently issued by VIEs. The VIEs’ operations and cash flows relate only to the issuance, administration and repayment of the securities held by third parties. We do not consolidate these VIEs because the VIEs’ sole assets are receivables from us. This is the case even though we own all of the VIEs’ voting equity shares, have fully guaranteed the VIEs’ obligations and may have the right to redeem the third party securities under certain circumstances. We report the debt securities that we issue to the VIEs as long-term debt in our consolidated balance sheet.
A summary of our transactions with VIEs accounted for as secured borrowings and involvements with consolidated VIEs follows:
                 
 
      Carrying value (1) 
  Total      Third    
  VIE  Consolidated  party  Noncontrolling 
(in millions) assets  assets  liabilities  interests 
 
 
                
December 31, 2008
                
 
                
Secured borrowings:
                
Municipal tender option bond securitizations
 $6,358  6,280  4,765   
Auto loan securitizations
  2,134   2,134   1,869    
Commercial real estate loans
  1,294   1,294   1,258    
Residential mortgage securitizations
  1,124   995   699    
 
Total secured borrowings
  10,910   10,703   8,591    
Consolidated VIEs:
                
Structured asset finance
  3,491   1,666   1,481   13 
Investment funds
  1,119   1,070   155   97 
Other
  1,007   1,007   774   11 
 
Total consolidated VIEs
  5,617   3,743   2,410   121 
 
Total secured borrowings and consolidated VIEs
 $16,527  14,446  11,001  121 
 
 
                
September 30, 2009
                
 
                
Secured borrowings:
                
Municipal tender option bond securitizations
 $7,197  7,045  6,565   
Auto loan securitizations
  1,005   1,005   801    
Commercial real estate loans
  1,309   1,309   1,267    
Residential mortgage securitizations
  944   831   579    
 
Total secured borrowings
  10,455   10,190   9,212    
Consolidated VIEs:
                
Structured asset finance
  2,839   1,106   1,112   15 
Investment funds
  2,117   2,109   265   45 
Other
  1,809   1,517   1,099   16 
 
Total consolidated VIEs
  6,765   4,732   2,476   76 
 
Total secured borrowings and consolidated VIEs
 $17,220  14,922  11,688  76 
 
  
(1) Amounts exclude loan loss reserves, and total assets may differ from consolidated assets due to the different measurement methods used depending on the assets’ classifications.
We have raised financing through the securitization of certain financial assets in transactions with VIEs accounted for as secured borrowings. We also consolidate VIEs where we are the primary beneficiary. In certain transactions we provide contractual support in the form of limited recourse and liquidity to facilitate the remarketing of short-term securities issued to third party investors. Other than this limited

99


Table of Contents

contractual support, the assets of the VIEs are the sole source of repayment of the securities held by third parties.
In addition, we have issued approximately $6 billion of private placement debt financing through a consolidated VIE. The issuance is classified as long-term debt in our consolidated financial statements. We have pledged certain of its assets to collateralize the VIE’s borrowing. Such assets were not transferred to the VIE and accordingly we have excluded the VIE from the previous table.
8. MORTGAGE BANKING ACTIVITIES
Mortgage banking activities, included in the Community Banking and Wholesale Banking operating segments, consist of residential and commercial mortgage originations and servicing.
The changes in residential MSRs measured using the fair value method were:
                 
 
  Quarter ended Sept. 30,  Nine months ended Sept. 30, 
(in millions) 2009  2008  2009  2008 
 
 
        
Fair value, beginning of period
 $15,690  19,333  14,714  16,763 
Purchases
     57      191 
Acquired from Wachovia (1)
        34    
Servicing from securitizations or asset transfers
  1,517   851   5,045   2,642 
Sales
           (269)
 
Net additions
  1,517   908   5,079   2,564 
 
 
        
Changes in fair value:
                
Due to changes in valuation model inputs or assumptions (2)
  (2,078)  (546)  (2,586)  1,788 
Other changes in fair value (3)
  (629)  (511)  (2,707)  (1,931)
 
Total changes in fair value
  (2,707)  (1,057)  (5,293)  (143)
 
Fair value, end of period
 $14,500  19,184  14,500  19,184 
 
 
(1) Reflects refinements to initial December 31, 2008, Wachovia purchase accounting adjustments.
(2) Principally reflects changes in discount rates and prepayment speed assumptions, mostly due to changes in interest rates.
(3) Represents changes due to collection/realization of expected cash flows over time.
The changes in amortized commercial MSRs were:
                 
 
  Quarter ended Sept. 30,  Nine months ended Sept. 30, 
(in millions) 2009  2008  2009  2008 
 
 
        
Balance, beginning of period
 $1,205  442  1,446  466 
Purchases (1)
     2   10   7 
Acquired from Wachovia (2)
        (135)   
Servicing from securitizations or asset transfers (1)
  21   8   43   17 
Amortization
  (64)  (19)  (202)  (57)
 
Balance, end of period (3)
 $1,162   433   1,162   433 
 
 
        
Fair value of amortized MSRs:
                
Beginning of period
 $1,311  595  1,555  573 
End of period
  1,277   622   1,277   622 
 
(1) Based on September 30, 2009, assumptions, the weighted-average amortization period for MSRs added during the third quarter and first nine months of 2009 was approximately 19.9 years and 17.7 years, respectively.
(2) Reflects refinements to initial December 31, 2008, Wachovia purchase accounting adjustments.
(3) There was no valuation allowance recorded for the periods presented. Commercial MSRs are evaluated for impairment purposes by the following asset classes: agency and non-agency commercial mortgage-backed securities (MBS), and loans.

100


Table of Contents

The components of our managed servicing portfolio were:
         
 
  Sept. 30,  Dec. 31, 
(in billions) 2009  2008 
 
 
        
Residential mortgage loans serviced for others (1)
 $1,419  1,388 
Owned loans serviced (2)
  260   268 
 
Total owned servicing of residential mortgage loans
  1,679   1,656 
Commercial mortgage loans serviced for others
  458   472 
 
Total owned servicing of loans
  2,137   2,128 
Sub-servicing
  21   26 
 
Total managed servicing portfolio
 $2,158  2,154 
 
Ratio of MSRs to related loans serviced for others
  0.83%  0.87 
 
(1) Consists of 1-4 family first mortgage loans.
(2) Consists of mortgages held for sale and 1-4 family first mortgage loans.
The components of mortgage banking noninterest income were:
                 
 
  Quarter ended Sept. 30,  Nine months ended Sept. 30, 
(in millions) 2009  2008  2009  2008 
 
 
        
Servicing income, net:
                
Servicing fees
 $1,039  980  2,945  2,903 
Changes in fair value of residential MSRs:
                
Due to changes in valuation model inputs or assumptions (1)
  (2,078)  (546)  (2,586)  1,788 
Other changes in fair value (2)
  (629)  (511)  (2,707)  (1,931)
 
Total changes in fair value of residential MSRs
  (2,707)  (1,057)  (5,293)  (143)
Amortization
  (64)  (19)  (202)  (57)
Net derivative gains (losses) from economic hedges (3)
  3,605   621   6,019   (1,684)
 
Total servicing income, net
  1,873   525   3,469   1,019 
Net gains on mortgage loan origination/sales activities
  1,125   276   4,910   1,419 
All other
  69   91   238   282 
 
Total mortgage banking noninterest income
 $3,067  892  8,617  2,720 
 
 
        
Market-related valuation changes to MSRs, net of hedge results (1)+(3)
 $1,527  75  3,433  104 
 
 
(1) Principally reflects changes in discount rates and prepayment speed assumptions, mostly due to changes in interest rates.
(2) Represents changes due to collection/realization of expected cash flows over time.
(3) Represents results from free-standing derivatives (economic hedges) used to hedge the risk of changes in fair value of MSRs. See Note 11 — Free-Standing Derivatives in this Report for additional discussion and detail.
Servicing fees include certain unreimbursed direct servicing obligations primarily associated with workout activities. In addition, servicing fees and all other in the table above included:
                 
 
  Quarter ended Sept. 30, Nine months ended Sept. 30, 
(in millions) 2009  2008  2009  2008 
 
Contractually specified servicing fees
 $1,036  990  3,187   2,927 
Late charges
  75   70   241   214 
Ancillary fees
  22   33   118   109 
 

101


Table of Contents

9. INTANGIBLE ASSETS
The gross carrying value of intangible assets and accumulated amortization was:
                 
 
  Sept. 30, 2009 Dec. 31, 2008
  Gross     Gross  
  carrying Accumulated carrying Accumulated
(in millions) value amortization value amortization
 
 
        
Amortized intangible assets:
                 
MSRs (1)
  $1,588  426  1,672  226 
Core deposit intangibles
   14,738   3,777   14,188   2,189 
Customer relationship and other intangibles
   3,347   842   3,988   486 
 
Total amortized intangible assets
  $19,673   5,045   19,848   2,901 
 
 
        
MSRs (carried at fair value)(1)
  $14,500      14,714 
Goodwill
   24,052       22,627    
Trademark
   14       14 
 
(1) See Note 8 in this Report for additional information on MSRs.
The current year and estimated future amortization expense for intangible assets as of September 30, 2009, follows:
                 
 
          Customer    
  Amortized  Core  relationship    
  commercial  deposit  and other    
(in millions) MSRs  intangibles  intangibles (1)  Total 
 
 
        
Nine months ended September 30, 2009 (actual)
 $202  1,590  356  2,148 
 
Estimate for year ended December 31,
                
2009
 $264  2,114  474  2,852 
2010
  225   1,813   379   2,417 
2011
  197   1,544   319   2,060 
2012
  159   1,352   300   1,811 
2013
  124   1,202   278   1,604 
2014
  106   1,078   260   1,444 
 
(1) Includes amortization of lease intangibles reported in occupancy expense of $6 million for the first nine months of 2009, and estimated amortization of $8 million for 2009, $7 million for 2010, $7 million for 2011, $7 million for 2012, $3 million for 2013, and $3 million for 2014.
We based our projections of amortization expense shown above on existing asset balances at September 30, 2009. Future amortization expense may vary from these projections.
For our goodwill impairment analysis, we allocate all of the goodwill to the individual operating segments. As a result of the combination of Wells Fargo and Wachovia, management realigned its business segments into the following three lines of business: Community Banking; Wholesale Banking; and Wealth, Brokerage and Retirement. As part of this realignment, we updated our reporting units. We identify reporting units that are one level below an operating segment (referred to as a component), and distinguish these reporting units as those components are based on how the segments and components are managed, taking into consideration the economic characteristics, nature of the products and customers of the components. We allocate goodwill to reporting units based on relative fair value, using certain performance metrics. We have revised prior period information to reflect this realignment. See Note 16 in this Report for further information on management reporting.

102


Table of Contents

The following table shows the allocation of goodwill to our operating segments for purposes of goodwill impairment testing. The additions in the first nine months of 2009 predominantly relate to goodwill recorded in connection with refinements to our initial acquisition date purchase accounting.
                 
 
          Wealth,   
  Community  Wholesale  Brokerage and  Consolidated 
(in millions) Banking  Banking  Retirement  Company 
 
 
        
December 31, 2007
 $10,591  2,147  368  13,106 
 
        
Reduction in goodwill related to divested businesses
     (1)     (1)
Goodwill from business combinations
  322   97      419 
Foreign currency translation adjustments
  (4)        (4)
 
September 30, 2008
 $10,909   2,243   368   13,520 
 
 
        
December 31, 2008
 $16,810  5,449  368  22,627 
 
        
Goodwill from business combinations
  926   493      1,419 
Foreign currency translation adjustments
  6         6 
 
September 30, 2009
 $17,742  5,942  368  24,052 
 
 

103


Table of Contents

10. GUARANTEES AND LEGAL ACTIONS
Guarantees
Guarantees are contracts that contingently require us to make payments to a guaranteed party based on an event or a change in an underlying asset, liability, rate or index. Guarantees are generally in the form of securities lending indemnifications, standby letters of credit, liquidity agreements, written put options, recourse obligations, residual value guarantees, and contingent consideration. The following table shows carrying value, maximum exposure to loss on our guarantees and the amount with a higher risk of performance.
                         
 
  Sept. 30, 2009  Dec. 31, 2008 
      Maximum  Non-      Maximum  Non- 
  Carrying  exposure  investment  Carrying  exposure  investment 
(in millions)  value   to loss   grade   value   to loss   grade 
 
 
        
Standby letters of credit
 $145  50,895  21,861  130  47,191  17,293 
Securities lending and other indemnifications
  51   25,968   5,142      30,120   1,907 
Liquidity agreements (1)
  76   9,670      30   17,602    
Written put options (1)(2)
  894   8,125   4,708   1,376   10,182   5,314 
Loans sold with recourse
  84   5,501   2,463   53   6,126   2,038 
Residual value guarantees
  8   197         1,121    
Contingent consideration
  9   142   101   11   187    
Other guarantees
     68         38    
 
Total guarantees
 $1,267  100,566  34,275  1,600  112,567  26,552 
 
 
(1) Certain of these agreements are related to off-balance sheet entities and, accordingly, are also disclosed in Note 7.
(2) Written put options, which are in the form of derivatives, are also included in the derivative disclosures in Note 11.
“Maximum exposure to loss” and “Non-investment grade” are required disclosures under GAAP. Non-investment grade represents those guarantees on which we have a higher risk of being required to perform under the terms of the guarantee. If the underlying assets under the guarantee are non-investment grade (that is, an external rating that is below investment grade or an internal credit default grade that is equivalent to a below investment grade external rating), we consider the risk of payment of performance to be high. Internal credit default grades are determined based upon the same credit policies that we use to evaluate the risk of payment or performance when making loans and other extensions of credit. These credit policies are more fully described in Note 5 in this Report.
Maximum exposure to loss represents the estimated loss that would be incurred under an assumed hypothetical circumstance, despite what we believe is its extremely remote possibility, where the value of our interests and any associated collateral declines to zero, without any consideration of recovery or offset from any economic hedges. Accordingly, this required disclosure is not an indication of expected loss. We believe the carrying value, which is either fair value or cost adjusted for incurred credit losses, is more representative of our exposure to loss than maximum exposure to loss.
We issue standby letters of credit, which include performance and financial guarantees, for customers in connection with contracts between our customers and third parties. Standby letters of credit are agreements where we are obligated to make payment to a third party on behalf of a customer in the event the customer fails to meet their contractual obligations. We consider the credit risk in standby letters of credit and commercial and similar letters of credit in determining the allowance for credit losses.

104


Table of Contents

As a securities lending agent, we loan client securities, on a fully collateralized basis, to third party borrowers. We indemnify our clients against borrower default of a return of those securities and, in certain cases, against collateral losses. We support these guarantees with collateral, generally in the form of cash or highly liquid securities that is marked to market daily. There was $26.7 billion at September 30, 2009, and $31.0 billion at December 31, 2008, in collateral supporting loaned securities with values of $26.0 billion and $30.1 billion, respectively.
We enter into other types of indemnification agreements in the ordinary course of business under which we agree to indemnify third parties against any damages, losses and expenses incurred in connection with legal and other proceedings arising from relationships or transactions with us. These relationships or transactions include those arising from service as a director or officer of the Company, underwriting agreements relating to our securities, acquisition agreements and various other business transactions or arrangements. Because the extent of our obligations under these agreements depends entirely upon the occurrence of future events, our potential future liability under these agreements is not determinable.
We provide liquidity facilities on all commercial paper issued by the conduit we administer. We also provide liquidity to certain off-balance sheet entities that hold securitized fixed rate municipal bonds and consumer or commercial assets that are partially funded with the issuance of money market and other short-term notes. See Note 7 in this Report for additional information on these arrangements.
Written put options are contracts that give the counterparty the right to sell to us an underlying instrument held by the counterparty at a specified price, and include options, floors, caps and credit default swaps. These written put option contracts generally permit net settlement. While these derivative transactions expose us to risk in the event the option is exercised, we manage this risk by entering into offsetting trades or by taking short positions in the underlying instrument. We offset substantially all put options written to customers with purchased options. Additionally, for certain of these contracts, we require the counterparty to pledge the underlying instrument as collateral for the transaction. Our ultimate obligation under written put options is based on future market conditions and is only quantifiable at settlement. See Note 7 in this Report for additional information regarding transactions with VIEs and Note 11 in this Report for additional information regarding written derivative contracts.
In certain loan sales or securitizations, we provide recourse to the buyer whereby we are required to repurchase loans at par value plus accrued interest on the occurrence of certain credit-related events within a certain period of time. The maximum exposure to loss represents the outstanding principal balance of the loans sold or securitized that are subject to recourse provisions, but the likelihood of the repurchase of the entire balance is remote and amounts paid can be recovered in whole or in part from the sale of collateral. In the first nine months of 2009, we did not repurchase a significant amount of loans associated with these agreements.
We have provided residual value guarantees as part of certain leasing transactions of corporate assets. At September 30, 2009, the only remaining residual value guarantee that related to a leasing transaction was on certain corporate buildings. At December 31, 2008, the residual value guarantees also included leasing transactions related to railcars, which were unwound in first quarter 2009. The lessors in these leases are generally large financial institutions or their leasing subsidiaries. These guarantees protect the lessor from loss on sale of the related asset at the end of the lease term. To the extent that a sale of the leased assets results in proceeds less than a stated percent (generally 80% to 89%) of the asset’s cost less depreciation, we would be required to reimburse the lessor under our guarantee.
In connection with certain brokerage, asset management, insurance agency and other acquisitions we have made, the terms of the acquisition agreements provide for deferred payments or additional consideration, based on certain performance targets.

105


Table of Contents

We have entered into various contingent performance guarantees through credit risk participation arrangements. Under these agreements, if a customer defaults on its obligation to perform under certain credit agreements with third parties, we will be required to make payments to the third parties.
Legal Actions
The following supplements and amends our discussion of certain matters previously reported in Item 3 (Legal Proceedings) of our 2008 Form 10-K for events occurring in the most recent quarter.
Elavon On September 29, 2009, Elavon filed an amended complaint adding an additional party to the litigation. On October 13, 2009, the court entered an order granting the motion to dismiss of Wells Fargo & Company and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. dismissing the tortious interference with contract and the punitive damages counts as against those entities.
Golden West and Related Litigation On September 15, 2009 and on September 25, 2009, two additional cases (not class actions) containing allegations similar to the allegations in the In re Wachovia Equity Securities Litigation, and captioned, Deka Investment GmbH v. Wachovia Corp. et al.and Forsta AP-Fonden v. Wachovia Corp., et al., respectively, were filed in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York. Following the transfer of the Miller, et al. v. Wachovia Corporation, et al.; Swiskay, et al. v. Wachovia Corporation, et al.; and Orange County Employees’ Retirement System, et al. v. Wachovia Corporation, et al. cases to the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York, a consolidated class action complaint was filed on September 4, 2009 and the matter is now captioned In Re Wachovia Preferred Securities and Bond/Notes Litigation. On September 29, 2009, a non-class action case containing allegations similar to the allegations in the In re Wachovia Preferred Securities and Bond/Notes litigation, and captioned City of Livonia Employees’ Retirement System v. Wachovia Corp et al., was filed in the Southern District of New York. In addition, a number of other actions containing allegations similar to those in the In re Wachovia Equity Securities Litigation have been filed in state courts in North Carolina and South Carolina by individual shareholders.
Illinois Attorney General Litigation On October 9, 2009, the Company filed a motion to dismiss Illinois’ complaint.
Le-Nature’s, Inc. On August 1, 2009, the trustee under the indenture for Le-Nature’s Senior Subordinated Note filed claims against Wachovia Capital Markets seeking recovery for the bondholders under a variety of theories. On September 16, 2009, the Judge in the action brought by the Litigation Trustee dismissed a cause of action for breach of fiduciary duty but denied the remainder of Wachovia’s motion to dismiss. On October 2, 2009, the Second Circuit affirmed the dismissal of the action filed by certain bank debt holders in the Southern District of New York. The action filed on behalf of holders of Le-Nature’s Senior Subordinated Notes is now pending in the Superior Court of the State of California, County of Los Angeles.
Municipal Derivatives Bid Practices Investigation On April 30, 2009, the Court granted a motion filed by Wachovia and certain other defendants to dismiss the Consolidated Class Action Complaint and dismissed all claims against Wachovia, with leave to replead; a Second Consolidated Amended Complaint was filed on June 18, 2009, and a motion to dismiss this complaint has been filed and briefed. Putative class and individual actions brought in California were also amended on September 15, 2009, including five non-class complaints filed in California which were amended with new allegations and the addition of Wells Fargo & Co. as a defendant. All matters are being coordinated in the Southern District of New York.
Outlook Based on information currently available, advice of counsel, available insurance coverage and established reserves, Wells Fargo believes that the eventual outcome of the actions against Wells Fargo

106


Table of Contents

and/or its subsidiaries, including the matters described above, will not, individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on Wells Fargo’s consolidated financial position or results of operations. However, in the event of unexpected future developments, it is possible that the ultimate resolution of those matters, if unfavorable, may be material to Wells Fargo’s results of operations for any particular period.
11. DERIVATIVES
We use derivatives to manage exposure to market risk, interest rate risk, credit risk and foreign currency risk, to generate profits from proprietary trading and to assist customers with their risk management objectives. Derivative transactions are measured in terms of the notional amount, but this amount is not recorded in the balance sheet and is not, when viewed in isolation, a meaningful measure of the risk profile of the instruments. The notional amount is generally not exchanged, but is used only as the basis on which interest and other payments are determined. Our approach to managing interest rate risk includes the use of derivatives. This helps minimize significant, unplanned fluctuations in earnings, fair values of assets and liabilities, and cash flows caused by interest rate volatility. This approach involves modifying the repricing characteristics of certain assets and liabilities so that changes in interest rates do not have a significant adverse effect on the net interest margin and cash flows. As a result of interest rate fluctuations, hedged assets and liabilities will gain or lose market value. In a fair value hedging strategy, the effect of this unrealized gain or loss will generally be offset by the gain or loss on the derivatives linked to the hedged assets and liabilities. In a cash flow hedging strategy, we manage the variability of cash payments due to interest rate fluctuations by the effective use of derivatives linked to hedged assets and liabilities.
We use derivatives that are designated as qualifying hedge contracts as defined by the Derivatives and Hedging topic in the Codification as part of our interest rate and foreign currency risk management, including interest rate swaps, caps and floors, futures and forward contracts, and options. We also offer various derivatives, including interest rate, commodity, equity, credit and foreign exchange contracts, to our customers but usually offset our exposure from such contracts by purchasing other financial contracts. The customer accommodations and any offsetting financial contracts are treated as free-standing derivatives. Free-standing derivatives also include derivatives we enter into for risk management that do not otherwise qualify for hedge accounting, including economic hedge derivatives. To a lesser extent, we take positions based on market expectations or to benefit from price differentials between financial instruments and markets. Additionally, free-standing derivatives include embedded derivatives that are required to be separately accounted for from their host contracts.
Our derivative activities are monitored by the Corporate Asset/Liability Management Committee (Corporate ALCO). Our Treasury function, which includes asset/liability management, is responsible for various hedging strategies developed through analysis of data from financial models and other internal and industry sources. We incorporate the resulting hedging strategies into our overall interest rate risk management and trading strategies.

107


Table of Contents

The total notional or contractual amounts and fair values for derivatives were:
                         
  
  Sept. 30, 2009  Dec. 31, 2008 
  Notional or  Fair value  Notional or  Fair value 
  contractual  Asset  Liability  contractual  Asset  Liability 
(in millions) amount  derivatives  derivatives  amount  derivatives  derivatives 
  
 
                        
Qualifying hedge contracts (1)
                        
Interest rate contracts (2)
 $134,050   8,263   1,771   191,972   11,511   3,287 
Foreign exchange contracts
  31,467   1,883   654   38,386   1,138   1,198 
 
                    
Total derivatives designated as qualifying hedging instruments
      10,146   2,425       12,649   4,485 
 
                    
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments
                        
Free-standing derivatives (economic hedges) (1):
                        
Interest rate contracts (3)
  742,002   6,418   5,798   750,728   12,635   9,708 
Equity contracts
  39      9          
Foreign exchange contracts
  7,657   197   61   4,208   150   325 
Credit contracts — protection purchased
  627   324      644   528    
Other derivatives
  4,534      67   4,458   108   71 
 
                    
Subtotal
      6,939   5,935       13,421   10,104 
 
                    
Customer accommodation, trading and other free-standing derivatives (4):
                        
Interest rate contracts
  2,818,642   71,511   70,033   3,752,656   142,739   141,508 
Commodity contracts
  90,586   5,280   5,263   86,360   6,117   6,068 
Equity contracts
  31,170   2,295   2,812   37,136   3,088   2,678 
Foreign exchange contracts
  200,588   3,873   3,433   273,437   7,562   7,419 
Credit contracts — protection sold
  126,915   1,452   12,774   137,113   349   20,880 
Credit contracts — protection purchased
  133,061   12,808   1,573   140,442   22,100   1,281 
Other derivatives
  1,329   571   229   1,490   28   150 
 
                    
Subtotal
      97,790   96,117       181,983   179,984 
 
                    
Total derivatives not designated as hedging instruments
      104,729   102,052       195,404   190,088 
 
                    
Subtotal
      114,875   104,477       208,053   194,573 
 
                    
Netting (5)
      (86,639)  (95,208)      (168,690)  (182,435)
 
                    
Total
     $28,236   9,269       39,363   12,138 
  
  
(1) Represents asset/liability management hedges, which are included in other assets or other liabilities.
 
(2) Notional amounts presented exclude $24.6 billion of basis swaps that are combined with receive fixed-rate / pay floating-rate swaps and designated as one hedging instrument.
 
(3) Includes free-standing derivatives (economic hedges) used to hedge the risk of changes in the fair value of residential MSRs, MHFS, interest rate lock commitments and other interests held.
 
(4) Customer accommodation, trading and other free-standing derivatives are included in trading assets or other liabilities.
 
(5) Represents netting of derivative asset and liability balances, and related cash collateral, with the same counterparty subject to master netting arrangements under the accounting guidance covering the offsetting of amounts related to certain contracts. The amount of cash collateral netted against derivative assets and liabilities was $17.6 billion and $5.2 billion, respectively, at September 30, 2009, and $17.7 billion and $22.2 billion, respectively, at December 31, 2008.

108


Table of Contents

Fair Value Hedges
We use interest rate swaps to convert certain of our fixed-rate long-term debt and certificates of deposit to floating rates to hedge our exposure to interest rate risk. We also enter into cross-currency swaps, cross-currency interest rate swaps and forward contracts to hedge our exposure to foreign currency risk and interest rate risk associated with the issuance of non-U.S. dollar denominated long-term debt and repurchase agreements. Consistent with our asset/liability management strategy of converting fixed-rate debt to floating-rates, we believe interest expense should reflect only the current contractual interest cash flows on the liabilities and the related swaps. In addition, we use interest rate swaps and forward contracts to hedge against changes in fair value of certain debt securities that are classified as securities available for sale, due to changes in interest rates, foreign currency rates, or both. For fair value hedges of long-term debt, certificates of deposit, repurchase agreements and debt securities, all parts of each derivative’s gain or loss due to the hedged risk are included in the assessment of hedge effectiveness.
For fair value hedging relationships, we use statistical regression analysis to assess hedge effectiveness, both at inception of the hedging relationship and on an ongoing basis. The regression analysis involves regressing the periodic change in fair value of the hedging instrument against the periodic changes in fair value of the asset or liability being hedged due to changes in the hedged risk(s). The assessment includes an evaluation of the quantitative measures of the regression results used to validate the conclusion of high effectiveness.
The following table shows the net gains (losses) recognized in the income statement related to derivatives in fair value hedging relationships as defined by the Derivatives and Hedging topic in the Codification.
                     
  
  Interest rate contracts hedging:  Foreign exchange contracts hedging: 
  Securities      Securities       
  available  Long-term  available  Short-term  Long-term 
(in millions) for sale  debt  for sale  borrowings  debt 
  
 
                    
Quarter ended September 30, 2009
                    
Gains (losses) recorded in net interest income
 $(84)  484   (7)     94 
  
 
                    
Gains (losses) recorded in noninterest income
                    
Recognized on derivatives
  (242)  1,292   (1)     270 
Recognized on hedged item
  253   (1,297)  1      (266)
  
Recognized on fair value hedges (ineffective portion) (1)
 $11   (5)        4 
  
 
                    
Nine months ended September 30, 2009
                    
Gains (losses) recorded in net interest income
 $(196)  1,131   (53)  28   248 
  
 
                    
Gains (losses) recorded in noninterest income
                    
Recognized on derivatives
  552   (2,177)  (1)     1,212 
Recognized on hedged item
  (543)  2,086   1      (1,217)
  
Recognized on fair value hedges (ineffective portion) (1)
 $9   (91)        (5)
  
  
(1) None of the change in value of the derivatives was excluded from the assessment of hedge effectiveness.

109


Table of Contents

Cash Flow Hedges
We hedge floating-rate debt against future interest rate increases by using interest rate swaps, caps, floors and futures to limit variability of cash flows due to changes in the benchmark interest rate. We also use interest rate swaps and floors to hedge the variability in interest payments received on certain floating-rate commercial loans, due to changes in the benchmark interest rate. Gains and losses on derivatives that are reclassified from cumulative OCI to current period earnings are included in the line item in which the hedged item’s effect on earnings is recorded. All parts of gain or loss on these derivatives are included in the assessment of hedge effectiveness. For all cash flow hedges, we assess hedge effectiveness using regression analysis, both at inception of the hedging relationship and on an ongoing basis. The regression analysis involves regressing the periodic changes in cash flows of the hedging instrument against the periodic changes in cash flows of the forecasted transaction being hedged due to changes in the hedged risk(s). The assessment includes an evaluation of the quantitative measures of the regression results used to validate the conclusion of high effectiveness.
We expect that $212 million of deferred net gains on derivatives in OCI at September 30, 2009, will be reclassified as earnings during the next twelve months, compared with $60 million of deferred net losses at December 31, 2008. We are hedging our exposure to the variability of future cash flows for all forecasted transactions for a maximum of 17 years for both hedges of floating-rate debt and floating-rate commercial loans.
The following table shows the net gains recognized related to derivatives in cash flow hedging relationships as defined by the Derivatives and Hedging topic in the Codification.
         
  
  Quarter ended  Nine months ended 
(in millions) Sept. 30, 2009  Sept. 30, 2009 
  
 
        
Gains (after tax) recognized in OCI on derivatives (effective portion)
 $196   68 
Gains (pre tax) reclassified from cumulative OCI into net interest income (effective portion)
  129   408 
Gains (pre tax) recognized in noninterest income on derivatives (ineffective portion) (1)
  27   38 
  
  
(1) None of the change in value of the derivatives was excluded from the assessment of hedge effectiveness.
Free-Standing Derivatives
We use free-standing derivatives (economic hedges), in addition to debt securities available for sale, to hedge the risk of changes in the fair value of residential MSRs, new prime residential MHFS, derivative loan commitments and other interests held, with the resulting gain or loss reflected in other income.
The derivatives used to hedge residential MSRs include swaps, swaptions, forwards, Eurodollar and Treasury futures and options contracts resulted in net derivative gains of $3,605 million and $6,019 million, respectively, in the third quarter and first nine months of 2009 and net derivative gains of $621 million and losses of $1,684 million, respectively, in the same periods of 2008 from economic hedges related to our mortgage servicing activities and are included in mortgage banking noninterest income. The aggregate fair value of these derivatives used as economic hedges was a net asset of $1,460 million at September 30, 2009, and $3,610 million at December 31, 2008. Changes in fair value of debt securities available for sale (unrealized gains and losses) are not included in servicing income, but are reported in cumulative OCI (net of tax) or, upon sale, are reported in net gains (losses) on debt securities available for sale.

110


Table of Contents

Interest rate lock commitments for residential mortgage loans that we intend to sell are considered free-standing derivatives. Our interest rate exposure on these derivative loan commitments, as well as most new prime residential MHFS for which we have elected fair value option, is hedged with free-standing derivatives (economic hedges) such as forwards and options, Eurodollar futures and options, and Treasury futures, forwards and options contracts. The commitments, free-standing derivatives and residential MHFS are carried at fair value with changes in fair value included in mortgage banking noninterest income. For interest rate lock commitments we include, at inception and during the life of the loan commitment, the expected net future cash flows related to the associated servicing of the loan as part of the fair value measurement of derivative loan commitments. Changes subsequent to inception are based on changes in fair value of the underlying loan resulting from the exercise of the commitment and changes in the probability that the loan will not fund within the terms of the commitment (referred to as a fall-out factor). The value of the underlying loan is affected primarily by changes in interest rates and the passage of time. However, changes in investor demand, such as concerns about credit risk, can also cause changes in the spread relationships between underlying loan value and the derivative financial instruments that cannot be hedged. The aggregate fair value of derivative loan commitments in the balance sheet was a net asset of $265 million at September 30, 2009, and $125 million at December 31, 2008, and is included in the caption “Interest rate contracts” under “Customer accommodation, trading and other free-standing derivatives” in the table on page 108.
We also enter into various derivatives primarily to provide derivative products to customers. To a lesser extent, we take positions based on market expectations or to benefit from price differentials between financial instruments and markets. These derivatives are not linked to specific assets and liabilities in the balance sheet or to forecasted transactions in an accounting hedge relationship and, therefore, do not qualify for hedge accounting. We also enter into free-standing derivatives for risk management that do not otherwise qualify for hedge accounting. They are carried at fair value with changes in fair value recorded as part of other noninterest income.
Additionally, free-standing derivatives include embedded derivatives that are required to be accounted for separate from their host contract. We periodically issue hybrid long-term notes and certificates of deposit where the performance of the hybrid instrument notes is linked to an equity, commodity or currency index, or basket of such indices. These notes contain explicit terms that affect some or all of the cash flows or the value of the note in a manner similar to a derivative instrument and therefore are considered to contain an “embedded” derivative instrument. The indices on which the performance of the hybrid instrument is calculated are not clearly and closely related to the host debt instrument. In accordance with accounting guidance for derivatives, the “embedded” derivative is separated from the host contract and accounted for as a free-standing derivative.

111


Table of Contents

The following table shows the net gains (losses) recognized in the income statement related to derivatives not designated as hedging instruments under the Derivatives and Hedging topic of the Codification.
         
  
  Quarter ended  Nine months ended 
(in millions) Sept. 30, 2009  Sept. 30, 2009 
  
 
        
Free-standing derivatives (economic hedges)
        
Interest rate contracts (1)
        
Recognized in noninterest income:
        
Mortgage banking
 $1,780   4,836 
Other
  2   1 
Foreign exchange contracts
  24   6 
Equity contracts
     2 
Credit contracts
  (98)  (212)
  
Subtotal
  1,708   4,633 
  
 
        
Customer accommodation, trading and other free-standing derivatives
        
Interest rate contracts (2)
        
Recognized in noninterest income:
        
Mortgage banking
  1,274   2,084 
Other
  27   426 
Commodity contracts
  14   (25)
Equity contracts
  (48)  (229)
Foreign exchange contracts
  224   482 
Credit contracts
  (459)  (557)
Other
  (10)  (186)
  
Subtotal
  1,022   1,995 
  
Total
 $2,730   6,628 
  
  
(1) Predominantly mortgage banking noninterest income including gains (losses) on the derivatives used as economic hedges of MSRs, interest rate lock commitments, loans held for sale and mortgages held for sale.
(2) Predominantly mortgage banking noninterest income including gains (losses) on interest rate lock commitments.
Credit Derivatives
We use credit derivatives to manage exposure to credit risk related to proprietary trading and to assist customers with their risk management objectives. This may include protection sold to offset purchased protection in structured product transactions, as well as liquidity agreements written to special purpose vehicles. The maximum exposure of sold credit derivatives is managed through posted collateral, purchased credit derivatives and similar products in order to achieve our desired credit risk profile. This credit risk management provides an ability to recover a significant portion of any amounts that would be paid under the sold credit derivatives. We would be required to perform under the noted credit derivatives in the event of default by the referenced obligors. Events of default include events such as bankruptcy, capital restructuring or lack of principal and/or interest payment. In certain cases, other triggers may exist, such as the credit downgrade of the referenced obligors or the inability of the special purpose vehicle for which we have provided liquidity to obtain funding.

112


Table of Contents

The following table provides details of sold and purchased credit derivatives.
                             
  
      Notional amount    
          Protection  Protection          
          sold  purchased  Net       
          non-  with  protection  Other    
  Fair value  Protection  investment  identical  sold  protection  Range of 
(in millions) liability  sold (A)  grade  underlyings (B)  (A) - (B)  purchased  maturities 
  
 
                            
December 31, 2008
                            
 
                            
Credit default swaps on:
                            
Corporate bonds
 $9,643   83,446   39,987   31,413   52,033   50,585   2009-2018 
Structured products
  4,940   7,451   5,824   5,061   2,390   6,559   2009-2056 
Credit protection on:
                            
Credit default swap index
  2,611   35,943   6,364   4,606   31,337   31,410   2009-2017 
Commercial mortgage- backed securities index
  2,231   7,291   2,938   1,521   5,770   3,919   2009-2052 
Asset-backed securities index
  1,331   1,526   1,116   235   1,291   803   2037-2046 
Loan deliverable credit default swaps
  106   611   592   281   330   1,033   2009-2014 
Other
  18   845   150   21   824      2009-2020 
      
Total credit derivatives
 $20,880   137,113   56,971   43,138   93,975   94,309     
      
 
                            
September 30, 2009
                            
 
                            
Credit default swaps on:
                            
Corporate bonds
 $5,388   96,314   43,263   76,085   20,229   21,996   2009-2018 
Structured products
  4,420   6,359   4,108   5,109   1,250   3,839   2009-2056 
Credit protection on:
                            
Default swap index
  354   16,221   4,522   16,176   45   150   2009-2017 
Commercial mortgage- backed securities index
  1,834   4,783   13   4,664   119   169   2049-2052 
Asset-backed securities index
  758   1,260   726   819   441   141   2037-2052 
Loan deliverable credit default swaps
  19   510   492   12   498   721   2010-2014 
Other
  1   1,468   841   12   1,456   100   2009-2020 
      
Total credit derivatives
 $12,774   126,915   53,965   102,877   24,038   27,116     
      
      
Protection sold represents the estimated maximum exposure to loss that would be incurred under an assumed hypothetical circumstance, despite what we believe is its extremely remote possibility, where the value of our interests and any associated collateral declines to zero, without any consideration of recovery or offset from any economic hedges. Accordingly, this required disclosure is not an indication of expected loss. The amounts under non-investment grade represent the notional amounts of those credit derivatives on which we have a higher performance risk, or higher risk of being required to perform under the terms of the credit derivative and is a function of the underlying assets. We consider the risk of performance to be high if the underlying assets under the credit derivative have an external rating that is below investment grade or an internal credit default grade that is equivalent thereto. We believe the net protection sold, which is representative of the net notional amount of protection sold and purchased with identical underlyings, in combination with other protection purchased, is more representative of our exposure to loss than either non-investment grade or protection sold. Other protection purchased represents additional protection, which may offset the exposure to loss for protection sold, that was not purchased with an identical underlying of the protection sold.

113


Table of Contents

Credit-Risk Contingent Features
Certain of our derivative contracts contain provisions whereby if the credit rating of our debt, based on certain major credit rating agencies indicated in the relevant contracts, were to fall below investment grade, the counterparty could demand additional collateral or require termination or replacement of derivative instruments in a net liability position. The aggregate fair value of all derivative instruments with such credit-risk-related contingent features that are in a net liability position on September 30, 2009, was $8.5 billion for which we have posted $8.0 billion collateral in the normal course of business. If the credit-risk-related contingent features underlying these agreements were triggered on September 30, 2009, we would be required to post additional collateral of $1.0 billion or potentially settle the contract in an amount equal to its fair value.
Counterparty Credit Risk
By using derivatives, we are exposed to counterparty credit risk if counterparties to the derivative contracts do not perform as expected. If a counterparty fails to perform, our counterparty credit risk is equal to the amount reported as a derivative asset on our balance sheet. The amounts reported as a derivative asset are derivative contracts in a gain position, and to the extent subject to master netting arrangements, net of derivatives in a loss position with the same counterparty and cash collateral received. We minimize counterparty credit risk through credit approvals, limits, monitoring procedures, executing master netting arrangements and obtaining collateral, where appropriate. To the extent the master netting arrangements and other criteria meet the requirements outlined in the Derivatives and Hedging topic of the Codification, derivatives balances and related cash collateral amounts are shown net in the balance sheet. Counterparty credit risk related to derivatives is considered in determining fair value.

114


Table of Contents

12. FAIR VALUES OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES
We use fair value measurements to record fair value adjustments to certain assets and liabilities and to determine fair value disclosures. Trading assets, securities available for sale, derivatives, prime residential mortgages held for sale (MHFS), certain commercial loans held for sale (LHFS), residential MSRs, principal investments and securities sold but not yet purchased (short sale liabilities) are recorded at fair value on a recurring basis. Additionally, from time to time, we may be required to record at fair value other assets on a nonrecurring basis, such as nonprime residential and commercial MHFS, certain LHFS, loans held for investment and certain other assets. These nonrecurring fair value adjustments typically involve application of lower-of-cost-or-market accounting or write-downs of individual assets.
We adopted new guidance impacting FASB ASC 820-10 effective January 1, 2009, which addresses measuring fair value in situations where markets are inactive and transactions are not orderly. Under the Fair Value Measurement and Disclosures topic of the Codification, transaction or quoted prices for assets or liabilities in inactive markets may require adjustment due to the uncertainty of whether the underlying transactions are orderly. Prior to our adoption of the new provisions for measuring fair value, we primarily used unadjusted independent vendor or broker quoted prices to measure fair value for substantially all securities available for sale. In connection with the change in guidance for fair value measurement, we developed policies and procedures to determine when the level and volume of activity for our assets and liabilities requiring fair value measurements has significantly declined relative to normal conditions. For such items that use price quotes, such as certain security classes within securities available for sale, the degree of market inactivity and distressed transactions was analyzed to determine the appropriate adjustment to the price quotes. The security classes where we considered the market to be less orderly included non-agency residential mortgage-backed securities, commercial mortgage-backed securities, collateralized debt obligations, home equity asset-backed securities, auto asset-backed securities and credit card-backed securities. The methodology used to adjust the quotes involved weighting the price quotes and results of internal pricing techniques such as the net present value of future expected cash flows (with observable inputs, where available) discounted at a rate of return market participants require. The significant inputs utilized in the internal pricing techniques, which were estimated by type of underlying collateral, included credit loss assumptions, estimated prepayment speeds and appropriate discount rates. The more active and orderly markets for particular security classes were determined to be, the more weighting assigned to price quotes. The less active and orderly markets were determined to be, the less weighting assigned to price quotes. For the impact of the new fair value measurement provisions contained in FASB ASC 820-10, see Note 1 in this Report.
Under the fair value option accounting guidance included in FASB ASC 825-10, we elected to measure MHFS at fair value prospectively for new prime residential MHFS originations, for which an active secondary market and readily available market prices existed to reliably support fair value pricing models used for these loans. We also elected to remeasure at fair value certain of our other interests held related to residential loan sales and securitizations. We believe the election for MHFS and other interests held (which are now hedged with free-standing derivatives (economic hedges) along with our MSRs) reduces certain timing differences and better matches changes in the value of these assets with changes in the value of derivatives used as economic hedges for these assets.

115


Table of Contents

Fair Value Hierarchy
In accordance with the Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures topic of the Codification, we group our assets and liabilities at fair value in three levels, based on the markets in which the assets and liabilities are traded and the reliability of the assumptions used to determine fair value. These levels are:
 Level 1 — Valuation is based upon quoted prices for identical instruments traded in active markets.
 Level 2 — Valuation is based upon quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active, and model-based valuation techniques for which all significant assumptions are observable in the market.
 Level 3 — Valuation is generated from model-based techniques that use significant assumptions not observable in the market. These unobservable assumptions reflect estimates of assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability. Valuation techniques include use of option pricing models, discounted cash flow models and similar techniques.
In the determination of the classification of financial instruments in Level 2 or Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy, we consider all available information, including observable market data, indications of market liquidity and orderliness, and our understanding of the valuation techniques and significant inputs used. For securities in inactive markets, we use a predetermined percentage to evaluate the impact of fair value adjustments derived from weighting both external and internal indications of value to determine if the instrument is classified as Level 2 or Level 3. Based upon the specific facts and circumstances of each instrument or instrument category, judgments are made regarding the significance of the Level 3 inputs to the instruments’ fair value measurement in its entirety. If Level 3 inputs are considered significant, the instrument is classified as Level 3.
Upon the acquisition of Wachovia, we elected to measure at fair value certain portfolios of LHFS that we intend to hold for trading purposes and that may be economically hedged with derivative instruments. In addition, we elected to measure at fair value certain letters of credit that are hedged with derivative instruments to better reflect the economics of the transactions. These letters of credit are included in trading account assets or liabilities.
Determination of Fair Value
In accordance with the Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures topic of the Codification, we base our fair values on the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. It is our policy to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when developing fair value measurements, as prescribed in the fair value hierarchy contained in FASB ASC 820-10.
In instances where there is limited or no observable market data, fair value measurements for assets and liabilities are based primarily upon our own estimates or combination of our own estimates and independent vendor or broker pricing, and the measurements are often calculated based on current pricing policy, the economic and competitive environment, the characteristics of the asset or liability and other such factors. Therefore, the results cannot be determined with precision and may not be realized in an actual sale or immediate settlement of the asset or liability. Additionally, there may be inherent weaknesses in any calculation technique, and changes in the underlying assumptions used, including discount rates and estimates of future cash flows, that could significantly affect the results of current or future values.
We incorporate lack of liquidity into our fair value measurement based on the type of asset measured and the valuation methodology used. For example, for residential mortgage loans held for sale and certain

116


Table of Contents

securities where the significant inputs have become unobservable due to the illiquid markets and vendor or broker pricing is not used, we use a discounted cash flow technique to measure fair value. This technique incorporates forecasting of expected cash flows discounted at an appropriate market discount rate to reflect the lack of liquidity in the market that a market participant would consider. For other securities where vendor or broker pricing is used, we use either unadjusted broker quotes or vendor prices or vendor or broker prices adjusted by weighting them with internal discounted cash flow techniques to measure fair value. These unadjusted vendor or broker prices inherently reflect any lack of liquidity in the market as the fair value measurement represents an exit price from a market participant viewpoint.
As required by FASB ASC 825-10, Financial Instruments, following are descriptions of the valuation methodologies used for assets and liabilities recorded at fair value and for estimating fair value for financial instruments not recorded at fair value.
Assets
Short-term financial assets
Short-term financial assets include cash and due from banks, federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements and due from customers on acceptances. These assets are carried at historical cost. The carrying amount is a reasonable estimate of fair value because of the relatively short time between the origination of the instrument and its expected realization.
Trading assets (excluding derivatives) and Securities available for sale
Trading assets and securities available for sale are recorded at fair value on a recurring basis. Fair value measurement is based upon quoted prices, if available. Such instruments are classified within Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy. Examples include exchange-traded equity securities and some highly liquid government securities such as U.S. Treasuries. When instruments are traded in secondary markets and quoted market prices do not exist for such securities, we generally rely on internal valuation techniques or on prices obtained from independent pricing services or brokers (collectively, vendors) or combination thereof.
Trading securities are mostly valued using trader prices that are subject to independent price verification procedures. The majority of fair values derived using internal valuation techniques are verified against multiple pricing sources, including prices obtained from independent vendors. Vendors compile prices from various sources and often apply matrix pricing for similar securities when no price is observable. We review pricing methodologies provided by the vendors in order to determine if observable market information is being used, versus unobservable inputs. When evaluating the appropriateness of an internal trader price compared to vendor prices, considerations include the range and quality of vendor prices. Vendor prices are used to ensure the reasonableness of a trader price; however valuing financial instruments involves judgments acquired from knowledge of a particular market and is not perfunctory. If a trader asserts that a vendor price is not reflective of market value, justification for using the trader price, including recent sales activity where possible, must be provided to and approved by the appropriate levels of management.
Similarly, while securities available for sale traded in secondary markets are typically valued using unadjusted vendor prices or vendor prices adjusted by weighting them with internal discounted cash flow techniques, these prices are reviewed and, if deemed inappropriate by a trader who has the most knowledge of a particular market, can be adjusted. Securities measured with these internal valuation techniques are generally classified as Level 2 of the hierarchy and often involve using quoted market prices for similar securities, pricing models, discounted cash flow analyses using significant inputs observable in the market where available or combination of multiple valuation techniques. Examples include certain residential and commercial mortgage-backed securities, municipal bonds, U.S. government and agency mortgage-backed securities, and corporate debt securities.

117


Table of Contents

Security fair value measurements using significant inputs that are unobservable in the market due to limited activity or a less liquid market are classified as Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy. Such measurements include securities valued using internal models or combination of multiple valuation techniques such as weighting of internal models and vendor or broker pricing, where the unobservable inputs are significant to the overall fair value measurement. Securities classified as Level 3 include certain residential and commercial mortgage-backed securities, asset-backed securities collateralized by auto leases and cash reserves, collateralized debt obligations (CDOs) and collateralized loan obligations (CLOs), and certain residual and retained interests in residential mortgage loan securitizations. CDOs are valued using the prices of similar instruments, the pricing of completed or pending third party transactions or the pricing of the underlying collateral within the CDO. Where prices are not readily available, management’s best estimate is used.
Mortgages held for sale (MHFS)
We elected to carry our new prime residential MHFS portfolio at fair value in accordance with fair value option accounting guidance. The remaining MHFS are carried at the lower of cost or market value. Fair value is based on independent quoted market prices, where available, or the prices for other mortgage whole loans with similar characteristics. As necessary, these prices are adjusted for typical securitization activities, including servicing value, portfolio composition, market conditions and liquidity. Most of our MHFS are classified as Level 2. For the portion where market pricing data is not available, we use a discounted cash flow model to estimate fair value and, accordingly, classify as Level 3.
Loans held for sale (LHFS)
Loans held for sale are carried at the lower of cost or market value, or at fair value for certain portfolios that we intend to hold for trading purposes. The fair value of LHFS is based on what secondary markets are currently offering for portfolios with similar characteristics. As such, we classify those loans subjected to nonrecurring fair value adjustments as Level 2.
Loans
For the carrying value of loans, including PCI loans, see Note 1 (Summary of Significant Accounting Policies — Loans) to Financial Statements in the 2008 Form 10-K. We do not record loans at fair value on a recurring basis. As such, valuation techniques discussed herein for loans are primarily for estimating fair value for financial instruments in accordance with FASB ASC 825-10. However, from time to time, we record nonrecurring fair value adjustments to loans to reflect (1) partial write-downs that are based on the observable market price or current appraised value of the collateral, or (2) the full charge-off of the loan carrying value.
The fair value estimates for financial instruments differentiate loans based on their financial characteristics, such as product classification, loan category, pricing features and remaining maturity. Prepayment and credit loss estimates are evaluated by product and loan rate.
The fair value of commercial and commercial real estate and foreign loans is calculated by discounting contractual cash flows, adjusted for credit loss estimates, using discount rates that reflect our current pricing for loans with similar characteristics and remaining maturity.
For real estate 1-4 family first and junior lien mortgages, fair value is calculated by discounting contractual cash flows, adjusted for prepayment and credit loss estimates, using discount rates based on current industry pricing (where readily available) or our own estimate of an appropriate risk-adjusted discount rate for loans of similar size, type, remaining maturity and repricing characteristics.

118


Table of Contents

For credit card loans, the portfolio’s yield is equal to our current pricing and, therefore, the fair value is equal to book value adjusted for estimates of credit losses inherent in the portfolio at the balance sheet date.
For all other consumer loans, the fair value is generally calculated by discounting the contractual cash flows, adjusted for prepayment and credit loss estimates, based on the current rates we offer for loans with similar characteristics.
Loan commitments, standby letters of credit and commercial and similar letters of credit are not included in the table on page 128. These instruments generate ongoing fees at our current pricing levels, which are recognized over the term of the commitment period. In situations where the credit quality of the counterparty to a commitment has declined, we record a reserve. A reasonable estimate of the fair value of these instruments is the carrying value of deferred fees plus the related reserve. This amounted to $704 million at September 30, 2009, and $719 million at December 31, 2008. Certain letters of credit that are hedged with derivative instruments are carried at fair value in trading assets or liabilities. For those letters of credit fair value is calculated based on readily quotable credit default spreads, using a market risk credit default swap model.
Derivatives
Quoted market prices are available and used for our exchange-traded derivatives, such as certain interest rate futures and option contracts, which we classify as Level 1. However, substantially all of our derivatives are traded in over-the-counter (OTC) markets where quoted market prices are not readily available. OTC derivatives are valued using internal valuation techniques. Valuation techniques and inputs to internally-developed models depend on the type of derivative and nature of the underlying rate, price or index upon which the derivative’s value is based. Key inputs can include yield curves, credit curves, foreign-exchange rates, prepayment rates, volatility measurements and correlation of such inputs. Where model inputs can be observed in a liquid market and the model does not require significant judgment, such derivatives are typically classified as Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy. Examples of derivatives classified as Level 2 include generic interest rate swaps, foreign currency swaps, commodity swaps, and option contracts. When instruments are traded in less liquid markets and significant inputs are unobservable, such derivatives are classified as Level 3. Examples of derivatives classified as Level 3 include complex and highly structured derivatives, credit default swaps, interest rate lock commitments written for our residential mortgage loans that we intend to sell and long dated equity options where volatility is not observable. Additionally, significant judgments are required when classifying financial instruments within the fair value hierarchy, particularly between Level 2 and 3, as is the case for certain derivatives.
Mortgage servicing rights and certain other interests held in securitizations
Mortgage servicing rights (MSRs) and certain other interests held in securitizations (e.g., interest-only strips) do not trade in an active market with readily observable prices. Accordingly, we determine the fair value of MSRs using a valuation model that calculates the present value of estimated future net servicing income. The model incorporates assumptions that market participants use in estimating future net servicing income, including estimates of prepayment speeds (including housing price volatility), discount rate, cost to service (including delinquency and foreclosure costs), escrow account earnings, contractual servicing fee income, ancillary income and late fees. Commercial MSRs are carried at lower of cost or market value, and therefore can be subject to fair value measurements on a nonrecurring basis. For other interests held in securitizations (such as interest-only strips) we use a valuation model that calculates the present value of estimated future cash flows. The model incorporates our own estimates of assumptions market participants use in determining the fair value, including estimates of prepayment speeds, discount rates, defaults and contractual fee income. Interest-only strips are recorded as trading assets. Fair value

119


Table of Contents

measurements of our MSRs and interest-only strips use significant unobservable inputs and, accordingly, we classify as Level 3.
Foreclosed assets
Foreclosed assets include foreclosed properties securing residential, auto and Government National Mortgage Association loans. Foreclosed assets are adjusted to fair value less costs to sell upon transfer of the loans to foreclosed assets. Subsequently, foreclosed assets are carried at the lower of carrying value or fair value less costs to sell. Fair value is generally based upon independent market prices or appraised values of the collateral and, accordingly, we classify foreclosed assets as Level 2.
Nonmarketable equity investments
Nonmarketable equity investments are recorded under the cost or equity method of accounting. Nonmarketable equity securities that fall within the scope of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants (AICPA) Investment Company Audit Guide are carried at fair value (principal investments). There are generally restrictions on the sale and/or liquidation of these investments, including federal bank stock. Federal bank stock carrying value approximates fair value. We use facts and circumstances available to estimate the fair value of our nonmarketable equity investments. We typically consider our access to and need for capital (including recent or projected financing activity), qualitative assessments of the viability of the investee, evaluation of the financial statements of the investee and prospects for its future. Principal investments, including certain public equity and non-public securities and certain investments in private equity funds, are recorded at fair value with realized and unrealized gains and losses included in gains and losses on equity investments in the income statement, and are included in other assets in the balance sheet. Public equity investments are valued using quoted market prices and discounts are only applied when there are trading restrictions that are an attribute of the investment. Investments in non-public securities are recorded at our estimate of fair value using metrics such as security prices of comparable public companies, acquisition prices for similar companies and original investment purchase price multiples, while also incorporating a portfolio company’s financial performance and specific factors. For investments in private equity funds, we use the net asset value (NAV) provided by the fund sponsor as an appropriate measure of fair value. In some cases, such NAVs require adjustments based on certain unobservable inputs.
Liabilities
Deposit liabilities
Deposit liabilities are carried at historical cost. The Financial Instruments topic of the Codification states that the fair value of deposits with no stated maturity, such as noninterest-bearing demand deposits, interest-bearing checking, and market rate and other savings, is equal to the amount payable on demand at the measurement date. The fair value of other time deposits is calculated based on the discounted value of contractual cash flows. The discount rate is estimated using the rates currently offered for like wholesale deposits with similar remaining maturities.
Short-term financial liabilities
Short-term financial liabilities are carried at historical cost and include federal funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements, commercial paper and other short-term borrowings. The carrying amount is a reasonable estimate of fair value because of the relatively short time between the origination of the instrument and its expected realization.
Other liabilities
Other liabilities recorded at fair value on a recurring basis, excluding derivative liabilities (see the “Derivatives” section for derivative liabilities), includes short sale liabilities and repurchase obligations (due to standard representations and warranties) under our residential mortgage loan contracts. Short sale liabilities are classified as either Level 1 or Level 2, generally dependent upon whether the underlying securities have readily obtained quoted prices in active exchange markets. The value of the repurchase

120


Table of Contents

obligations is determined using a cash flow valuation technique consistent with what market participants would use in estimating the fair value. Key assumptions in the valuation process are estimates for repurchase demands and losses subsequent to repurchase. Such assumptions are unobservable and, accordingly, we classify repurchase obligations as Level 3.
Long-term debt
Long-term debt is carried at amortized cost. However, we are required to estimate the fair value of long-term debt in accordance with FASB ASC 825-10. Generally, the discounted cash flow method is used to estimate the fair value of our long-term debt. Contractual cash flows are discounted using rates currently offered for new notes with similar remaining maturities and, as such, these discount rates include our current spread levels. The fair value estimates generated are corroborated against observable market prices. For foreign-currency denominated debt, we estimate fair value based upon observable market prices for the instruments.

121


Table of Contents

The table below presents the balances of assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis.
                     
  
(in millions) Level 1  Level 2  Level 3  Netting (1)  Total 
  

Balance at December 31, 2008
                    
Trading assets (excluding derivatives)
 $911   16,045   3,495      20,451 
Derivatives (trading assets)
  331   174,355   7,897   (148,150)  34,433 
Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies
  3,177   72         3,249 
Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions
  1   11,754   903      12,658 
Mortgage-backed securities:
                    
Federal agencies
     66,430   4      66,434 
Residential
     21,320   3,510      24,830 
Commercial
     8,192   286      8,478 
  
Total mortgage-backed securities
     95,942   3,800      99,742 
  
Corporate debt securities
     6,642   282      6,924 
Collateralized debt obligations
     2   2,083      2,085 
Other
     7,976   12,799      20,775 
  
Total debt securities
  3,178   122,388   19,867      145,433 
  
Marketable equity securities:
                    
Perpetual preferred securities
  886   1,065   2,775      4,726 
Other marketable equity securities
  1,099   261   50      1,410 
  
Total marketable equity securities
  1,985   1,326   2,825      6,136 
  
Total securities available for sale
  5,163   123,714   22,692      151,569 
  
Mortgages held for sale
     14,036   4,718      18,754 
Loans held for sale
     398         398 
Mortgage servicing rights (residential)
        14,714      14,714 
Other assets (2)
  3,975   21,751   2,041   (20,540)  7,227 
  
Total
 $10,380   350,299   55,557   (168,690)  247,546 
  
Other liabilities (3)
 $(4,815)  (187,098)  (9,308)  182,435   (18,786)
  
 
Balance at September 30, 2009
                    
 
Trading assets (excluding derivatives)
 $2,950   17,562   2,493      23,005 
Derivatives (trading assets)
  366   91,842   5,792   (77,807)  20,193 
Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies
  1,228   1,268         2,496 
Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions
  4   12,664   962      13,630 
Mortgage-backed securities:
                    
Federal agencies
     87,503         87,503 
Residential
     31,686   2,406      34,092 
Commercial
     9,404   1,860      11,264 
  
Total mortgage-backed securities
     128,593   4,266      132,859 
  
Corporate debt securities
     8,957   245      9,202 
Collateralized debt obligations
        3,263      3,263 
Other
     3,289   13,170      16,459 
  
Total debt securities
  1,232   154,771   21,906      177,909 
  
Marketable equity securities:
                    
Perpetual preferred securities
  775   809   2,489      4,073 
Other marketable equity securities
  1,475   344   13      1,832 
  
Total marketable equity securities
  2,250   1,153   2,502      5,905 
  
Total securities available for sale
  3,482   155,924   24,408      183,814 
  
Mortgages held for sale
     29,561   3,874      33,435 
Loans held for sale
     201         201 
Mortgage servicing rights (residential)
        14,500      14,500 
Other assets (2)
  2,357   15,084   1,888   (8,832)  10,497 
  
Total
 $9,155   310,174   52,955   (86,639)  285,645 
  
Other liabilities (3)
 $(7,064)  (103,755)  (7,855)  95,208   (23,466)
  
  
(1) Derivatives are reported net of cash collateral received and paid and, to the extent that the criteria of the accounting guidance covering the offsetting of amounts related to certain contracts are met, positions with the same counterparty are netted as part of a legally enforceable master netting agreement.
(2) Derivative assets other than trading and principal investments are included in this category.
(3) Derivative liabilities are included in this category.

122


Table of Contents

The changes in Level 3 assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis are summarized as follows:
                             
  
                          Net unrealized 
      Total net gains  Purchases,          gains (losses) 
      (losses) included in  sales,  Net      included in net 
          Other  issuances  transfers      income related 
  Balance,      compre-  and  into and/  Balance,  to assets and 
  beginning  Net  hensive  settlements,  or out of  end  liabilities held 
(in millions) of period  income  income  net  Level 3(1) of period  at period end(2)
  

Quarter ended September 30, 2008
                            
Trading assets (excluding derivatives)
 $547   (90)     (4)     453   (72)(3)
Securities available for sale:
                            
Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions
  443   (2)  (18)  (22)     401    
Mortgage-backed securities:
                            
Federal agencies
  7               7    
Residential
  450   (29)  (65)  (10)  439   785   (26)
Commercial
     (23)  (19)  (4)  343   297    
  
Total mortgage-backed securities
  457   (52)  (84)  (14)  782   1,089   (26)
  
Corporate debt securities
           101      101    
Collateralized debt obligations
     (118)  (68)  169   836   819    
Other
  7,703   (9)  151   858   (1,162)  7,541    
  
Total debt securities
  8,603   (181)  (19)  1,092   456   9,951   (26)
  
Marketable equity securities:
                            
Perpetual preferred securities
                     
Other marketable equity securities
  1               1    
  
Total marketable equity securities
  1               1    
  
Total securities available for sale
 $8,604   (181)  (19)  1,092   456   9,952   (26)
  
Mortgages held for sale
 $5,276   14      (76)  (59)  5,155   12(4)
Mortgage servicing rights (residential)
  19,333   (1,057)     908      19,184   (546)(4)
Net derivative assets and liabilities
  (47)  (41)  1   (24)     (111)  (105)(4)
Other assets (excluding derivatives)
                     
Other liabilities (excluding derivatives)
  (357)  (83)     28      (412)  (82)
  
 
Quarter ended September 30, 2009
                            
 
Trading assets (excluding derivatives)
 $2,475   149      (138)  7   2,493   100(3)
Securities available for sale:
                            
Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions
  905   2   32   1   22   962   3 
Mortgage-backed securities:
                            
Federal agencies
                     
Residential
  5,913   (25)  216   (135)  (3,563)  2,406   (51)
Commercial
  2,615   (1)  181   (28)  (907)  1,860   (44)
  
Total mortgage-backed securities
  8,528   (26)  397   (163)  (4,470)  4,266   (95)
  
Corporate debt securities
  286      (12)  18   (47)  245    
Collateralized debt obligations
  2,748   17   369   129      3,263   (16)
Other
  15,718   44   238   (428)  (2,402)  13,170   (33)
  
Total debt securities
  28,185   37   1,024   (443)  (6,897)  21,906   (141)
  
Marketable equity securities:
                            
Perpetual preferred securities
  2,716   10   54   (322)  31   2,489    
Other marketable equity securities
  127      (3)  (32)  (79)  13    
  
Total marketable equity securities
  2,843   10   51   (354)  (48)  2,502    
  
Total securities available for sale
 $31,028   47   1,075   (797)  (6,945)  24,408   (141)
  
Mortgages held for sale
 $4,099   (64)     (191)  30   3,874   (67)(4)
Mortgage servicing rights (residential)
  15,690   (2,707)     1,517      14,500   (2,078)(4)
Net derivative assets and liabilities
  (206)  1,085   (1)  (952)  (288)  (362)  274(4)
Other assets (excluding derivatives)
  1,226   (9)     7      1,224   (13)(4)
Other liabilities (excluding derivatives)
  (852)  (137)     (40)  (8)  (1,037)  (144)
  
(1) The amounts presented as transfers into and out of Level 3 represent fair value as of the beginning of the period presented.
(2) Represents only net gains (losses) that are due to changes in economic conditions and management’s estimates of fair value and excludes changes due to the collection/realization of cash flows over time.
(3) Included in other noninterest income in the income statement.
(4) Included in mortgage banking in the income statement.

123


Table of Contents

                             
  
                          Net unrealized 
      Total net gains  Purchases,          gains (losses) 
      (losses) included in  sales,  Net      included in net 
          Other  issuances  transfers      income related 
  Balance,      compre-  and  into and/  Balance,  to assets and 
  beginning  Net  hensive  settlements,  or out of  end  liabilities held 
(in millions) of period  income  income  net  Level 3(1) of period  at period end(2)
  

Nine months ended September 30, 2008

                            
Trading assets (excluding derivatives)
 $418   23      12      453   93(3)
Securities available for sale:
                            
Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions
  168   (2)  (36)  (7)  278   401    
Mortgage-backed securities:
                            
Federal agencies
              7   7    
Residential
  486   (106)  (90)  51   444   785   (94)
Commercial
     (23)  (19)  (4)  343   297    
  
Total mortgage-backed securities
  486   (129)  (109)  47   794   1,089   (94)
  
Corporate debt securities
           101      101    
Collateralized debt obligations
     (118)  (68)  169   836   819    
Other
  4,726   (9)  (146)  2,689   281   7,541    
  
Total debt securities
  5,380   (258)  (359)  2,999   2,189   9,951   (94)
  
Marketable equity securities:
                            
Perpetual preferred securities
                     
Other marketable equity securities
  1               1    
  
Total marketable equity securities
  1               1    
  
Total securities available for sale
 $5,381   (258)  (359)  2,999   2,189   9,952   (94)
  
Mortgages held for sale
 $146   (34)     714   4,329   5,155   (33)(4)
Mortgage servicing rights (residential)
  16,763   (143)     2,564      19,184   1,796(4)(5)
Net derivative assets and liabilities
  6   (531)  1   413      (111)  (113)(4)
Other assets (excluding derivatives)
                     
Other liabilities (excluding derivatives)
  (280)  (184)     52      (412)  (184)
  
 
Nine months ended September 30, 2009
                            
 
Trading assets (excluding derivatives)
 $3,495   191      (1,536)  343   2,493   252(3)
Securities available for sale:
                            
Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions
  903   20   45   47   (53)  962   (6)
Mortgage-backed securities:
                            
Federal agencies
  4            (4)      
Residential
  3,510   (55)  1,100   (723)  (1,426)  2,406   (202)
Commercial
  286   (119)  928   21   744   1,860   (55)
  
Total mortgage-backed securities
  3,800   (174)  2,028   (702)  (686)  4,266   (257)
  
Corporate debt securities
  282   2   44   (5)  (78)  245    
Collateralized debt obligations
  2,083   72   558   233   317   3,263   (71)
Other
  12,799   73   1,302   1,229   (2,233)  13,170   (87)
  
Total debt securities
  19,867   (7)  3,977   802   (2,733)  21,906   (421)
  
Marketable equity securities:
                            
Perpetual preferred securities
  2,775   96   169   (556)  5   2,489   (1)
Other marketable equity securities
  50      (4)  30   (63)  13    
  
Total marketable equity securities
  2,825   96   165   (526)  (58)  2,502   (1)
  
Total securities available for sale
 $22,692   89   4,142   276   (2,791)  24,408   (422)
  
Mortgages held for sale
 $4,718   (66)     (662)  (116)  3,874   (77)(4)
Mortgage servicing rights (residential)
  14,714   (5,293)     5,079      14,500   (2,586)(4)
Net derivative assets and liabilities
  37   1,079   (1)  (1,454)  (23)  (362)  (252)(4)
Other assets (excluding derivatives)
  1,231   (42)     35      1,224   (40)(4)
Other liabilities (excluding derivatives)
  (638)  (315)     (74)  (10)  (1,037)  (318)
  
(1) The amounts presented as transfers into and out of Level 3 represent fair value as of the beginning of the period presented.
(2) Represents only net gains (losses) that are due to changes in economic conditions and management’s estimates of fair value and excludes changes due to the collection/realization of cash flows over time.
(3) Included in other noninterest income in the income statement.
(4) Included in mortgage banking in the income statement.
(5) Represents total unrealized gains of $1,788 million, net of losses of $8 million related to sales, in the first nine months of 2008.

124


Table of Contents

For certain assets and liabilities, we obtain fair value measurements from independent brokers or independent third party pricing services and record the unadjusted fair value in our financial statements. The detail by level is shown in the table below. Fair value measurements obtained from independent brokers or independent third party pricing services that we have adjusted to determine the fair value recorded in our financial statements are not included in the table below.
                         
  
  Independent brokers  Third party pricing services 
(in millions) Level 1  Level 2  Level 3  Level 1  Level 2  Level 3 
 

December 31, 2008

                        
 
Trading assets (excluding derivatives)
 $190   3,272   12   917   1,944   110 
Derivatives (trading and other assets)
  3,419   106   106   605   4,635    
Securities available for sale
  181   8,916   1,681   3,944   109,170   8 
Loans held for sale
     1         353    
Other liabilities
  1,105   175   128   2,208   5,171   1 
 
 
September 30, 2009
                        
 
Trading assets (excluding derivatives)
 $572   3,590      28   2,948   38 
Derivatives (trading and other assets)
     9   46      2,841   2 
Securities available for sale
  496   2,104   441   1,666   117,275   777 
Loans held for sale
              2    
Derivatives (liabilities)
        70      2,912   4 
Other liabilities
  296   732      10   2,817   46 
 
We may be required, from time to time, to measure certain assets at fair value on a nonrecurring basis in accordance with GAAP. These adjustments to fair value usually result from application of lower-of-cost-or-market accounting or write-downs of individual assets. For assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis during the nine months ended September 30, 2009, and year ended December 31, 2008, that were still held in the balance sheet at each respective period end, the following table provides the fair value hierarchy and the carrying value of the related individual assets or portfolios at quarter end.
                 
  
  Carrying value at period end 
(in millions) Level 1  Level 2  Level 3  Total 
 

December 31, 2008

                
 
Mortgages held for sale
 $   521   534   1,055 
Loans held for sale
     338      338 
Loans (1)
     1,487   107   1,594 
Private equity investments
  134      18   152 
Foreclosed assets (2)
     274   55   329 
Operating lease assets
     186      186 
 
 
September 30, 2009
                
 
Mortgages held for sale
 $   1,058   703   1,761 
Loans held for sale
     489      489 
Loans (1)
     4,383   251   4,634 
Private equity investments
        39   39 
Foreclosed assets (2)
     237   44   281 
Operating lease assets
     127      127 
 
(1) Represents carrying value of loans for which adjustments are based on the appraised value of the collateral. The carrying value of loans fully charged-off, which includes unsecured lines and loans, is zero.
(2) Represents the fair value of foreclosed real estate and other collateral owned that were measured at fair value subsequent to their initial classification as foreclosed assets.

125


Table of Contents

The following table presents the increase (decrease) in value of certain assets that are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis for which a fair value adjustment has been included in the income statement, relating to assets held at period end.
         
  
  Nine months ended Sept. 30
(in millions) 2009  2008 
 

Mortgages held for sale

 $(12)  (153)
Loans held for sale
  143   (25)
Loans (1)
  (9,692)  (4,167)
Private equity investments
  (89)  (29)
Foreclosed assets (2)
  (125)  (136)
Operating lease assets
  (12)  (6)
 
Total
 $(9,787)  (4,516)
 
 
(1) Represents write-downs of loans based on the appraised value of the collateral.
(2) Represents the losses on foreclosed real estate and other collateral owned that were measured at fair value subsequent to their initial classification as foreclosed assets.
Fair Value Option
The following table reflects the differences between fair value carrying amount of MHFS for which we have elected the fair value option and the aggregate unpaid principal amount we are contractually entitled to receive at maturity.
                         
  
  Sept. 30, 2009  Dec. 31, 2008 
          Fair value          Fair value 
          carrying          carrying 
          amount          amount 
          less          less 
  Fair value  Aggregate  aggregate  Fair value  Aggregate  aggregate 
  carrying  unpaid  unpaid  carrying  unpaid  unpaid 
(in millions) amount  principal  principal  amount  principal  principal 
 

Mortgages held for sale reported at fair value:

                        
Total loans
 $33,435   33,144   291(1)  18,754   18,862   (108)(1)
Nonaccrual loans
  277   566   (289)  152   344   (192)
Loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing
  63   73   (10)  58   63   (5)
Loans held for sale reported at fair value:
                        
Total loans
  201   194   7   398   760   (362)
Nonaccrual loans
  1   2   (1)  1   17   (16)
 
(1) The difference between fair value carrying amount and aggregate unpaid principal includes changes in fair value recorded at and subsequent to funding, gains and losses on the related loan commitment prior to funding, and premiums on acquired loans.

126


Table of Contents

The assets accounted for under the fair value option are initially measured at fair value. Gains and losses from initial measurement and subsequent changes in fair value are recognized in earnings. The changes in fair values related to initial measurement and subsequent changes in fair value included in earnings for these assets measured at fair value are shown, by income statement line item, below.
                     
  
  2009  2008 
  Mortgages  Loans  Other  Mortgages  Other 
  held  held  interests  held  interests 
(in millions) for sale  for sale  held  for sale  held 
 

Quarter ended September 30,

                    
Mortgage banking noninterest income:
                    
Net gains on mortgage loan origination/sales activities (1)
 $1,541         595    
Other noninterest income
     1   4      (88)
 
Nine months ended September 30,
                    
Mortgage banking noninterest income:
                    
Net gains on mortgage loan origination/sales activities (1)
 $3,834         1,444    
Other noninterest income
     93   83      27 
 
(1) Includes changes in fair value of servicing associated with MHFS.
Interest income on MHFS measured at fair value is calculated based on the note rate of the loan and is recorded in interest income in the income statement.
For MHFS that are accounted for under the fair value option, the estimated amount of losses included in earnings attributable to instrument-specific credit risk was $82 million and $200 million for the third quarter and nine months ended September 30, 2009, respectively, and $57 million and $195 million for the third quarter and nine months ended September 30, 2008, respectively. For performing loans, instrument-specific credit risk gains or losses were derived principally by determining the change in fair value of the loans due to changes in the observable or implied credit spread. Credit spread is the market yield on the loans less the relevant risk-free benchmark interest rate. Since the second half of 2007, spreads have been significantly impacted by the lack of liquidity in the secondary market for mortgage loans. For nonperforming loans, we attribute all changes in fair value to instrument-specific credit risk.

127


Table of Contents

Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments
The table below is a summary of fair value estimates for financial instruments, excluding short-term financial assets and liabilities because carrying amounts approximate fair value, and excluding financial instruments recorded at fair value on a recurring basis. The carrying amounts in the following table are recorded in the balance sheet under the indicated captions.
In accordance with FASB ASC 825-10, we have not included assets and liabilities that are not financial instruments in our disclosure, such as the value of the long-term relationships with our deposit, credit card and trust customers, amortized MSRs, premises and equipment, goodwill and other intangibles, deferred taxes and other liabilities. The total of the fair value calculations presented does not represent, and should not be construed to represent, the underlying value of the Company.
The carrying amount of loans at December 31, 2008, in the table below includes $443,480 million acquired from Wachovia. Under the purchase method of accounting, these loans were recorded at fair value upon acquisition, and accordingly, the carrying value and fair value at December 31, 2008 were the same. Although the purchase accounting adjustments for the acquired Wachovia loans included a write-down on PCI loans, the carrying amount was also increased to reflect the decline in interest rates at the time of acquisition in relation to the previous contractual rates on the loans. A decline in interest rates increases the fair value of loans in relation to the carrying amount except when the carrying amount has already been increased to reflect the reduction in interest rates, as was the case for Wachovia’s loan portfolio as of December 31, 2008.
                 
  
  Sept. 30, 2009  Dec. 31, 2008 
  Carrying  Estimated  Carrying  Estimated 
(in millions) amount  fair value  amount  fair value 
 

Financial assets

                
Mortgages held for sale (1)
 $2,103   2,103   1,334   1,333 
Loans held for sale (2)
  5,645   5,761   5,830   5,876 
Loans, net
  775,924   753,821   843,817   829,603 
Nonmarketable equity investments (cost method)
  8,934   9,002   9,146   9,262 
Financial liabilities
                
Deposits
  796,748   797,389   781,402   781,964 
Long-term debt (3)
  214,216   214,684   267,055   266,023 
 
(1) Balance excludes mortgages held for sale for which the fair value option under ASC 825-10 was elected, and therefore includes nonprime residential and commercial mortgages held for sale.
(2) Balance excludes loans held for sale for which the fair value option under ASC 825-10 was elected.
(3) The carrying amount and fair value exclude obligations under capital leases of $76 million at September 30, 2009, and $103 million at December 31, 2008.
The carrying amount and estimated fair value for loans at September 30, 2009, were lower than at December 31, 2008, primarily because total loans outstanding declined in the first nine months of 2009.

128


Table of Contents

13. PREFERRED STOCK
We are authorized to issue 20 million shares of preferred stock and 4 million shares of preference stock, both without par value. Preferred shares outstanding rank senior to common shares both as to dividends and liquidation preference but have no general voting rights. We have not issued any preference shares under this authorization.
The following table provides detail of preferred stock.
                         
  
          Sept. 30, 2009  Dec. 31, 2008 
  Shares                  
  issued and      Carrying      Carrying    
(in millions, except shares) outstanding  Par value  value  Discount  value  Discount 
  

Series D (1)

                        
Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series D, $1,000,000 liquidation preference per share, 25,000 shares authorized
  25,000  $25,000   23,039   1,961   22,741   2,259 
 
DEP Shares
                        
Dividend Equalization Preferred Shares, $10 liquidation preference per share, 97,000 shares authorized
  96,546                
 
Series J (1)(2)
                        
8.00% Non-Cumulative Perpetual Class A Preferred Stock, Series J, $1,000 liquidation preference per share, 2,300,000 shares authorized
  2,150,375   2,150   1,995   155   1,995   155 
 
Series K (1)(2)
                        
7.98% Fixed-to-Floating Non-Cumulative Perpetual Class A Preferred Stock, Series K, $1,000 liquidation preference per share, 3,500,000 shares authorized
  3,352,000   3,352   2,876   476   2,876   476 
 
Series L (1)(2)
                        
7.50% Non-Cumulative Perpetual Convertible Class A Preferred Stock, Series L, $1,000 liquidation preference per share, 4,025,000 shares authorized
  3,968,000   3,968   3,200   768   3,200   768 
  
Total
  9,591,921  $34,470   31,110   3,360   30,812   3,658 
  
  
(1) Series D, J, K and L preferred shares qualify as Tier 1 capital.
(2) In conjunction with the acquisition of Wachovia, at December 31, 2008, shares of Series J, K and L perpetual preferred stock were converted into shares of a corresponding series of Wells Fargo preferred stock having substantially the same rights and preferences. The carrying value is par value adjusted to fair value in purchase accounting.
In addition to the preferred stock issued and outstanding described in the table above, we have the following preferred stock authorized with no shares issued and outstanding:
 Series A – Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A, $100,000 liquidation preference per share, 25,001 shares authorized
 Series B – Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series B, $100,000 liquidation preference per share, 17,501 shares authorized
 Series G – 7.25% Class A Preferred Stock, Series G, $15,000 liquidation preference per share, 50,000 shares authorized
 Series H – Floating Class A Preferred Stock, Series H, $20,000 liquidation preference per share, 50,000 shares authorized

129


Table of Contents

 Series I – 5.80% Fixed to Floating Class A Preferred Stock, Series I, $100,000 liquidation preference per share, 25,010 shares authorized
Preferred Stock Issued to the Department of the Treasury On October 28, 2008, we issued to the United States Department of the Treasury 25,000 shares of our Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series D without par value, having a liquidation preference per share equal to $1,000,000. The Series D Preferred Stock pays cumulative dividends at a rate of 5% per year for the first five years and thereafter at a rate of 9% per year. After three years, we may, at our option, subject to any necessary bank regulatory approval, redeem the Series D Preferred Stock at par value plus accrued and unpaid dividends. The Series D Preferred Stock is generally non-voting. Prior to October 2011, unless we have redeemed the Series D Preferred Stock or the Treasury has transferred all of the Series D Preferred Stock to third parties, the consent of the Treasury will be required for us to increase our common stock dividend (currently $0.05 per share per quarter), or repurchase our common stock or other equity or capital securities, other than in connection with benefit plans consistent with past practice and certain other circumstances specified in the Securities Purchase Agreement with the Treasury. Treasury, as part of the preferred stock issuance, received warrants to purchase approximately 110.3 million shares of Wells Fargo common stock at an initial exercise price of $34.01 (based on the trailing 20-day Wells Fargo average stock price as of October 10, 2008). The proceeds from Treasury were allocated based on the relative fair value of the warrants as compared with the fair value of the preferred stock. The fair value of the warrants was determined using a third party proprietary pricing model that produces results similar to the Black-Scholes model and incorporates a valuation model that incorporates assumptions including our common stock price, dividend yield, stock price volatility and the risk-free interest rate. We determined the fair value of the preferred stock based on assumptions regarding the discount rate (market rate) on the preferred stock, which we estimated to be approximately 13% at the date of issuance. The discount on the preferred stock is being accreted to par value using a constant effective yield of 7.2% over a five-year term, which is the expected life of the preferred stock.
In addition, we hold shares of our ESOP (Employee Stock Ownership Plan) Cumulative Convertible Preferred Stock (ESOP Preferred Stock) that were issued to a trustee acting on behalf of the Wells Fargo & Company 401(k) Plan. The following table provides detail of our ESOP Preferred Stock.
                         
  
  Shares issued and outstanding  Carrying value    
        Adjustable 
  Sept. 30 Dec. 31 Sept. 30 Dec. 31 dividend rate 
(in millions, except shares) 2009  2008  2009  2008  Minimum  Maximum 
  

ESOP Preferred Stock (1)

                        
2008
  127,418   156,914  $127   157   10.50%  11.50 
2007
  106,624   110,159   107   110   10.75   11.75 
2006
  80,572   83,249   81   83   10.75   11.75 
2005
  60,437   62,484   61   63   9.75   10.75 
2004
  44,425   45,950   44   46   8.50   9.50 
2003
  28,250   29,218   28   29   8.50   9.50 
2002
  18,249   18,889   18   19   10.50   11.50 
2001
  10,073   10,393   10   10   10.50   11.50 
2000
  2,572   2,644   3   3   11.50   12.50 
                 
Total ESOP Preferred Stock
  478,620   519,900  $479   520         
                 
Unearned ESOP shares (2)
         $(511)  (555)        
                 
  
(1) Liquidation preference $1,000. Additional paid-in capital included $32 million at September 30, 2009, and $35 million at December 31, 2008, related to preferred stock.
(2) We recorded a corresponding charge to unearned ESOP shares in connection with the issuance of the ESOP Preferred Stock. The unearned ESOP shares are reduced as shares of the ESOP Preferred Stock are committed to be released.

130


Table of Contents

14. EMPLOYEE BENEFITS
We sponsor noncontributory qualified defined benefit retirement plans including the Wells Fargo & Company Cash Balance Plan (Cash Balance Plan), which covers eligible employees of legacy Wells Fargo, and the Wachovia Corporation Pension Plan (Pension Plan), a cash balance plan that covers eligible employees of the Wachovia Corporation.
The net periodic benefit cost was:
                         
  
  2009  2008 
  Pension benefits      Pension benefits    
      Non-  Other      Non-  Other 
(in millions) Qualified  qualified  benefits  Qualified  qualified  benefits 
  

Quarter ended September 30,

                        
Service cost
 $2      4   73   4   3 
Interest cost
  150   11   20   69   5   10 
Expected return on plan assets
  (160)     (7)  (119)     (10)
Amortization of net actuarial loss (1)
  20            3    
Amortization of prior service cost
        (1)     (1)  (1)
Curtailment gain
                  
  
Net periodic benefit cost
 $12   11   16   23   11   2 
  
 
Nine months ended September 30,
                        
Service cost
 $209   8   10   219   11   10 
Interest cost
  444   32   62   207   16   30 
Expected return on plan assets
  (483)     (21)  (358)     (30)
Amortization of net actuarial loss (1)
  174   3   2      10    
Amortization of prior service cost
     (3)  (3)     (4)  (3)
Curtailment gain
  (32)  (35)            
  
Net periodic benefit cost
 $312   5   50   68   33   7 
  
  
(1) Net actuarial loss is generally amortized over five years.
On April 28, 2009, the Board of Directors approved amendments to freeze the benefits earned under the Wells Fargo qualified and supplemental Cash Balance Plans and the Pension Plan, and to merge the Pension Plan into the qualified Cash Balance Plan. These actions became effective on July 1, 2009.
Freezing and merging the above plans resulted in a re-measurement of the pension obligations and plan assets as of April 30, 2009. Freezing and re-measuring decreased the pension obligations by approximately $945 million and decreased cumulative OCI by approximately $725 million pre tax ($456 million after tax) in second quarter 2009. The re-measurement resulted in a decrease in the fair value of plan assets of approximately $150 million. We used a discount rate of 7.75% for the April 30, 2009, re-measurement based on our consistent methodology of determining our discount rate based on an established yield curve developed by our outside actuarial firm. This methodology incorporates a broad group of top quartile Aa or higher rated bonds. We determined the discount rate by matching this yield curve with the timing and amounts of the expected benefit payments for our plans.
As a result of freezing our pension plans, we revised our amortization life for actuarial gains and losses from five years to 13 years to reflect the estimated average remaining participation period.
These actions lowered pension cost by approximately $187 million for third quarter 2009, and $312 million for the first nine months of 2009, which included $67 million of one-time curtailment gains. These actions are expected to reduce pension cost in fourth quarter 2009 by approximately $188 million.

131


Table of Contents

Although we will not be required to make a contribution in 2009 for the Cash Balance Plan, our decision on how much to contribute, if any, will be based on the maximum deductible contribution under the Internal Revenue Code and other factors, including the actual investment performance of plan assets during 2009. Given these uncertainties, we cannot estimate at this time the amount, if any, that we will contribute in 2009 to the Cash Balance Plan.
15. EARNINGS PER COMMON SHARE
The table below shows earnings per common share and diluted earnings per common share, and reconciles the numerator and denominator of both earnings per common share calculations.
                 
 
  Quarter ended Sept. 30 Nine months ended Sept. 30
(in millions, except per share amounts) 2009  2008  2009  2008 
 

Wells Fargo net income (numerator)

 $3,235   1,637   9,452   5,389 
Less: Preferred stock dividends and accretion
  (598)     (1,856)   
  
Wells Fargo net income applicable to common stock (numerator)
 $2,637   1,637   7,596   5,389 
  
Earnings per common share
                
Average common shares outstanding (denominator)
  4,678.3   3,316.4   4,471.2   3,309.6 
Per share
 $0.56   0.49   1.70   1.63 
  
Diluted earnings per common share
                
Average common shares outstanding
  4,678.3   3,316.4   4,471.2   3,309.6 
Add: Stock options
  27.7   14.5   13.8   13.7 
Restricted share rights
  0.4   0.1   0.3   0.1 
  
Diluted average common shares outstanding (denominator)
  4,706.4   3,331.0   4,485.3   3,323.4 
  
Per share
 $0.56   0.49   1.69   1.62 
  
 
At September 30, 2009, options and warrants to purchase 284.5 million and 110.3 million shares, respectively, were outstanding but not included in the calculation of diluted earnings per common share because the exercise price was higher than the market price, and therefore were antidilutive. At September 30, 2008, options to purchase 173.7 million shares were antidilutive and, accordingly, were not included on a share-equivalent basis in the calculation of diluted earnings per common share.

132


Table of Contents

16. OPERATING SEGMENTS
As a result of the combination of Wells Fargo and Wachovia, in first quarter 2009, management realigned its segments into the following three lines of business for management reporting: Community Banking; Wholesale Banking; and Wealth, Brokerage and Retirement. The results for these lines of business are based on our management accounting process, which assigns balance sheet and income statement items to each responsible operating segment. This process is dynamic and, unlike financial accounting, there is no comprehensive, authoritative guidance for management accounting equivalent to GAAP. The management accounting process measures the performance of the operating segments based on our management structure and is not necessarily comparable with similar information for other financial services companies. We define our operating segments by product type and customer segment. If the management structure and/or the allocation process changes, allocations, transfers and assignments may change. We revised prior period information to reflect the first quarter 2009 realignment of our operating segments; however, because the acquisition was completed on December 31, 2008, Wachovia’s results are not included in the income statement or in average balances for periods prior to 2009.
Community Banking offers a complete line of diversified financial products and services to consumers and small businesses with annual sales generally up to $20 million in which the owner generally is the financial decision maker. Community Banking also offers investment management and other services to retail customers and securities brokerage through affiliates. These products and services include the Wells Fargo Advantage FundsSM, a family of mutual funds. Loan products include lines of credit, equity lines and loans, equipment and transportation (recreational vehicle and marine) loans, education loans, origination and purchase of residential mortgage loans and servicing of mortgage loans and credit cards. Other credit products and financial services available to small businesses and their owners include receivables and inventory financing, equipment leases, real estate financing, Small Business Administration financing, venture capital financing, cash management, payroll services, retirement plans, Health Savings Accounts and merchant payment processing. Consumer and business deposit products include checking accounts, savings deposits, market rate accounts, Individual Retirement Accounts, time deposits and debit cards.
Community Banking serves customers through a complete range of channels, including traditional banking stores, in-store banking centers, business centers, ATMs, and Wells Fargo Customer Connection, a 24-hours a day, seven days a week telephone service. Online banking services include single sign-on to online banking, bill pay and brokerage, as well as online banking for small business.
Community Banking also includes Wells Fargo Financial consumer finance and auto finance operations. Consumer finance operations make real estate loans to individuals in the United States and the Pacific Rim, and also make direct consumer loans to individuals and purchase sales finance contracts from retail merchants from offices throughout the United States, and in Canada and the Pacific Rim. Auto finance operations specialize in purchasing sales finance contracts directly from auto dealers in Puerto Rico and making loans secured by autos in the United States and Puerto Rico. Wells Fargo Financial also provides credit cards, lease and other commercial financing.

133


Table of Contents

Wholesale Banking provides financial solutions to businesses across the United States with annual sales generally in excess of $10 million and to financial institutions globally. Wholesale Banking provides a complete line of commercial, corporate, capital markets, cash management and real estate banking products and services. These include traditional commercial loans and lines of credit, letters of credit, asset-based lending, equipment leasing, mezzanine financing, high-yield debt, international trade facilities, trade financing, collection services, foreign exchange services, treasury management, investment management, institutional fixed-income sales, interest rate, commodity and equity risk management, online/electronic products such as the Commercial Electronic Office® (CEO®) portal, insurance, corporate trust fiduciary and agency services, and investment banking services. Wholesale Banking also supports the commercial real estate market with products and services such as construction loans for commercial and residential development, land acquisition and development loans, secured and unsecured lines of credit, interim financing arrangements for completed structures, rehabilitation loans, affordable housing loans and letters of credit, permanent loans for securitization, commercial real estate loan servicing and real estate and mortgage brokerage services.
Wealth, Brokerage and Retirement provides services including comprehensive planning and advice, investment management, brokerage, private banking, estate planning strategies, trust, insurance and retirement. Wealth Management uses an integrated model to provide affluent and high-net-worth customers with a complete range of wealth management solutions and services. Family Wealth meets the unique needs of ultra-high-net-worth customers managing multi-generational assets – those with at least $50 million in assets. Retail Brokerage’s financial advisors serve customers’ advisory, brokerage and financial needs, including investment management, portfolio monitoring and estate planning as part of one of the largest full-service brokerage firms in the United States. They also offer access to banking products, insurance, and investment banking services. First Clearing LLC, our correspondent clearing firm, provides technology, product and other business support to broker-dealers across the United States. Retirement supports individual investors’ retirement needs and is a leader in 401(k) and pension record keeping, investment services, trust and custody solutions for U.S. companies and their employees. The division also provides investments and executive benefits to institutional clients and delivers reinsurance services to global insurance companies.
Otherincludes corporate items (such as integration expenses) not specific to a business segment and elimination of certain items that are included in more than one business segment.

134


Table of Contents

The following table presents certain financial information and related metrics by operating segment and in total for the consolidated company.
                                         
 
  Community  Wholesale  Wealth, Brokerage          Consolidated 
(income/expense in millions, Banking  Banking  and Retirement  Other (3)  Company 
 
average balances in billions)
  2009   2008   2009   2008   2009   2008   2009   2008   2009   2008 
 
Quarter ended September 30,
                                        
Net interest income (1)
 $8,700   5,293   2,535   1,065   743   223   (294)  (200)  11,684   6,381 
Provision for credit losses
  4,572   2,202   1,361   294   234   3   (56)  (4)  6,111   2,495 
Noninterest income
  6,443   3,209   2,381   631   2,223   458   (265)  (302)  10,782   3,996 
Noninterest expense
  6,802   3,982   2,630   1,329   2,314   498   (62)  (308)  11,684   5,501 
 
Income (loss) before income tax expense (benefit)
  3,769   2,318   925   73   418   180   (441)  (190)  4,671   2,381 
Income tax expense (benefit)
  1,046   764   325   (30)  151   68   (167)  (72)  1,355   730 
 
Net income (loss) before noncontrolling interests
  2,723   1,554   600   103   267   112   (274)  (118)  3,316   1,651 
Less: Net income from noncontrolling interests
  56   14   2      23            81   14 
 
Net income (loss) (2)
 $2,667   1,540   598   103   244   112   (274)  (118)  3,235   1,637 
 
Average loans
 $534.7   287.1   247.0   116.3   45.4   15.9   (16.9)  (15.1)  810.2   404.2 
Average assets
  785.2   452.3   369.3   158.1   108.6   19.1   (17.0)  (15.3)  1,246.1   614.2 
Average core deposits
  530.3   252.8   146.9   64.4   116.4   23.5   (34.3)  (20.6)  759.3   320.1 
 
 
                                        
Nine months ended September 30,
                                        
Net interest income (1)
 $25,981   15,246   7,381   3,116   2,244   576   (782)  (519)  34,824   18,419 
Provision for credit losses
  12,840   6,833   2,644   701   374   9   (103)  (8)  15,755   7,535 
Noninterest income
  17,922   10,328   7,680   3,170   6,347   1,422   (783)  (939)  31,166   13,981 
Noninterest expense
  21,625   12,187   7,968   4,031   6,822   1,480   (216)  (910)  36,199   16,788 
 
Income (loss) before income tax expense (benefit)
  9,438   6,554   4,449   1,554   1,395   509   (1,246)  (540)  14,036   8,077 
Income tax expense (benefit)
  2,734   2,265   1,590   385   531   193   (473)  (205)  4,382   2,638 
 
Net income (loss) before noncontrolling interests
  6,704   4,289   2,859   1,169   864   316   (773)  (335)  9,654   5,439 
Less: Net income (loss) from noncontrolling interests
  190   43   14   7   (2)           202   50 
 
Net income (loss) (2)
 $6,514   4,246   2,845   1,162   866   316   (773)  (335)  9,452   5,389 
 
Average loans
 $542.7   284.4   260.7   108.3   46.0   14.8   (16.3)  (14.2)  833.1   393.3 
Average assets
  794.1   441.3   384.8   149.9   107.6   17.9   (16.4)  (14.4)  1,270.1   594.7 
Average core deposits
  537.4   250.2   141.2   65.8   110.9   22.3   (29.8)  (19.7)  759.7   318.6 
 
(1) Net interest income is the difference between interest earned on assets and the cost of liabilities to fund those assets. Interest earned includes actual interest earned on segment assets and, if the segment has excess liabilities, interest credits for providing funding to other segments. The cost of liabilities includes interest expense on segment liabilities and, if the segment does not have enough liabilities to fund its assets, a funding charge based on the cost of excess liabilities from another segment.
 
(2) Represents segment net income (loss) for Community Banking; Wholesale Banking; and Wealth, Brokerage and Retirement segments and Wells Fargo net income for the Consolidated Company.
 
(3) Includes integration expenses and the elimination of items that are included in both Community Banking and Wealth, Brokerage and Retirement, largely representing wealth management customers serviced and products sold in the stores.

135


Table of Contents

17. CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Following are the condensed consolidating financial statements of the Parent and Wells Fargo Financial, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiaries (WFFI).
Condensed Consolidating Statement of Income
                     
 
  Quarter ended Sept. 30, 2009 
          Other        
          consolidating      Consolidated 
(in millions) Parent  WFFI  subsidiaries  Eliminations  Company 
 
Dividends from subsidiaries:
                    
Bank
 $2,411         (2,411)   
Nonbank
  200         ( 200)   
Interest income from loans
     827   9,346   (3)  10,170 
Interest income from subsidiaries
  480         ( 480)   
Other interest income
  104   27   3,662   5   3,798 
 
Total interest income
  3,195   854   13,008   (3,089)  13,968 
 
Deposits
        917   (12)  905 
Short-term borrowings
  32   11   156   ( 167)  32 
Long-term debt
  761   304   592   ( 356)  1,301 
Other interest expense
        46      46 
 
Total interest expense
  793   315   1,711   ( 535)  2,284 
 
Net interest income
  2,402   539   11,297   (2,554)  11,684 
Provision for credit losses
     463   5,648      6,111 
 
Net interest income after provision for credit losses
  2,402   76   5,649   (2,554)  5,573 
 
Noninterest income
                    
Fee income — nonaffiliates
     32   5,844      5,876 
Other
  339   57   5,186   (676)  4,906 
 
Total noninterest income
  339   89   11,030   ( 676)  10,782 
 
Noninterest expense
                    
Salaries and benefits
  29   42   6,442      6,513 
Other
  110   179   5,589   (707)  5,171 
 
Total noninterest expense
  139   221   12,031   ( 707)  11,684 
 
Income (loss) before income tax expense (benefit) and equity in undistributed income of subsidiaries
  2,602   (56)  4,648   (2,523)  4,671 
Income tax expense (benefit)
  (175)  (18)  1,548      1,355 
Equity in undistributed income of subsidiaries
  458         ( 458)   
 
Net income (loss) before noncontrolling interests
  3,235   (38)  3,100   (2,981)  3,316 
Less: Net income from noncontrolling interests
     1   80      81 
 
Parent, WFFI, Other and Wells Fargo net income (loss)
 $3,235   (39)  3,020   (2,981)  3,235 
 

136


Table of Contents

Condensed Consolidating Statement of Income
                     
 
  Quarter ended Sept. 30, 2008 
          Other        
          consolidating      Consolidated 
(in millions) Parent  WFFI  subsidiaries  Eliminations  Company 
 
 
                    
Dividends from subsidiaries:
                    
Bank
 $501         (501)   
Nonbank
               
Interest income from loans
     1,312   5,590   (14)  6,888 
Interest income from subsidiaries
  716         (716)   
Other interest income
  69   26   1,823   (32)  1,886 
 
Total interest income
  1,286   1,338   7,413   (1,263)  8,774 
 
 
                    
Deposits
        1,128   (109)  1,019 
Short-term borrowings
  141   58   542   (249)  492 
Long-term debt
  686   443   157   (404)  882 
 
Total interest expense
  827   501   1,827   (762)  2,393 
 
 
                    
Net interest income
  459   837   5,586   (501)  6,381 
Provision for credit losses
     648   1,847      2,495 
 
Net interest income after provision for credit losses
  459   189   3,739   (501)  3,886 
 
 
                    
Noninterest income
                    
Fee income – nonaffiliates
     109   2,621      2,730 
Other
  (42)  39   1,697   (428)  1,266 
 
Total noninterest income
  (42)  148   4,318   (428)  3,996 
 
 
                    
Noninterest expense
                    
Salaries and benefits
  (82)  151   3,050      3,119 
Other
  46   285   2,479   (428)  2,382 
 
Total noninterest expense
  (36)  436   5,529   (428)  5,501 
 
 
                    
Income (loss) before income tax expense (benefit) and equity in undistributed income of subsidiaries
  453   (99)  2,528   (501)  2,381 
Income tax expense (benefit)
  (49)  (31)  810      730 
Equity in undistributed income of subsidiaries
  1,135         (1,135)   
 
 
                    
Net income (loss) before noncontrolling interests
  1,637   (68)  1,718   (1,636)  1,651 
Less: Net income from noncontrolling interests
     1   13      14 
 
 
                    
Parent, WFFI, Other and Wells Fargo net income (loss)
 $1,637   (69)  1,705   (1,636)  1,637 
 
 

137


Table of Contents

Condensed Consolidating Statement of Income
                     
 
  Nine months ended Sept. 30, 2009 
          Other        
          consolidating      Consolidated 
(in millions) Parent  WFFI  subsidiaries  Eliminations  Company 
 
Dividends from subsidiaries:
                    
Bank
 $3,128         (3,128)   
Nonbank
  409         ( 409)   
Interest income from loans
     2,679   28,800   (12)  31,467 
Interest income from subsidiaries
  1,711         (1,711)   
Other interest income
  331   80   10,704      11,115 
 
Total interest income
  5,579   2,759   39,504   (5,260)  42,582 
 
Deposits
        2,894   (33)  2,861 
Short-term borrowings
  146   28   730   ( 694)  210 
Long-term debt
  2,650   1,010   2,074   (1,169)  4,565 
Other interest expense
        122      122 
 
Total interest expense
  2,796   1,038   5,820   (1,896)  7,758 
 
Net interest income
  2,783   1,721   33,684   (3,364)  34,824 
Provision for credit losses
     1,486   14,269      15,755 
 
Net interest income after provision for credit losses
  2,783   235   19,415   (3,364)  19,069 
 
Noninterest income
                    
Fee income — nonaffiliates
     115   16,871      16,986 
Other
  653   128   15,211   (1,812)  14,180 
 
Total noninterest income
  653   243   32,082   (1,812)  31,166 
 
Noninterest expense
                    
Salaries and benefits
  311   92   19,329      19,732 
Other
  373   550   17,385   (1,841)  16,467 
 
Total noninterest expense
  684   642   36,714   (1,841)  36,199 
 
Income (loss) before income tax expense (benefit) and equity in undistributed income of subsidiaries
  2,752   (164)  14,783   (3,335)  14,036 
Income tax expense (benefit)
  (409)  (53)  4,844      4,382 
Equity in undistributed income of subsidiaries
  6,291         (6,291)   
 
Net income (loss) before noncontrolling interests
  9,452   (111)  9,939   (9,626)  9,654 
Less: Net income from noncontrolling interests
     1   201      202 
 
Parent, WFFI, Other and Wells Fargo net income (loss)
 $9,452   (112)  9,738   (9,626)  9,452 
 

138


Table of Contents

Condensed Consolidating Statement of Income
                     
  
  Nine months ended Sept. 30, 2008 
          Other        
          consolidating      Consolidated 
(in millions) Parent  WFFI  subsidiaries  Eliminations  Company 
 

Dividends from subsidiaries:

                    
Bank
 $1,656         (1,656)   
Nonbank
  11         (11)   
Interest income from loans
  2   4,058   16,894   (48)  20,906 
Interest income from subsidiaries
  2,286         (2,286)   
Other interest income
  163   81   5,141   (121)  5,264 
 
Total interest income
  4,118   4,139   22,035   (4,122)  26,170 
 
 
                    
Deposits
        4,055   (379)  3,676 
Short-term borrowings
  397   197   1,475   (795)  1,274 
Long-term debt
  2,201   1,402   479   (1,281)  2,801 
 
Total interest expense
  2,598   1,599   6,009   (2,455)  7,751 
 
 
                    
Net interest income
  1,520   2,540   16,026   (1,667)  18,419 
Provision for credit losses
     1,628   5,907      7,535 
 
Net interest income after provision for credit losses
  1,520   912   10,119   (1,667)  10,884 
 
 
                    
Noninterest income
                    
Fee income — nonaffiliates
     329   7,630      7,959 
Other
  325   139   6,902   (1,344)  6,022 
 
Total noninterest income
  325   468   14,532   (1,344)  13,981 
 
 
                    
Noninterest expense
                    
Salaries and benefits
  (167)  635   9,295      9,763 
Other
  (14)  838   7,545   (1,344)  7,025 
 
Total noninterest expense
  (181)  1,473   16,840   (1,344)  16,788 
 
 
                    
Income (loss) before income tax expense and equity in undistributed income of subsidiaries
  2,026   (93)  7,811   (1,667)  8,077 
Income tax expense (benefit)
  47   (19)  2,610      2,638 
Equity in undistributed income of subsidiaries
  3,410         (3,410)   
 
 
                    
Net income (loss) before noncontrolling interests
  5,389   (74)  5,201   (5,077)  5,439 
Less: Net income from noncontrolling interests
     1   49      50 
 
 
                    
Parent, WFFI, Other and Wells Fargo net income (loss)
 $5,389   (75)  5,152   (5,077)  5,389 
 
  

139


Table of Contents

Condensed Consolidating Balance Sheet
                     
 
  Sept. 30, 2009 
          Other        
          consolidating      Consolidated 
(in millions) Parent  WFFI  subsidiaries  Eliminations  Company 
 
Assets
                    
Cash and cash equivalents due from:
                    
Subsidiary banks
 $28,436   201      (28,637)   
Nonaffiliates
     189   34,535      34,724 
Securities available for sale
  4,908   2,702   176,204      183,814 
Mortgages and loans held for sale
        41,384      41,384 
Loans
  8   35,863   765,858   (1,777)  799,952 
Loans to subsidiaries:
                    
Bank
  8,060         (8,060)   
Nonbank
  60,068         (60,068)   
Allowance for loan losses
     (1,837)  (22,191)     (24,028)
 
Net loans
  68,136   34,026   743,667   (69,905)  775,924 
 
Investments in subsidiaries:
                    
Bank
  127,042         (127,042)   
Nonbank
  21,072         (21,072)   
Other assets
  12,494   1,473   198,945   (20,133)  192,779 
 
Total assets
 $262,088   38,591   1,194,735   (266,789)  1,228,625 
 
Liabilities and equity
                    
Deposits
 $      821,672   (24,924)  796,748 
Short-term borrowings
  1,522   11,179   54,172   (36,073)  30,800 
Accrued expenses and other liabilities
  6,080   1,438   71,697   (21,354)  57,861 
Long-term debt
  122,312   24,495   93,995   (26,510)  214,292 
Indebtedness to subsidiaries
  10,024         (10,024)   
 
Total liabilities
  139,938   37,112   1,041,536   (118,885)  1,099,701 
 
Parent, WFFI, other and Wells Fargo stockholders’ equity
  122,150   1,464   146,440   (147,904)  122,150 
Noncontrolling interests
     15   6,759      6,774 
 
Total equity
  122,150   1,479   153,199   (147,904)  128,924 
 
Total liabilities and equity
 $262,088   38,591   1,194,735   (266,789)  1,228,625 
 

140


Table of Contents

Condensed Consolidating Balance Sheet
                     
  
  Dec. 31, 2008 
          Other        
          consolidating      Consolidated 
(in millions) Parent  WFFI  subsidiaries  Eliminations  Company 
 

Assets

                    
Cash and cash equivalents due from:
                    
Subsidiary banks
 $15,658   246      (15,904)   
Nonaffiliates
     180   73,016      73,196 
Securities available for sale
  4,950   2,130   144,494   (5)  151,569 
Mortgages and loans held for sale
        26,316      26,316 

Loans

  9   45,930   827,242   (8,351)  864,830 
Loans to subsidiaries:
                    
Bank
  21,745         (21,745)   
Nonbank
  68,527         (68,527)   
Allowance for loan losses
     (2,359)  (18,654)     (21,013)
 
Net loans
  90,281   43,571   808,588   (98,623)  843,817 
 
Investments in subsidiaries:
                    
Bank
  105,721         (105,721)   
Nonbank
  24,094         (24,094)   
Other assets
  34,949   1,756   213,099   (35,063)  214,741 
 

Total assets

 $275,653   47,883   1,265,513   (279,410)  1,309,639 
 

Liabilities and equity

                    
Deposits
 $      791,728   (10,326)  781,402 
Short-term borrowings
  23,434   12,911   150,156   (78,427)  108,074 
Accrued expenses and other liabilities
  7,426   1,179   55,721   (13,637)  50,689 
Long-term debt
  134,026   31,704   137,118   (35,690)  267,158 
Indebtedness to subsidiaries
  11,683         (11,683)   
 
Total liabilities
  176,569   45,794   1,134,723   (149,763)  1,207,323 
Parent, WFFI, other and Wells Fargo stockholders’ equity
  99,084   2,074   127,573   (129,647)  99,084 
Noncontrolling interests
     15   3,217      3,232 
 
Total equity
  99,084   2,089   130,790   (129,647)  102,316 
 

Total liabilities and equity

 $275,653   47,883   1,265,513   (279,410)  1,309,639 
 
 

141


Table of Contents

Condensed Consolidating Statement of Cash Flows
                 
  
  Nine months ended Sept. 30, 2009 
          Other    
          consolidating    
          subsidiaries/  Consolidated 
(in millions) Parent  WFFI  eliminations  Company 
 

Cash flows from operating activities:

                
Net cash provided by operating activities
 $4,113   1,271   19,866   25,250 
 

Cash flows from investing activities:

                
Securities available for sale:
                
Sales proceeds
  655   679   45,003   46,337 
Prepayments and maturities
     267   28,479   28,746 
Purchases
  (346)  (1,422)  (87,627)  (89,395)
Loans:
                
Decrease (increase) in banking subsidiaries’ loan originations, net of collections
     (646)  44,983   44,337 
Proceeds from sales (including participations) of loans originated for investment by banking subsidiaries
        4,569   4,569 
Purchases (including participations) of loans by banking subsidiaries
        (2,007)  (2,007)
Principal collected on nonbank entities’ loans
     7,815   2,409   10,224 
Loans originated by nonbank entities
     (3,886)  (3,231)  (7,117)
Net repayments from (advances to) subsidiaries
  14,988      (14,988)   
Capital notes and term loans made to subsidiaries
  (80)     80    
Principal collected on notes/loans made to subsidiaries
  7,179      (7,179)   
Net decrease (increase) in investment in subsidiaries
  (5,209)     5,209    
Net cash paid for acquisitions
        (132)  (132)
Net change in noncontrolling interests
     1   (356)  (355)
Other, net
  22,486   147   16,959   39,592 
 
Net cash provided by investing activities
  39,673   2,955   32,171   74,799 
 

Cash flows from financing activities:

                
Net change in:
                
Deposits
        15,212   15,212 
Short-term borrowings
  (20,492)  2,740   (59,522)  (77,274)
Long-term debt:
                
Proceeds from issuance
  3,665      1,138   4,803 
Repayment
  (20,158)  (7,002)  (28,172)  (55,332)
Preferred stock:
                
Cash dividends paid
  (1,616)        (1,616)
Common stock:
                
Proceeds from issuance
  9,590         9,590 
Repurchased
  (80)        (80)
Cash dividends paid
  (1,891)        (1,891)
Excess tax benefits related to stock option payments
  9         9 
Other, net
  (35)     35    
 
Net cash used by financing activities
  (31,008)  (4,262)  (71,309)  (106,579)
 

Net change in cash and due from banks

  12,778   (36)  (19,272)  (6,530)

Cash and due from banks at beginning of period

  15,658   426   7,679   23,763 
 

Cash and due from banks at end of period

 $28,436   390   (11,593)  17,233 
 
 

142


Table of Contents

Condensed Consolidating Statement of Cash Flows
                 
  
  Nine months ended Sept. 30, 2008 
          Other    
          consolidating    
          subsidiaries/  Consolidated 
(in millions) Parent  WFFI  eliminations  Company 
 

Cash flows from operating activities:

                
Net cash provided by operating activities
 $160   1,419   10,622   12,201 
 
 
                
Cash flows from investing activities:
                
Securities available for sale:
                
Sales proceeds
  2,511   710   36,477   39,698 
Prepayments and maturities
     247   15,632   15,879 
Purchases
  (2,770)  (1,013)  (70,598)  (74,381)
Loans:
                
Increase in banking subsidiaries’ loan originations, net of collections
     (1,177)  (30,829)  (32,006)
Proceeds from sales (including participations) of loans originated for investment by banking subsidiaries
        1,843   1,843 
Purchases (including participations) of loans by banking subsidiaries
        (4,329)  (4,329)
Principal collected on nonbank entities’ loans
     11,614   3,848   15,462 
Loans originated by nonbank entities
     (11,085)  (2,795)  (13,880)
Net repayments from (advances to) subsidiaries
  (5,146)     5,146    
Capital notes and term loans made to subsidiaries
  (708)     708    
Principal collected on notes/loans made to subsidiaries
  6,179      (6,179)   
Net decrease (increase) in investment in subsidiaries
  (450)     450    
Net cash paid for acquisitions
  (427)     (163)  (590)
Net change in noncontrolling interests
        (34)  (34)
Other, net
  430   11   (5,713)  (5,272)
 
Net cash used by investing activities
  (381)  (693)  (56,536)  (57,610)
 
 
                
Cash flows from financing activities:
                
Net change in:
                
Deposits
        7,370   7,370 
Short-term borrowings
  8,006   5,360   18,432   31,798 
Long-term debt:
                
Proceeds from issuance
  13,529   1,113   8,109   22,751 
Repayment
  (13,678)  (7,269)  5,508   (15,439)
Common stock:
                
Proceeds from issuance
  1,269         1,269 
Repurchased
  (1,162)        (1,162)
Cash dividends paid
  (3,178)        (3,178)
Excess tax benefits related to stock option payments
  104         104 
 
Net cash provided (used) by financing activities
  4,890   (796)  39,419   43,513 
 
 
                
Net change in cash and due from banks
  4,669   (70)  (6,495)  (1,896)
 
                
Cash and due from banks at beginning of period
  14,989   483   (715)  14,757 
 
 
                
Cash and due from banks at end of period
 $19,658   413   (7,210)  12,861 
 
 

143


Table of Contents

18. REGULATORY AND AGENCY CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS
The Company and each of its subsidiary banks and thrifts are subject to various regulatory capital adequacy requirements administered by the Federal Reserve Board (FRB), the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency and the Office of Thrift Supervision, respectively.
We do not consolidate our wholly-owned trusts (the Trusts) formed solely to issue trust preferred securities. At September 30, 2009, the amount of trust preferred securities and perpetual preferred purchase securities issued by the Trusts that was includable in Tier 1 capital in accordance with FRB risk-based capital guidelines was approximately $19.3 billion. The junior subordinated debentures held by the Trusts were included in the Company’s long-term debt.
                                         
  
                          To be well capitalized 
                          under the FDICIA 
          For capital  prompt corrective 
  Actual  adequacy purposes  action provisions 
(in billions) Amount  Ratio  Amount  Ratio  Amount  Ratio 
  

As of September 30, 2009:

                                        
Total capital (to risk-weighted assets)
                                        
Wells Fargo & Company
 $150.1   14.66%   ³ $81.9     ³ 8.00%                
Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.
  53.5   11.82    ³  36.2     ³ 8.00    ³ $45.3     ³ 10.00%
Wachovia Bank, N.A.
  60.9   13.60    ³  35.8     ³ 8.00    ³  44.8     ³ 10.00 
 
                                        
Tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets)
                                        
Wells Fargo & Company
  108.8   10.63    ³  41.0     ³ 4.00                 
Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.
  38.1   8.41    ³  18.1     ³ 4.00    ³  27.2     ³ 6.00 
Wachovia Bank, N.A.
  39.6   8.85    ³  17.9     ³ 4.00    ³  26.9     ³ 6.00 
 
                                        
Tier 1 capital (to average assets) (Leverage ratio)
                                        
Wells Fargo & Company
  108.8   9.03    ³  48.2     ³ 4.00    (1)                
Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.
  38.1   7.13    ³  21.4     ³ 4.00    (1)   ³  26.7     ³ 5.00 
Wachovia Bank, N.A.
  39.6   7.87    ³  20.2     ³ 4.00    (1)   ³  25.2     ³ 5.00 
  
(1) The leverage ratio consists of Tier 1 capital divided by quarterly average total assets, excluding goodwill and certain other items. The minimum leverage ratio guideline is 3% for banking organizations that do not anticipate significant growth and that have well-diversified risk, excellent asset quality, high liquidity, good earnings, effective management and monitoring of market risk and, in general, are considered top-rated, strong banking organizations.
Certain subsidiaries of the Company are approved seller/servicers, and are therefore required to maintain minimum levels of shareholders’ equity, as specified by various agencies, including the United States Department of Housing and Urban Development, GNMA, FHLMC and FNMA. At September 30, 2009, each seller/servicer met these requirements.
Certain broker-dealer subsidiaries of the Company are subject to SEC Rule 15c3-1 (the Net Capital Rule), which requires that we maintain minimum levels of net capital, as defined. At September 30, 2009, each of these subsidiaries met these requirements.

144


Table of Contents

GLOSSARY OF ACRONYMS
   
ABCP
 Asset-backed commercial paper
AICPA
 American Institute of Certified Public Accountants
ALCO
 Asset/Liability Management Committee
AMTN
 Australian medium-term note program
ARRA
 American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009
ARS
 Auction rate security
ASC
 Accounting Standards Codification
ASU
 Accounting Standards Update
ARM
 Adjustable-rate mortgage
AVM
 Automated valuation model
CDs
 Certificates of deposit
CDO
 Collateralized debt obligation
CLO
 Collateralized loan obligation
CPP
 Capital Purchase Program
CPR
 Constant prepayment rate
CRE
 Commercial real estate
EITF
 Emerging Issues Task Force
ESOP
 Employee Stock Ownership Plan
FAS
 Statement of Financial Accounting Standards
FASB
 Financial Accounting Standards Board
FDIC
 Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation
FHA
 Federal Housing Administration
FHLB
 Federal Home Loan Bank
FHLMC
 Federal Home Loan Mortgage Company
FICO
 Fair Isaac Corporation (credit rating)
FNMA
 Federal National Mortgage Association
FRB
 Federal Reserve Board
FSP
 FASB Staff Position
GAAP
 Generally Accepted Accounting Principles
GNMA
 Government National Mortgage Association
GSE
 Government sponsored entity
IRA
 Individual Retirement Account
LHFS
 Loans held for sale
LIBOR
 London Interbank Offered Rate
LTV
 Loan-to-value
MBS
 Mortgage-backed security
MHFS
 Mortgages held for sale
MSR
 Mortgage servicing right
NAV
 Net asset value
NPA
 Nonperforming asset
OCC
 Office of the Comptroller of the Currency
OCI
 Other comprehensive income
OTC
 Over-the-counter
OTTI
 Other-than-temporary impairment
PCI Loans
 Purchased credit-impaired loans are acquired loans with evidence of credit deterioration accounted for under FASB ASC 310-30 (AICPA Statement of Position 03-3)
PTPP
 Pre-tax pre-provision profit
QSPE
 Qualifying special purpose entity

145


Table of Contents

GLOSSARY OF ACRONYMS (continued from previous page)
   
RBC
 Risk-based capital
ROA
 Wells Fargo net income to average total assets
ROE
 Wells Fargo net income applicable to common stock to average Wells Fargo common stockholders’ equity
SAFS
 Securities available for sale
SCAP
 Supervisory Capital Assessment Program
SEC
 Securities and Exchange Commission
S&P
 Standard & Poors
SIV
 Structured investment vehicle
SPE
 Special purpose entity
TDR
 Troubled debt restructuring
TLGP
 Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program
VA
 Department of Veterans Affairs
VAR
 Value-at-risk
VIE
 Variable interest entity
WFFCC
 Wells Fargo Financial Canada Corporation
WFFI
 Wells Fargo Financial, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiaries

146


Table of Contents

CODIFICATION CROSS REFERENCE
   
Codification Topic Superseded Authoritative Accounting Literature
 
FASB ASC 260, Earnings Per Share
 FAS 128, Earnings Per Share,and
FSP EITF 03-6-1, Determining Whether Instruments Granted in Share-Based Payment Transactions are Participating Securities
 
  
FASB ASC 310, Receivables
 FAS 114, Accounting by Creditors for Impairment of a Loan, an Amendment of FASB Statements No. 5 and 15, and
AICPA SOP 03-3, Accounting for Certain Loans or Debt Securities Acquired in a Transfer
 
  
FASB ASC 320, Investments — Debt and Equity Securities
 FSP FAS 115-2 and FAS 124-2, Recognition and Presentation of Other-Than-Temporary Impairments
 
  
FASB ASC 715, Compensation — Retirement Benefits
 FSP FAS 132(R)-1, Employers’ Disclosures
about Postretirement Benefit Plan Assets
 
  
FASB ASC 718, Compensation — Stock Compensation
 FAS 123(R), Share-Based Payment
 
  
FASB ASC 805, Business Combinations
 FAS 141(R), Business Combinations
 
  
FASB ASC 810, Consolidation
 FAS 160, Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements — an amendment of ARB No. 51
 
  
FASB ASC 815, Derivatives and Hedging
 FAS 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities, and
FAS 161, Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities — an amendment of FASB Statement No. 133
 
  
FASB ASC 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures
 FAS 157, Fair Value Measurements
 
  
FASB ASC 820-10, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures
 FSP FAS 157-4, Determining Fair Value When the Volume and Level of Activity for the Asset or Liability Have Significantly Decreased and Identifying Transactions That Are Not Orderly
 
  
FASB ASC 825, Financial Instruments
 FAS 107, Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments, and
FAS 159, The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities — Including an Amendment of FASB Statement No. 115, and
FSP FAS 107-1 and APB 28-1, Interim Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments
 
  
FASB ASC 855, Subsequent Events
 FAS 165, Subsequent Events
 
  
FASB ASC 860, Transfers and Servicing
 FAS 156, Accounting for Servicing of Financial Assets — an amendment of FASB Statement No. 140

147


Table of Contents

PART II — OTHER INFORMATION
Item 1.    Legal Proceedings
Information in response to this item can be found in Note 10 (Guarantees and Legal Actions) to Financial Statements in this Report which information is incorporated by reference into this item.
Item 1A.  Risk Factors
Information in response to this item can be found under the “Risk Factors” section in this Report which information is incorporated by reference into this item.
Item 2.    Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds
The following table shows Company repurchases of its common stock for each calendar month in the quarter ended September 30, 2009.
             
  
          Maximum number of 
  Total number      shares that may yet 
  of shares  Weighted-average  be repurchased under 
Calendar month repurchased (1) price paid per share  the authorizations 
  

July

  50,617  $24.37   11,574,348 

August

  449,403   28.00   11,124,945 

September

  121,822   28.77   11,003,123 
          
Total
  621,842         
          
  
(1) All shares were repurchased under the authorization covering up to 25 million shares of common stock approved by the Board of Directors and publicly announced by the Company on September 23, 2008. Unless modified or revoked by the Board, this authorization does not expire.
Item 6. Exhibits
A list of exhibits to this Form 10-Q is set forth on the Exhibit Index immediately preceding such exhibits and is incorporated herein by reference.
The Company’s SEC file number is 001-2979. On and before November 2, 1998, the Company filed documents with the SEC under the name Norwest Corporation. The former Wells Fargo & Company filed documents under SEC file number 001-6214.
SIGNATURE
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
     
Dated: November 6, 2009 WELLS FARGO & COMPANY
 
 
 By:  /s/ RICHARD D. LEVY 
  Richard D. Levy  
  Executive Vice President and Controller (Principal Accounting Officer)  

148


Table of Contents

     
EXHIBIT INDEX
     
Exhibit    
Number Description Location
 
    
3(a)
 Restated Certificate of Incorporation. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed September 28, 2006.
 
    
3(b)
 Certificate of Designations for the Company’s 2007 ESOP Cumulative Convertible Preferred Stock. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3(a) to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed March 19, 2007.
 
    
3(c)
 Certificate Eliminating the Certificate of Designations for the Company’s 1997 ESOP Cumulative Convertible Preferred Stock. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3(b) to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed March 19, 2007.
 
    
3(d)
 Certificate of Designations for the Company’s 2008 ESOP Cumulative Convertible Preferred Stock. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3(a) to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed March 18, 2008.
 
    
3(e)
 Certificate Eliminating the Certificate of Designations for the Company’s 1998 ESOP Cumulative Convertible Preferred Stock. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3(b) to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed March 18, 2008.
 
    
3(f)
 Certificate of Designations for the Company’s Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.8 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed May 19, 2008.
 
    
3(g)
 Certificate of Designations for the Company’s Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series B. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.8 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed September 10, 2008.
 
    
3(h)
 Certificate of Designations for the Company’s Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series D. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed October 30, 2008.
 
    
3(i)
 Certificate of Designations for the Company’s Dividend Equalization Preferred Shares. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed December 30, 2008.
 
    
3(j)
 Certificate of Designations for the Company’s Class A Preferred Stock, Series G. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed December 30, 2008.
 
    
3(k)
 Certificate of Designations for the Company’s Class A Preferred Stock, Series H. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed December 30, 2008.
 
    
3(l)
 Certificate of Designations for the Company’s Class A Preferred Stock, Series I. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed December 30, 2008.
 
    
3(m)
 Certificate of Designations for the Company’s 8.00% Non-Cumulative Perpetual Class A Preferred Stock, Series J. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.5 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed December 30, 2008.
 
    
3(n)
 Certificate of Designations for the Company’s Fixed-to-Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Perpetual Class A Preferred Stock, Series K. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.6 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed December 30, 2008.
 
    
3(o)
 Certificate of Designations for the Company’s 7.50% Non-Cumulative Perpetual Convertible Class A Preferred Stock, Series L. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.7 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed December 30, 2008.
 
    
3(p)
 Certificate Eliminating the Certificate of Designations for the Company’s 1999 ESOP Cumulative Convertible Preferred Stock. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3(a) to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed April 13, 2009.

149


Table of Contents

                       
Exhibit    
Number Description Location
 
3(q)   
 By-Laws. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed December 4, 2006.
 
4(a)   
 See Exhibits 3(a) through 3(q).  
 
4(b)   
 The Company agrees to furnish upon request to the Commission a copy of each instrument defining the rights of holders of senior and subordinated debt of the Company.  
 
12(a)   
 Computation of Ratios of Earnings to Fixed Charges: Filed herewith.
 
  Quarter ended  Nine months ended   
   Sept. 30, Sept. 30,  
    2009  2008    2009  2008   
      
  
 
                    
  
Including interest on deposits
  2.90   1.97     2.70   2.01   
  
 
                    
  
Excluding interest on deposits
  4.05   2.65     3.62   2.89   
      
 
 (Computation is based on Wells Fargo net income.)  
 
12(b)   
 Computation of Ratios of Earnings to Fixed Charges and Preferred Dividends: Filed herewith.
 
  Quarter ended  Nine months ended   
   Sept. 30, Sept. 30,  
    2009  2008    2009  2008   
      
  
 
                    
  
Including interest on deposits
  2.15   1.97     2.03   2.01   
  
 
                    
  
Excluding interest on deposits
  2.59   2.65     2.39   2.89   
      
 
 (Computation is based on Wells Fargo net income.)  
 
31(a)   
 Certification of principal executive officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. Filed herewith.
 
31(b)   
 Certification of principal financial officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. Filed herewith.
 
32(a)   
 Certification of Periodic Financial Report by Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and 18 U.S.C. § 1350. Furnished herewith.
 
32(b)   
 Certification of Periodic Financial Report by Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and 18 U.S.C. § 1350. Furnished herewith.

150


Table of Contents

     
Exhibit    
Number Description Location
101*
 Pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T, the following financial information from the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended September 30, 2009, is formatted in XBRL interactive data files: (i) Consolidated Statement of Income for the three months and nine months ended September 30, 2009 and 2008; (ii) Consolidated Balance Sheet at September 30, 2009, and December 31, 2008; (iii) Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity and Comprehensive Income for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 and 2008; (iv) Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 and 2008; and (v) Notes to Financial Statements, tagged as blocks of text. Furnished herewith.
 
* As provided in Rule 406T of Regulation S-T, this information is furnished and not filed for purposes of Sections 11 and 12 of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

151